CBSE Sample Papers for Class 10 Sanskrit Set 3 with Solutions

Students can access the CBSE Sample Papers for Class 10 Sanskrit with Solutions and marking scheme Set 3 will help students in understanding the difficulty level of the exam.

CBSE Sample Papers for Class 10 Sanskrit Set 3 with Solutions

समयः- होरात्रयम्
सम्पूर्णाङ्काः – 80

सामान्यनिर्देशाः

  • कृपया सम्यक्तया परीक्षणं कुर्वन्तु यत् अस्मिन् प्रश्नपत्रे 19 प्रश्नाः सन्ति।
  • उत्तरलेखनात् पूर्व प्रश्नस्य क्रमाङ्कः अवश्यं लेखनीयः।
  • अस्य प्रश्नपत्रस्य पठनाय 15 निमेषाः निर्धारिताः सन्ति। अस्मिन् अवधौ केवलं प्रश्नपत्रं पठनीयम् उत्तरपुस्तिकायां च किमपि न लेखनीयम्।

प्रश्नपत्रस्वरूपम्

‘अ’-भागः (बहुविकल्पात्मकः) 40 अङ्काः
‘आ’-भागः (वर्णनात्मकः) 40 अङ्काः

(i) अस्मिन् प्रश्नपत्रे द्वौ भागौ स्तः।
(ii) ‘अ’- भागः बहुविकल्पात्मकः अस्ति।
(iii) ‘आ’-भागः वर्णनात्मकः अस्ति।
(iv) प्रश्नसङ्ख्या प्रश्नपत्रानुसारम् अवश्यमेव लेखनीया।
(v) सर्वेषां प्रश्नानाम् उत्तराणि संस्कृतेन लेखनीयानि।
(vi) प्रश्नानां निर्देशाः ध्यानेन अवश्यं पठनीयाः।

‘अ’-भागः- बहुविकल्पात्मकाः प्रश्नाः (अङ्काः 40)

अनुप्रयुक्त-व्याकरणम् (अङ्काः 25)

प्रश्न 1.
अधोलिखितवाक्येषु रेखाङ्कितपदस्य सन्धिपदं सन्धिच्छेदपदं वा चिनुत-(केवलं प्रश्नचतुष्टयम्) (1 x 4 = 4)
(i) रामः + अत्र भोजनं करोति।
(क) रामश्त्र
(ख) रामोत्रं
(ग) रामोऽत्र
उत्तर
(ग) रामोऽत्र

(ii) एतस्मादेव पाठात् त्वं पठ।
(क) एतत् + अस्मादेव
(ख) एतस्मात् + एव
(ग) एतत् + अस्मादेव
उत्तर
(ख) एतस्मात् + एव

(iii) सम्यक् + नेता एव समाजस्य उद्धारकः भवति।
(क) सम्यवनेता
(ख) सम्यङ्नेता
(ग) सम्यक्नेता
उत्तर
ख) सम्यङ्नेता

(iv) हे ईवश्र! सत् + सतिं यच्छ।
(क) सन्मतिं
(ख) सच्मतिं
(ग) सत्मतिं
उत्तर
(क) सन्मतिं

(v) अहम् नमस्तुभ्यम्
(क) नमस् + तुभ्यम्
(ख) नमः + तुभ्यम्
(ग) नमस्तु + भ्यम्
उत्तर
(ख) नमः + तुभ्यम्

प्रश्न 2.
अधोलिखितवाक्येषु रेखाङ्कितपदानां समासं विग्रहं वा प्रदत्तविकल्पेभ्यः चिनुत। (केवलं प्रश्नचतुष्टयम्) (1 x 4 = 4)
(i) मातापितरौ सदैव वन्दनीयौ।
(क) मातरौ पितरौ च
(ख) माता च पितृ च
(ग) माता च पिता च
उत्तर
(ग) माता च पिता च

(ii) रामः कानने अनुमृगम् धावति।
(क) मृगम् अनतिक्रम्य
(ख) मृगस्य पश्चात्
(ग) मृगस्य योग्यम्
उत्तर
(ख) मृगस्य पश्चात्

(iii) साधुवृत्तिम् समाचरेत्।
(क) साधुम् वृत्तिम्
(ख) साधोः वृत्तिम्
(ग) साधौ वृत्तिम्
उत्तर
(ख) साधोः वृत्तिम्

(iv) समयम् अनतिक्रम्य कार्यम् कुरु।
(क) यथासमयः
(ख) यथासमयम्
(ग) समयंयथा
उत्तर
(ख) यथासमयम्

(v) सिंहः सक्रोधम् अवदत्।
(क) क्रोधम् सहितम्
(ख) क्रोधात् सहितम्
(ग) क्रोधेन सहितम्
उत्तर
(ग) क्रोधेन सहितम्

प्रश्न 3.
अधोलिखितवाक्येषु रेखातिपदानां प्रकृति-प्रत्ययौ संयोज्य विभज्य वा उचितम् उत्तरं विकल्पेभ्यः चिनुत। (केवलं प्रश्नचतुष्टयम्) (1 x 4 = 4)
(i) यत्रास्ते सा धूर्ता तत्र गम्यताम्।
(क) धूर्त + आ
(ख) धूर्त + ङीप्
(ग) धूर्त + टाप्
उत्तर
(ग) धूर्त + टाप्

(ii) कस्मिन् जने ईश्वर + स्व भवति?
(क) ईश्वतत्वं
(ख) ईश्वरत्वम्
(ग) ईश्वरतन्तः
उत्तर
(ख) ईश्वरत्वम्

अथवा

कालिदासस्य कवित्वम् श्लाघनीयं वर्तते।
(क) कवि + त्व
(ख) कवी + त्व
(ग) कवि + तल्
उत्तर
(क) कवि + त्व

(iii) धैर्यवन्तः जनाः एव सफलतां लभन्ते।
(क) धैर्य + क्तवतु
(ख) धैर्य + शानच्
(ग) धैर्य + मतुप्
उत्तर
(ग) धैर्य + मतुप्

(iv) विद्वांसः एव लोकेऽस्मिन् चक्षुष् + मतुप प्रकीर्तिताः।
(क) चक्षुमन्तौ
(ख) चक्षुष्मन्तः
(ग) चक्षुमान्
उत्तर
(ख) चक्षुष्मन्तः

प्रश्न 4.
वाच्यस्य नियमानुगुणम् उचितं विकल्पं चिनुत। (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयम्) (1 x 3 = 3)
(i) सुरभिः – किं त्वं अद्य समाचार पत्रे समाचारान्
(क) पठति
(ख) पठसि
(ग) पठामि
उत्तर
(ख) पठसि

(ii) सुगन्धा- आम् मया अद्य …….पठयन्ते।
(क) समाचारम्
(ख) समाचारान्
(ग) समाचाराः
उत्तर
(ग) समाचाराः

(iii) सुरभि:- ………………. अपि प्रतिदिनं समाचारं पठामि।
(क) त्वम्
(ख) सः
(ग) अहम्
उत्तर
(ग) अहम्

(iv) सुगन्धा – ……………….. तु दूरदर्शने अपि दृश्यते।
(क) त्वम्
(ख) मया
(ग) अहम्
उत्तर
(ख) मया

प्रश्न 5.
प्रदत्तेभ्यः विकल्पेभ्यः समुचितं कालबोधकशब्दं चिनुत- (केवलं प्रश्नचतुष्टयम्) (1 x 4 = 4)

(i) अहम् सायंकाले 4:30 ………………. वादने खेलामि।
(क) सार्ध-चतुर्
(ख) सपाद-चतुर्
(ग) चतुर्-सार्ध
उत्तर
(क) सार्ध-चतुर्

(ii) 6:00 ……………………. वादने क्रीडाक्षेत्रात् गृहं आगच्छामि।
(क) नव
(ख) षड्
(ग) सार्ध
उत्तर
(ख) षड्

(iii) 8:15 …………………… वादने भोजनं करोमि।
(क) सार्ध-अष्ट
(ख) सपाद-अष्ट
(ग) सार्ध-सप्त
उत्तर
(ख) सपाद-अष्ट

(iv) 9:00 ……………………… वादनं पर्यन्तम् पठामि।
(क) नव
(ख) अष्ट
(ग) सपाद-नव|
उत्तर
(क) नव

(v) 10:45 …… …… वादने शयनं करोमि।
(क) सपाद-दश
(ख) पादोन-एकादश
(ग) पादोन-दश
उत्तर
(ख) पादोन-एकादश

प्रश्न 6.
वाक्यानुगुणम् उचिताव्ययपदं चिनुत- (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयम्) (1 x 3 = 3)

(i) मनुष्यः अनिच्छन् …………….. पापं करोति।
(क) सहसा
(ख) अपि
(ग) वृथा
उत्तर
(ख) अपि

(i) प्रायः बालशिशुः ….. चलति।
(क) विना
(ख) उच्चैः
(ग) शनैः
उत्तर
(ग) शनैः

(iii) मेघाः आकाशे ………….. गर्जन्ति।
(क) उच्चैः
(ख) शनैः
(ग) नीचैः
उत्तर
(क) उच्चैः

(v) ………………. क्रियाम् न विदधीत
(क) अधुना
(ख) विना
(ग) सहसा
उत्तर
(ग) सहसा

प्रश्न 7.
अधोलिखितवाक्येषु रेखाङ्कितपदम् अशुद्धम् अस्ति। शुद्धं पदं विकल्पेभ्यः चिनुत- (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयम्) (1 x 3 = 3)

(i) भवान् कुत्र गच्छसि?
(क) गच्छति
(ख) गच्छन्ति
(ग) गच्छामि
उत्तर
(क) गच्छति

(ii) त्वं मम मित्रम् अस्ति
(क) सन्ति
(ख) असि
(ग) आसीत्
उत्तर
(ख) असि

(iii) वृक्षे फलाः सन्ति।
(क) फले
(ख) फलानि
(ग) फलम्
उत्तर
(ख) फलानि

(iv) ता: बालिका गीतं गायन्ति।
(क) बालकाः
(ख) बालिकाम्
(ग) बालिकाः
उत्तर
(ग) बालिकाः

पठितावबोधनम् (अङ्काः 15)

प्रश्न 8.
रेखाङ्कितपदानि आधृत्य समुचितं प्रश्नवाचकपदं चिनुत। (केवलं प्रश्नपञ्चकम् ) (1 x 5 = 5)
(i) मयूरस्य नृत्यं प्रकृतेः आराधना।
(क) कस्य
(ख) कस्याः
(ग) कस्याम्
उत्तर
(ख) कस्याः

(ii) सः ऋषभः हलमूढ्वागन्तं अशक्तः क्षेत्रे पपात।
(क) कुत्र
(ख) कदा
(ग) किमर्थम
उत्तर
(क) कुत्र

(iii) शकटीयानम् कज्जलमलिनं घूमं मुञ्चति।
(क) कीदृशः
(ख) कम्
(ग) किम्
उत्तर
(ग) किम्

(iv) इति उक्त्वा आरक्षी उच्चैः अहसत्।
(क) कैः
(ख) कथम्
(ग) किमर्थम्
उत्तर
(ख) कथम्

(v) सः भारवेदनया क्रन्दति स्म।
(क) केन
(ख) कया
(ग) कस्मै
उत्तर
(ख) कया

(vi) मृगाः मृगैः सह अनुव्रजन्ति।
(क) काः
(ख) कौ
(ग) के
उत्तर
(ग) के

प्रश्न 9.
अधोलिखितवाक्येषु रेखाङ्कितपदानां प्रसङ्गानुकुलम् उचितार्थं चिनुत- (केवलं प्रश्नचतुष्टयम्) (1 x 4 = 4)
(i) क्रुद्धः सिंहः उच्चैः अगर्जत्।
(क) कुपितः
(ख) हसितः
(ग) भीत:
उत्तर
(क) कुपितः

(ii) अहम् अनृतम् न वदामि।
(क) नृतम्
(ख) सत्यम्
(ग) असत्यम्
उत्तर
(ग) असत्यम्

(iii) विद्यालये सर्वतः छात्रैव छात्राः सन्ति।
(क) समन्ततः
(ख) परितः
(ग) उभयतः
उत्तर
(क) समन्ततः

(iv) सैनिकाः देशस्य शत्रून् मारयन्ति।
(क) हितैषिणम्
(ख) अरीन्
(ग) उरगान्
उत्तर
(ख) अरीन्

(v) पुरा भोजनामकः नृपः आसीत्।
(क) अधुना
(ख) प्राचीनकाले
(ग) एकदा
उत्तर
(ख) प्राचीनकाले

प्रश्न 10.
भाषिककार्यसम्बद्धानां प्रश्नानां समुचितम् उत्तरं विकल्पेभ्यः चिनुत-(केवलं प्रश्नषट्कम्) (1 x 6 = 6)
(i) गच्छन्तम् पदस्य विपर्ययपदं किम्?
(क) गच्छताम्
(ख) आगच्छन्तम्
(ग) आगच्छ
उत्तर
(ख) आगच्छन्तम्

(ii) “प्रथमः धर्मः’ इति अनयोः पदयोः विशेष्यपदं किम्?
(क) प्रथमः
(ख) धर्मः
(ग) धर्म:प्रथमः
उत्तर
(ख) धर्मः

(iii) सः बसयानम् ‘विहाय’ पदातिरेव प्राचलत्। अत्र विहाय पदाय किम् पदम् प्रयुक्तम्?
(क) विनियोग
(ख) गत्वा
(ग) परित्यज्य
उत्तर
(ग) परित्यज्य

(iv) “पिताऽस्य किं तपस्तेपे इत्युक्तिस्तत्कृतज्ञता” अत्र अस्य पदं कस्मै प्रयुक्तम्?
(क) पित्रे
(ख) पुत्राय
(ग) शिष्याय
उत्तर
(ख) पुत्राय

(v) न्यायधीशः तम् शवं न्यायालये आनेतुम् आदिष्टवान्। अत्र ‘अदिष्टवान्‘ क्रिया पदस्य कर्तृपदम किम्?
(क) तम्
(ख) शवम्
(ग) न्यायधीशः
उत्तर
(ग) न्यायधीशः

(vi) पक्षिणः हर्षमिश्रितं कलरवं कुर्वन्ति’ अत्र क्रियापदं किम्?
(क) कलरवं
(ख) कुर्वन्ति
(ग) पक्षिणः
उत्तर
(ख) कुर्वन्ति

(vii) कृषक: इति कर्तृपदस्य क्रियापदम् किम् अस्ति?
(क) तम्
(ख) बहुधा
(ग) पीडयति
उत्तर
(ग) पीडयति

(viii) भयङ्करा व्याघ्रमारी तत्र अस्ति। अत्र विशेषणपदं किम्?
(क) व्याघ्रमारी
(ख) भयङ्करा
(ग) तत्र
उत्तर
(ख) भयङ्करा

‘आ’-भाग:- वर्णनात्मकाः प्रश्नाः (अङ्काः 40)

अपठितावबोधनम् (अङ्काः 10)

प्रश्न 11.
अधोलिखितं गद्यांशं पठित्वा प्रदत्तप्रश्नानाम् उत्तराणि संस्कृतेन लिखत। (10)
वर्तमानकाले मानवः समस्यावर्ते पतितोऽस्ति। एकत्र देहस्य अनेके रोगाः, अन्यत्र मनसः चिन्ताः। कार्यवैफल्येन नैराश्यम् भवति। जीवनशैल्याः परिवर्तन विना मार्गान्तरं नास्ति। व्यायामाभावात् शरीरस्य स्थौल्यं वर्धते तारुण्यावस्थायाम् च मुधमेहः जायते।

एतदेव व्याधिः उच्यते। आधिव्याधिभ्यां पीडितो मानवः निद्रां न लभते। मानवः अतृप्त्या सदा खिद्यते। अतः यथाशक्ति शारीरिक श्रमः कर्त्तव्यः। यत्र पद्भ्यां गन्तु शक्यते तत्र वाहनेन न गन्तव्यम। अलं श्रमचिन्त्या।

इदं शरीरं पोषितमपि पालितमपि च शोभते। स्वस्थशरीरेणैव मानवः सोत्साहं गृहस्थजीवनस्य सर्वविधानां समस्यानाम् समाधाने कुशलः भवति। सः आध्यात्मिकज्ञानमपि लभते। उक्तञ्च ‘शरीरमाद्यं खलु धर्मसाधनम्’।

(अ) एकपदेन उत्तरत। (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयम्) (1 × 2 = 2)

(i) कस्य अभावात् शरीरस्य स्थौल्यं वर्धते?
(ii) मानवः कया सदा खिद्यते?
(ii) वर्तमानकाले कः समस्यावर्ते पतितोऽस्ति?
उत्तर
(i) व्यायामस्य
(ii) अतृप्त्या
(iii) मानवः

(आ) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत। (केवल प्रश्नद्वयम्) (1 × 2 = 2)

(i) कार्यवैफल्येन किं भवति?
(ii) स्वस्थशरीरेणैव मानवः कासां समाधाने कुशलः भवति?
(iii) मानवैः यथाशक्ति कः कर्तव्यः?
उत्तर
(i) कार्यवैफल्येन नैराश्यं भवति।
(ii) स्वस्थ शरीरेणैव मानवः सोत्साहं गृहस्थजीवनस्य सर्वविधानां समस्यानां समाधाने कुशलः भवति।
(iii) मानवैः यथाशक्ति शारीरिक श्रमः कर्त्तव्यः।

(इ) अस्य अनुच्छेदस्य कृते उपयुक्तं शीर्षकं संस्कृतेन लिखत। (1 × 2 = 2)
उत्तर
जीवनशैली

(ई) यथानिर्देशम् उत्तरत्-(केवलं प्रश्नत्रयम्) (2 × 2 = 4)

(i) ‘खिद्यते’ इत्यस्याः क्रियायाः कर्तृपदं किम्?
(क) सन्तोषः
(ख) मानवः
(ग) मधुमेहः
उत्तर
(ख) मानवः

(ii) ‘पीडितः मानव’ अनयोः पदयोः विशेषणं किम्?

(क) पीडितः
(ख) मानवः
(ग) नरः
उत्तर
(क) पीडितः

(iii) देहस्य’ इत्यस्य पदस्य कः पर्यायः अत्र आगतः?

(क) मानवस्य
(ख) दुःखस्य
(ग) शरीरस्य
उत्तर
(ग) शरीरस्य

(iv) अनुच्छेदे ‘अन्तिमम्’ पदस्य क : विपर्ययः आगतः? 

(क) अलम्
(ख) आद्यम्
(ग) इदम्
उत्तर
(ख) आद्यम्

रचनात्मकं कार्यम् (अङ्काः 15)

प्रश्न 12.
पितरं प्रति लिखिते पत्र रिक्तस्थानानि पूरयित्वा पत्रं च पुनः उत्तरपुस्तिकायां लिखतु। ( 1/2 x 10 = 5)
(i) ……….
दिनाङ्कः ………..
पूज्याः (ii) ………..
सादरं प्रणामाः। अत्र कुशलं तत्रास्तु। इदं विज्ञाय भवान् अतिप्रसन्नः भविष्यति यद् गतदिवसे अन्तर्विद्यालयीयभाषणप्रतिस्पर्धायां मया (iii) …………….. स्थानं लब्धम्। क्रीडादिवसे (iv) ……….. अहमेव प्रथमः आसम्। अस्मिन् वर्षे वार्षिकोत्सवे अहं नाट्याभिनयं (v) ………….”। अयं वार्षिकोत्सवः आगामि-सोमवासरे (vi) ……………………”। विद्यालस्य पक्षतः ह्य एव (vii) ………. प्रेषितम्। अहमपि (viii) … सूचयामि, भवान् अवश्यम् आगच्छतु। मम (ix) …………….. भविष्यति। भवतः आज्ञाकारी पुत्रः, (x) …………..

मञ्जूषा – निमन्त्रणपत्रम्, धावनप्रतियोगितायाम्, पीयूषः, उत्साहवर्धनम्, भवन्तम्, प्रयागराजतः, प्रथमम्, करिष्यामि, पितृमहोदयाः, आयोजयिष्यते।
उत्तर
(i) प्रयागराजतः
(ii) पितृमहोदयाः
(iii) प्रथमम्
(iv) धावनप्रतियोगितायाम्
(v) करिष्यामि
(vi) आयोजयिष्यते
(vii) निमन्त्रणपत्रम्
(viii) भवन्तम्
(ix) उत्साहवर्धनम्
(x) पीयूषः

प्रश्न 13.
प्रदत्तं चित्रं दृष्ट्वा मञ्जूषायां प्रदत्तशब्दानां सहायतया पञ्च वाक्यानि संस्कृतेन लिखत- (1 x 5 = 5)
CBSE Sample Papers for Class 10 Sanskrit Set 3 with Solutions 1
मञ्जूषा- पति, पत्नी, बालिका, वृक्षा, बहवः, जनाः, परस्परं, वार्तालापं, कुर्वन्ति, लिखति, पत्राणि, वृद्धजनाः, अपि, सन्ति, स्त्रियः पुरुषाः।
उत्तर
(i) इदम् एकं विमानस्थानकस्य चित्रम् अस्ति।
(ii) चित्रे बहवः वृक्षाः सन्ति। वृक्षे पत्राणि अपि सन्ति।
(iii) तत्र पति पत्नी अन्ये जनाः च परस्परं वार्तालापं कुर्वन्ति।
(iv) बालिकाः वृद्धजनाः च सन्ति।
(v) स्त्रियः पत्राणि लिखन्ति।

अथवा

मञ्जूषाप्रदत्तशब्दानां साहाय्येन निम्नलिखितं विषयम् अधिकृत्य पञ्चभिः संस्कृतवाक्यैः एकम् अनुच्छेद लिखत (1 x 5 = 5)

‘पुस्तकमेलकम्’

मञ्जूषा- चित्राणि, पुस्तकानि, मित्राणि, लोकार्पणम्, अभवत्, अतीवप्रसन्ना, ध्वनिमुद्रिकाः, संगणकम्, अन्तःप्रवेशः,
विविधं साहित्यम्, विभिन्नानि, प्रकोष्ठानि, संस्कृत-पुस्तकानि, जनाः, पश्यन्ति।
उत्तर
(i) पुस्तकमेलकं विस्तृते क्षेत्रे आयोजितम् अस्ति।
(ii) तत्र पुस्तकमेलकस्य अन्तः प्रवेशः अतीवप्रसनदायकम् अस्ति।
(iii) पुस्तकमेलके अनेकानि चित्राणि, पुस्तकानि, संगणकं च आसन्।
(iv) तत्र अनेकानि संस्कृत-पुस्तकानि च आसन्।
(v) तत्र विविधं साहित्यम् आसीत् येषां लोकार्पणं भवति स्म।

प्रश्न 14.
अधोलिखितानि वाक्यानि संस्कृतभाषया अनूद्य लिखत-(केवलं वाक्यपञ्चकम् ) (1 x 5 = 5)

(i) लता नाचती है। (Lata dances)
(ii) तुम सब गेंद से खेलते हो। (All of you play by ball)
(iii) कल मोहन बाजार जायेगा। (Mohan will go to the market tomorrow)
(iv) कल रमेश कहाँ था? (Where was Ramesh yesterday?)
(v) रमा सीता के साथ पढ़े! (Rama study with Sita)
(vi) वृक्ष से पत्ते गिरते हैं। (Leaves fall down from the three)
(vii) क्या मैं पढूँ? (May I read?)
उत्तर
(i) लता नृत्यति।
(ii) यूयं कन्दुकेन क्रीडथ।
(iii) श्वः मोहनः आपणं गमिष्यति।
(iv) ह्यः रमेशः कुत्र आसीत्?
(v) रमा सीतया सह पठतु/पठेत्।
(vi) वृक्षात् पत्राणि पतन्ति।
(vii) किम् अहं पठानि?

पठितावबोधनम् (अङ्काः 15)

प्रश्न 15.
अधोलिखितं गद्यांश पठित्वा प्रदत्तप्रश्नानाम् उत्तराणि संस्कृतेन लिखत।। (3)
इति श्रुत्वा व्याघ्रमारी काचिदियमिति मत्वा व्याघ्रो भयाकुलचित्तो नष्टः। भयाकुलं व्याघ्रं दृष्ट्वा कश्चित् धूर्तः शृगालः हसन्नाह- “भवान् कुतः भयात् पलायितः? । व्याघ्रः- गच्छ, गच्छ जम्बुक! त्वमपि किञ्चिद् गूढप्रदेशम्। यतो व्याघ्रमारीति या शास्त्रे श्रूयते तयाहं हन्तुमारब्धा परं गृहीतकरजीवितो नष्टः शीघ्रं तदग्रतः। शृगालः- व्याघ्रः त्वया महत्कौतुहलम् आवेदितं यन्मानुषादपि बिभेषि? व्याघ्रः- प्रत्यक्षमेव मया सात्मपुत्रावेकैशो मामत्तुं कलहायमानौ चपेटया प्रहरन्ती दृष्टा।

(अ) एकपदेन उत्तरत। (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयम्) (1/2 × 2 = 1)

(i) शृगालस्य अपरं नाम किम् । ‘शृगालः’ इति शब्दाय किम् अन्यः शब्दः प्रयुक्तः?
(ii) कीदृशः व्याघ्रः नष्ट:?
(iii) शृगालः किम् कुर्वन् अवदत्?
उत्तर
(i) जम्बुकः
(i) भयाकुलचित्तः
(iii) हसन्

(आ) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत। (केवल प्रश्नद्वयम्) (1 × 2 = 2)

(i) व्याघ्रः भयाकुलचित्तः किमर्थम् अधावत्?
(ii) व्याघ्रः जम्बुकम् प्रति किम् कथयति?
(iii) प्रत्यक्षमेव सिंहेन किम् दृष्टा?
उत्तर
(i) इयं काचित् व्याघ्रमारी इति मत्वा व्याघ्रः भयाकुलचित्तः अधावत्।
(ii) गच्छ गच्छ जम्बुक! त्वमपि किञ्चित् गूढप्रदेशम् इति व्याघ्रः जम्बुकं प्रति अकथयत्।
(iii) प्रत्यक्षमेव व्याघ्रण सात्मपुत्रावेकैकशो तम् अत्तुं कलहायमानौ चपेटया प्रहरन्ती दृष्टा।

प्रश्न 16.
अधोलिखितं पद्यांशं पठित्वा प्रदत्तप्रश्नानाम् उत्तराणि संस्कृतेन लिखत
निमित्तमुद्दिश्य हि यः प्रकुप्यति,
ध्रुवं स तस्यापगमे प्रसीदति।
अकारणद्वेषि मनस्तु यस्य वै,
कथं जनस्तं परितोषयिष्यति।।

(अ) एकपदेन उत्तरत। (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयम्) (1/2 × 2 = 1)

(i) अत्र किम् अकारणं द्वेषि उक्तम्?
(ii) किम् उद्दिश्य यः प्रकुप्यति?
(iii) कस्य अपगमे मनुष्यः प्रसीदति?
उत्तर
(i) मनः
(ii) निमित्तम्
(iii) निमित्तस्य/तस्य

(आ) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत। (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयम्) (1 × 2 = 2)

(i) मनुष्यः कदा ध्रुवं प्रसीदति?
(ii) कं जनः कथमपि न परितोषयिष्यति?
(iii) निमात्तापगमे जनः किं करोति?
उत्तर
(i) मनुष्यः निमित्तस्य अपगमे ध्रुवं प्रसीदति।
(ii) कारणद्वेषि मनस्तु कथमपि जन: न परितोषयिष्यति।
(iii) निमित्तापगमे जनः प्रसीदति

प्रश्न 17.
अधोलिखितं नाट्यांशं पठित्वा प्रदत्तानां प्रश्नानाम् उत्तराणि संस्कृतेन लिखत। (3)
व्याघ्र चित्रकौ:- अरे किं वनराजपदाय सुपात्रं चीयते?
एतदर्थं तु आवामेव योग्यौ। यस्य कस्यापि चयनं कुर्वन्तु सर्वसम्मत्या।

सिंहः- तूष्णीं भव भोः। युवामपि मत्सदृशौ भक्षको न तु रक्षको। एवे वन्यजीवाः भक्षकं रक्षकपदयोग्यं न मन्यते अत एव विचारविमर्शः प्रचलित।

बाक : – सर्वथा सम्यगुक्तम् सिंहमहोदयेन। वस्तुतः एव सिंहेन बहुकालपर्यन्तं शासनं कृतम् परमधुना तु कोऽपि पक्षी एव राजेति निश्चंतव्यम् अत्र तु संशीतिलेशस्यापि अवकाशः एव नास्ति।
उत्तर

(अ) एकपदेन उत्तरत। (केवल प्रश्नद्वयम्) (1/2 x 2 = 1)

(i) कस्मै पदाय सुपात्रं चीयते?
(ii) आवाम् एव योग्यौ इति को वदत:?
(iii) “युवाम् अपि मत्सदृशौ भक्षको।” अत्र युवाम् पदं काभ्याम् प्रयुक्तम्?
उत्तर
(i) वनराज
(i) व्याघ्रचित्रको
(iii) व्याघ्रचित्रकाभ्याम्

(आ) पूर्णवाक्य में उत्तरत। (केवल प्रश्नद्वयम्) (1 x 2 = 2)

(i) सिंहः किम् कथयति?
(ii) बकः सिंह किम् अकथयत्?
(iii) व्याघ्रचित्रकौ वनराजपदाय किम् अकथयताम्?
उत्तर
(i) सिंहः कथयति-तूष्णीं भव भोः! युवामपि मत्सदृशौ भक्षकौ न तु रक्षको।
(ii) बक: सिंह कथयति-सवर्था सम्यगुक्तं सिंह महोदयेन। बहुकालपर्यन्तं सिंहेन शासनं कृतम् अधुना तु कोऽपि पक्षी एव राजा भवेत्।
(iii) व्याघ्रचित्रकौ अकथयताम्-अरे किं वनराजपदाय सुपात्रं चीयते? एतदर्थं तु आवामेव योग्यौ।

प्रश्न 18.
मञ्जूषातः समुचितपदानि चित्वा अधोलिखित-श्लोकस्य अन्वयं पूरयत (1/2 x 4 = 2)
1. श्लोक- उदीरितोऽर्थः पशुनापि गृह्यते,
हयाश्च नागाश्च वहन्ति बोधिताः।
अनुक्तमप्यूहति पण्डितो जनः,
परेङ्गितज्ञानफला हि बुद्धयः।।

अन्वय- (i) ……. …… अपि उदीरितः अर्थः …. … गृह्यते, बोधिताः हयाः च (ii) …………. “च (भारम्) वहन्ति। (iii) …….. जनः अनुक्तम् अपि ऊहति। (iv)…………… परेङ्गितज्ञानफलाः हि (भवन्ति)।

अथवा

II . श्लोक- क्रोधो हि शत्रुः प्रथमो नराणां,
देहस्थितो देहविनाशनाय।।
यथास्थितः काष्ठगतो हि वह्निः,
स एव वह्निर्दहते शरीरम्।।

अन्वय- क्रोधः हि (i) ……………. देहविनाशाय देहस्थितः (ii) ……………. शत्रुः (अस्ति)। यथा (iii) ………… स्थितः हि वहिन (भवति) सः वह्निः काष्ठम् एव दहते तथा (iv) …. …… शरीरम् दहते। मञ्जूषा- प्रथमः, नागाः, बुद्धयः, क्रोधः, पशुना, पण्डितः, नराणां, काष्ठगतः

उत्तर

I. (i) पशुना
(ii) नागाः
(iii) पण्डितः
(iv) बुद्धयः

II. (i) नराणां
(ii) प्रथमः
(iii) काष्ठगतः
(iv) क्रोधः

अथवा

मञ्जूषायाः साहाय्येन श्लोकस्यभावार्थे रिक्तस्थानानि पूरयित्वा पुनः लिखत। श्लोक- वाक्पटुधैर्यवान् मंत्री सभायामप्यकातरः।
स केनापि प्रकारेण परैर्न परिभूयते।। भावार्थ- य मन्त्री
(i) ……………. सम्भाषणे चतुरः, धैर्ययुक्तः,
(ii) …………. च भवति, सः मन्त्री
(iii) …………………. कथमपि
(iv)…………………. न शक्यते। मञ्जूषा- तिरस्कर्तुम्, निर्भीकः, सभायाम्, विरोधिभिः
उत्तर
(i) सभायाम्
(ii) निर्भीकः
(iii) विरोधिभिः
(iv) तिरस्कर्तुम्

प्रश्न 19.
अधोलिखित-कथांशं समुचितक्रमेण लिखत।। ( 1/2 x 8 =4)
(i) तत्र निहितामेकां मञ्जूषाम् आदाय पलायितः।
(ii) चौरः एव उच्चैः क्रोशितुमाराभत “चौरोऽयं चौरोऽयम्” इति।
(iii) चौरस्य पादध्वनिना प्रबुद्धोऽतिथि: चौरशङ्कया तमन्वधावत् अगृह्णाच्च, परं विचित्रमघटत।
(iv) तस्योमेव रात्रौ कश्चन चौर: गृहाभ्यन्तरं प्रविष्टः।
(v) विचित्रा दैवगतिः
(vi) तस्य तारस्वरेण प्रबुद्धः ग्रामवासिनः स्वगृहाद् निष्क्रम्य तत्रागच्छन् वराकमतिथिमेव च चौरं मत्वाऽभर्त्सयन्।
(vii) यद्यपि ग्रामस्य आरक्षी एव चौर आसीत्।
(vii) तत्क्षणमेव रक्षापुरुषः तम् अतिथिं चौरोऽयम् इति प्रख्याप्य कारागृहे प्राक्षिपत्।
उत्तर
(i) विचित्रा दैवगतिः।
(ii) तस्यामेव रात्रौ
(iii) तत्र निहितामेकां
(iv) चौरस्य पादध्वनिना …..
(v) चौरः एव उच्चैः ………….
(vi) तस्य तारस्वरेण
(vii) यद्यपि ग्रामस्य आरक्षी …
(viii) तत्क्षणमेव रक्षापुरुषः

 

NCERT Solutions for Class 10 Sanskrit Shemushi Chapter 1 शुचिपर्यावरणम्

We have given detailed NCERT Solutions for Class 10 Sanskrit Shemushi Chapter 1 शुचिपर्यावरणम् Questions and Answers come in handy for quickly completing your homework.

Shemushi Sanskrit Class 10 Solutions Chapter 1 शुचिपर्यावरणम्

Class 10 Sanskrit Shemushi Chapter 1 शुचिपर्यावरणम् Textbook Questions and Answers

अभ्यासः

प्रश्न 1.
एकपदेन उत्तरं लिखत-

(क) अत्र जीवितं कीदृशं जातम्?
उत्तराणि:
दुर्वहमत्र

(ख) अनिशं महानगरमध्ये किं प्रचलति?
उत्तराणि:
कालायासचक्रम्

(ग) कुत्सितवस्तुमिश्रितं किमस्ति?
उत्तराणि:
भक्ष्यम्

(घ) अहं कस्मै जीवनं कामये?
उत्तराणि:
मानवाय

(ङ) केषां माला रमणीया?
उत्तराणि:
ललितलतानां

प्रश्न 2.
अधोलिखितानां प्रश्नानाम् उत्तराणि संस्कृतभाषया लिखत-

(क) कविः किमर्थं प्रकृतेः शरणम् इच्छति?
उत्तराणि:
कविः सुजीवनार्थं प्रकृतेः शरणम् इच्छति।

(ख) कस्मात् कारणात् महानगरेषु संसरणं कठिनं वर्तते?
उत्तराणि:
यानानां हि अनन्ताः पङ्कतयः महानगरेषु सन्ति अतः तत्र संसरणं कठिनं वर्तते।

(ग) अस्माकं पर्यावरणे किं किं दूषितम् अस्ति?
उत्तराणि:
अस्माकं पर्यावरणे वायुमण्डलं जलम्, भक्ष्यम्, धरातलं च सर्व दुषितम् अस्ति।

(घ) कविः कुत्र सञ्चरणं कर्तुम् इच्छति?
उत्तराणि:
कविः एकान्ते कान्तारे सञ्चरणं कर्तुम् इच्छति।

(ङ) स्वस्थजीवनाय कीदृशे वातावरणे भ्रमणीयम्?
उत्तराणि:
स्वस्थजीवनाय खगकुलकलरव गुञ्जिते-कुसुमावलि समीरचालिते वातावरणे भ्रमणीयम्।

(च) अन्तिमे पद्यांशे कवेः का कामना अस्ति?
उत्तराणि:
अन्तिमे पद्यांशे कवेः मानवेभ्यः शान्तिप्रिय-जीवनस्य कामना अस्ति।

प्रश्न 3.
सन्धिं / सन्धिविच्छेदं कुरुत-

(क) प्रकृतिः + _________ = प्रकृतिरेव
उत्तराणि:
एव

(ख) स्यात् + _________ + _________ = स्यान्नैव
उत्तराणि:
न, एव

(ग) _________ + अनन्ता = ह्यनन्ताः
उत्तराणि:
हि

(घ) बहिः + अन्तः + जगति = _________
उत्तराणि:
बहिरन्तर्जगति

(ङ) _________ + नगरात् = अस्मान्नगरात्
उत्तराणि:
अस्मात्

(च) सम् + चरणम् = _________
उत्तराणि:
पञ्चरणम्

(छ) धूमम् + मुञ्चति = _________
उत्तराणि:
धूमंमुञ्चति

प्रश्न 4.
अधोलिखितानाम् अव्ययानां सहायतया रिक्तस्थानानि पूरयत-

भृशम्, यत्र, तत्र, अत्र, अपि, एव, सदा, बहिः

(क) इदानीं वायुमण्डलं ___________ प्रदूषितमस्ति।
उत्तराणि:
भृशम्

(ख) ___________ जीवन दुर्वहम् अस्ति।
उत्तराणि:
अत्र

(ग) प्राकृतिक वातावरणे क्षणं सञ्चरणम् ___________ लाभदायकं भवति।
उत्तराणि:
अपि

(घ) पर्यावरणस्य संरक्षणम् ___________ प्रकृतेः आराधना।
उत्तराणि:
एव

(ङ) ___________ समयस्य सदुपयोगः करणीयः।
उत्तराणि:
सदा

(च) भूकम्पित-समये ___________ गमनमेव उचितं भवति।
उत्तराणि:
बहिः

(छ) ___________ हरीतिमा ___________ शुचि पर्यावरणम्।
उत्तराणि:
यत्र, तत्र

प्रश्न 5(अ).
अधोलिखितानां पदानां पर्यायपदं लिखत-

(क) सलिलम् – _________
(ख) आम्रम् – _________
(ग) वनम् – _________
(घ) शरीरम् – _________
(ङ) कुटिलम् – _________
(च) पाषाणः – _________
उत्तराणि:
(क) जलम्
(ख) रसालम्
(ग) कान्तारम्
(घ) तनुः
(ङ) वक्रम्
(च) प्रस्तर:

प्रश्न 5(आ).
अधोलिखितपदानां विलोमपदानि पाठात् चित्वा लिखत-

(क) सुकरम् – ___________
(ख) दूषितम् – ___________
(ग) गृह्णन्ती – ___________
(घ) निर्मलम् – ___________
(ङ) दानवाय – ___________
(च) सान्ताः – ___________
उत्तराणि:
(क) दुष्करम्
(ख) निर्मलं
(ग) मुञ्चति
(घ) दुषितं
(ङ) मानवाय
(च) ध्वानम्

प्रश्न 6.
उदाहरणमनुसृत्य पाठात् चित्वा च समस्तपदानि समासनाम च लिखत-
NCERT Solutions for Class 10 Sanskrit Shemushi Chapter 1 शुचिपर्यावरणम् Q6
उत्तराणि:
(ख) हरिततरूणाम् – कर्मधारय समास
(ग) ललितलतानाम् – कर्मधारय समास
(घ) नवमालिका – कर्मधारय समास
(ङ) धृतसुखसन्देशम् – बहुब्रीहि समास
(च) कज्जलमलिनम् – कर्मधारय समास
(छ) दुर्दान्तैर्दशनै – कर्मधारय समास

प्रश्न 7.
रेखाङ्कित-पदमाधृत्य प्रश्ननिर्माणं कुरुत-

(क) शकटीयानम् कज्जलमलिनं धूम मुञ्चति।
उत्तराणि:
कीदृशम्

(ख) उद्याने पक्षिणां कलरवं चेतः प्रसादयति।
उत्तराणि:
केषाम्

(ग) पाषाणीसभ्यतायां लतातरुगुल्माः प्रस्तरतले पिष्टाः सन्ति।
उत्तराणि:
के

(घ) महानगरेषु वाहनानाम् अनन्ता पङ्क्तयः धावन्ति।
उत्तराणि:
केषु कुत्र

(ङ) प्रकृत्याः सन्निधौ वास्तविक सुखं विद्यते।
उत्तराणि:
कस्याः

योग्यताविस्तारः
यह पाठ आधुनिक संस्कृत कवि हरिदत्त शर्मा के रचना संग्रह ‘लसल्लतिका’ से संकलित है। इसमें कवि ने महानगरों की यांत्रिक-बहुलता से बढ़ते प्रदूषण पर चिन्ता व्यक्त करते हुए कहा है कि यह लौहचक्र तन-मन का शोषक है, जिससे वायुमण्डल और भूमण्डल दोनों मलिन हो रहे हैं। कवि महानगरीय जीवन से दूर, नदी-निर्झर, वृक्षसमूह, लताकुञ्ज एवं पक्षियों से गुञ्जित वनप्रदेशों की ओर चलने की अभिलाषा व्यक्त करता है।

समास-समसनं समासः
समास का शाब्दिक अर्थ होता है-संक्षेप। दो या दो से अधिक शब्दों के मिलने से जो तीसरा नया और संक्षिप्त रूप बनता है वह समास कहलाता है। समास के मुख्यतः चार भेद हैं-

  1. अव्ययीभाव
  2. तत्पुरुष
  3. बहुव्रीहि
  4. द्वन्द्व

1. अव्ययीभाव- इस समास में पहला पद अव्यय होता है और वही प्रधान होता है और समस्तपद अव्यय बन जाता है।
यथा-निर्मक्षिकम् मक्षिकाणाम् अभाव:

यहाँ प्रथमपद ‘निर्’ है और द्वितीयपद मक्षिकम् है। यहाँ मक्षिका की प्रधानता न होकर मक्षिका का अभाव प्रधान है, अतः यहाँ अव्ययीभाव समास है। कुछ अन्य उदाहरण देखें-

  • उपग्रामम् – ग्रामस्य सपीपे – (समीपता की प्रधानता)
  • निर्जनम् – जनानाम् अभाव: – (अभाव की प्रधानता)
  • अनुरथम् – रथस्य पश्चात् – (पश्चात् की प्रधानता)
  • प्रतिगृहम् – गृहं गृहं प्रतिः – (प्रत्येक की प्रधानता)
  • यथाशक्ति – शक्तिम् अनतिक्रम्य – (सीमा की प्रधानता)
  • सचक्रम् – सक्रेण सहितम्: – (सहित की प्रधानता)

2. तत्पुरुष- ‘प्रायेण उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानः तत्पुरुषः’ इस समास में प्राय: उत्तरपद की प्रधानता होती है और पूर्वपद उत्तरपद के विशेषण का कार्य करता है। समस्तपद में पूर्वपद की विभक्ति का लोप हो जाता है।
यथा- राजपुरुषः अर्थात् राजा का पुरुष। यहाँ राजा की प्रधानता न होकर पुरुष की प्रधानता है, और राजा शब्द पुरुष के विशेषण का कार्य करता है।

  • ग्रामगतः – ग्राम गतः।
  • शरणागात – शरणम् आगतः।
  • देशभक्तः – देशस्य भक्तः।
  • सिंहभीतः – सिंहात् भीतः।
  • भयापन्नः – भयम् आपन्नः।
  • हरित्रातः – हरिणा त्रातः।

तत्पुरुष समास के दो भेद हैं-कर्मधारय और द्विगु।
1. कर्मधारय- इस समास में एक पद विशेष्य तथा दूसरा पद पहले पद का विशेषण होता है। विशेषण-विशेष्य भाव के अतिरिक्त उपमान-उपमेय भाव भी कर्मधारय समास का लक्षण है।
यथा-

  • पीताम्बरम् – पीतं च तत् अम्बरम्।
  • महापुरुषः – महान् च असौ पुरुषः।
  • कज्जलमलिनम् – कज्जलम् इव मलिनम्।
  • नीलकमलम् – नीलं च तत् कमलम्।
  • मीननयनम् – मीन इव नयनम्।
  • मुखकमलम् – कमलम् इव मुखम्।

2. द्विगु- ‘संख्यापूर्वी द्विगुः’
इस समास में पहला पद संख्यावाची होता है और समाहार (एकत्रीकरण या समूह) अर्थ की प्रधानता होती है।
यथा- त्रिभुजम्-त्रयाणां भुजानां समाहारः।
इसमें पूर्ववद ‘त्रि’ संख्यावाची है।

  • पंचपात्रम् – पंचाना पात्राणां समाहारः।
  • पंचवटी – पंचानां वटानां समाहारः।
  • सप्तर्षिः – सप्तानां ऋषीणां समाहारः।
  • चतुर्युगम् – चतुर्णा युगानां समाहारः।

3. बहुब्रीहि- ‘अन्यपदप्रधानः बहुबीहिः’
इस समास में पूर्व तथा उत्तर पदों की प्रधानता न होकर किसी अन्य पद की प्रधानता होती है।
यथा-

  • पीताम्बरः – पीतम् अम्बरम् यस्य सः (विष्णुः)। यहाँ न तो पीतम् शब्द की प्रधानता है और न अम्बरम् शब्द की अपितु पीताम्बरधारी किसी अन्य व्यक्ति (विष्णु) की प्रधानता है।
  • नीलकण्ठः – नीलः कण्ठः यस्य सः (शिवः)।
  • दशाननः – दश आननानि यस्य सः (रावण:)।
  • अनेककोटिसारः – अनेककोटिः सारः (धनेम्) यस्य सः।
  • विगलितसमृद्धिम् – विगलिता समृद्धिः यस्य तम् (पुरुषम्)।
  • प्रक्षालितपादम् – प्रक्षालितौ पादौ यस्य तम् (जनम्)।

4. द्वन्द्व- ‘उभयपदार्थप्रधान: द्वन्द्वः’
इस समास में पूर्वपद और उत्तरपद दोनों की समान रूप से प्रधानता होती है। पदों के बीच में ‘च’ का प्रयोग विग्रह में होता है।
यथा-

  • रामलक्ष्मणौ – रामश्च लक्ष्मणश्च।
  • पतरौ – माता च पिता च।
  • धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाः – धर्मश्च, अर्थश्च, कामश्च, मोक्षश्च।
  • वसन्तग्रीष्मशिशिराः – वसन्तश्च ग्रीष्मश्च शिशिरश्च।

कविपरिचय- प्रो० हरिदत्त शर्मा इलाहाबाद केन्द्रीय विश्वविद्यालय में संस्कृत के आचार्य रहे हैं। इनके कई संस्कृत काव्य प्रकाशित हो चुके हैं। जैसे-गीतकंदलिका, त्रिपथगा, उत्कलिका, बालगीताली, आक्रन्दनम्, लसल्लतिका इत्यादि। इनकी रचनाओं में समाज की विसंगतियों के प्रति आक्रोश तथा स्वस्थ वातावरण के प्रति दिशानिर्देश के भाव प्राप्त होते हैं।

भावविस्तारः
पृथिवी, जल, तेजो वायुराकाशश्चेति पञ्चमहाभूतानि प्रकृतेः प्रमुखतत्त्वानि। एतैः तत्त्वैरेव पर्यावरणस्य रचना भवति। आवियते रेतः समन्तात् लोकोऽनेनेति पर्यावरणम्। परिष्कृतं प्रदूषणरहितं च पर्यावरणमस्मभ्यं सर्वविधजीवनसुखं ददाति। अस्माभिः सदैव या प्रयतितव्यं यथा जलं स्थलं गगनञ्च निर्मलं स्यात्। पर्यावरणसम्बद्धाः केचन श्लोकाः अधोलिखिताः सन्ति-
यथा-

पृथिवीं परितो व्याप्य, तामाच्छाद्य स्थितं च चत्।
जगदाधाररूपेण, पर्यावरणमुच्यते।।

दूषणविषये-

सृष्टौ स्थितौ विनाशे च नृविज्ञैर्बहुनाशकम्।
पञ्चतत्वविरुद्ध यत्साधितं तत्प्रदूषणम्।।

युप्रदूषणविषये-

प्रक्षिप्तो वाहनधूमः कृष्णः बह्वपकारकः।
दुष्टैरसायनयुक्तो घातक: श्वासरुग्वहः।।

नप्रदूषणविषये-

यन्त्रशाला परित्यक्तैर्नगरेदूषितद्रवैः।
नदीनदी समुद्राश्च प्रक्षिप्तैर्दूषणं गताः।।

दूषण निवारणाय संरक्षणाय च-

शोधनं रोपणं रक्षावर्धनं वायुवारिणः।
वनानां वन्यवस्तूनां भूमेः संरक्षणं वरम्।।
एते श्लोकाः पर्यावरणकाव्यात् संकलिताः सन्ति।

सम-तद्भव- शब्दानामध्ययनम्-
धोलिखितानां तत्समशब्दानां तदुद्भूतानां च तद्भवशब्दानां परिचयः करणीय:
तत्सम – तद्भव
प्रस्तर – पत्थर
वाष्प – भाप
दुर्वह – दूभर
वक्र – बाँका
कज्जल – काजल
चाकचिक्य – चकाचक, चकाचौंध
धूमः – धुआँ
शतम् – सौ (100)
बहिः – बाहर

दः परिचयः
स्मन् गीते शुचि पर्यावरणम् इति ध्रुवकं (स्थायी) वर्तते। तदतिरिक्त सर्वत्र प्रतिपङ्क्ति 26 मात्राः सन्ति। इदं गीतिकाच्छन्दसः मस्ति।

Class 10 Sanskrit Shemushi Chapter 1 शुचिपर्यावरणम् Additional Important Questions and Answers

अतिरिक्त प्रश्नाः

1. अधोलिखितं पद्यांशं पाठित्वा प्रदत्तान प्रश्नान् उत्तरत-

(क) दुर्वहमत्र जीवितं जातं प्रकृतिरेव शरणम्।
शुचि-पर्यावरणम्॥
महानगरमध्ये चलदनिशं कालायसचक्रम्।
मनः शोषयत् तनुः पेषयद् भ्रमति सदा वक्रम्॥
दुन्तैिर्दशनैरमुना स्यान्नैव जननसनम्। शुचि …॥

प्रश्न 1.
एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)-

  1. चक्रम कीदृशम् चलति?
  2. अस्माकम् शरणम् किम्?
  3. अत्र जीवितं कथं जातम्?

उत्तराणि:

  1. वक्रम्
  2. प्रकृतिः
  3. दुर्वहम्

प्रश्न 2.
पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)-

  1. चक्रम् वक्रम् कदा चलति?
  2. अमुना दुर्दान्तैः दशनैः किं न स्यात्?

उत्तराणि:

  1. मनः शोषयत् तनुः पेषयद् कालायसचक्रम् सदा वक्रम् चलति।
  2. अमुना दुर्दान्तैः दशनैः जनग्रसनं नस्यात

प्रश्न 3.
भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)-

  1. “अहर्निशम्” इति पदस्य पर्यायपदं पद्यांशे किम्?
  2. “सरलैः” इति पदस्य विपर्यय पदं पद्यांशे किम
  3. “पर्यावरणम्” इति पदस्य विशेषणपदं किम्?
  4. ‘सदा वक्रम् भ्रमति’ अत्र क्रियापदं किम्?

उत्तराणि:

  1. अनिशम्
  2. दुर्दान्तः
  3. शुचि
  4. भ्रमति

(ख) कज्जलमलिनं धूमं मुञ्चति शतशकटीयानम्।
वाष्ययानमाला संधावति वितरन्ती ध्वानम्॥
यानानां पङ्क्तयो ह्यनन्ताः कठिनं संसरणम्। शुचि …।

प्रश्न 1.
एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)-

  1. कि कज्जलमलिनं धूमं मुञ्चति?
  2. वाष्पयानमाला कि कुर्वन्ती संधावति?
  3. वाष्पयानमाला कि वितरन्ती अस्ति?

उत्तराणि:

  1. शतशकटीयानम्
  2. ध्वानम्
  3. ध्वानम्

प्रश्न 2.
पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)-

  1. संसरणम् कठिनम् किमर्थम् भवति?
  2. शतशकटीयानम् किं करोति?

उत्तराणि:

  1. अनन्ताः यानानां पंक्तयः अतः संसरणम् कठिनम् भवति।
  2. शतशकटीयानम् कज्जलमलिनं धूमं मुञ्चति।

प्रश्न 3.
भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)-

  1. ‘शतशकटीयानम्’ कर्तृपदस्य क्रियापदं किम्?
  2. अनंताः’ इति पदस्य विशेष्यपदं किम्?
  3. ‘चलनम्’ इति क्रियापदस्य पर्यायपदं किम्?
  4. श्लोके ‘सरलम्’ इति पदस्य कः विपर्ययः आगतः?

उत्तराणि:

  1. मुञ्चति
  2. पक्तयः
  3. संसरणम्
  4. कठिनम्

(ग) वायुमण्डलं भृशं दूषितं न हि निर्मलं जलम्।
कुत्सितवस्तुमिश्रितं भक्ष्यं समलं धरातलम्॥
करणीयं बहिरन्तर्जगति तु बहु शुद्धीकरणम्। शुचि …॥

प्रश्न 1.
एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)-

  1. जलम् कीदृशम् अस्ति?
  2. भृशं दूषितम् किम् अस्ति?
  3. कुत्सितवस्तु मिश्रितं किम्?

उत्तराणि:

  1. निर्मलम्
  2. वायुमण्डलम्
  3. धरातलम्

प्रश्न 2.
पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)-

  1. मनुष्यैः किं करणीयम्?
  2. धरातलं कीदृशं जातम्?

उत्तराणि:

  1. मनुष्यैः बहिरन्तर्जगति तु बहु शुद्धीकरणम् करणीयम्।
  2. समलं धरातलम् जातम्।

प्रश्न 3.
भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)

  1. ‘दूषितम्’ इति पदस्य विपर्ययपदं श्लोके किम्?
  2. ‘वायुमण्डलम्’ इति पदस्य विशेषणपदं किम्?
  3. ‘करणीयम्’ इति क्रियापदस्य कर्तृपदं किम्?
  4. श्लोके ‘अत्यधिकम्’ इति पदस्य क: पर्यायः आगतः?

उत्तराणि:

  1. निर्मलम्
  2. दूषितम्
  3. शुद्धीकरणम्
  4. भृशम्

(घ) कञ्चित् काल नय मामस्मान्नगराद् बहुदूरम्।
प्रपश्यामि ग्रामान्ते निर्झर-नदी-पयःपूरम्।।
एकान्ते कान्तारे क्षणमपि मे स्यात् सञ्चरणम्। शुचि …॥

प्रश्न 1.
एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)-

  1. कविः कस्मात् दूरं गच्छति?
  2. कीदृशे कान्तारे सः क्षणमपि संरचरण कर्तुम् इच्छति।
  3. ग्रामान्ते निर्झर-नदी कीदृशं भवति?

उत्तराणि:

  1. नगरात्
  2. एकान्ते
  3. पयः पूरम्

प्रश्न 2.
पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)

  1. ग्रामान्ते सः किम् द्रष्टुम् इच्छति?
  2. एकान्ते कान्तारे मे किं स्यात्?

उत्तराणि:

  1. ग्रामान्ते सः निर्झर-नदी-पयः पूरम् द्रष्टुम् इच्छति।
  2. एकान्ते कान्तारे में क्षणमपि सञ्चरणं स्यात्।

प्रश्न 3.
भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)

  1. अतिसमीपम्’ इति पदस्य विपर्ययपदम् किम्?
  2. कान्तारे’ इति पदस्य विशेषणपदं किम्?
  3. ‘जलम्’ इति पदस्य पर्यायपदं किम्?
  4. श्लोके ‘सञ्चरणम्’ इति कर्तृपदस्य क्रियापदं किम्?

उत्तराणि:

  1. बहुदूरम
  2. एकान्ते
  3. पयः
  4. स्यात्

(ङ) हरिततरूणां ललितलतानां माला रमणीया।
कुसुमावलिः समीरचालिता स्यान्मे वरणीया।।
नवमालिका रसालं मिलिता रुचिरं संगमनम्। शुचि …॥

प्रश्न 1.
एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)-

  1. कीदृशानां वृक्षाणां माला रमणीया भवेत्?
  2. लतानाम् माला कीदृशी भवेत्?
  3. संगमनम् कीदृशं भवेत्?

उत्तराणि:

  1. हरितानाम्
  2. रमणीया
  3. रुचिरम्

प्रश्न 2.
पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)-

  1. केन चलिता कुसुमावलिः वरणीया स्यात्?
  2. नवमालिका संगमनं कीदृशम्?

उत्तराणि:

  1. समीरेण चालिता कुसमावलिः वरणीया स्यात्।
  2. नवमालिका रुचिरं संगमनम्।

प्रश्न 3.
भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)-

  1. रमणीया’ इति विशेषणपदस्य विशेष्यपदं श्लोके किम्?
  2. श्लोके ‘चालिता’ इति क्रिया पदस्य कर्तृपदं किम्?
  3. अत्र ‘आम्रम्’ इति पदस्य पर्यायपदं किम्?
  4. श्लोके ‘दुर्गमनम्’ इति कः विपर्ययः?

उत्तराणि:

  1. माला
  2. समीरेण
  3. रसालम्
  4. संगमनम्

(च) अयि चल बन्धो! खगकुलकलरव गुञ्जितवनदेशम्।
पुर कलरव सम्भ्रमितजनेभ्यो धृतसुखसन्देशम्।।
चाकचिक्यजालं नो कुर्याज्जीवितरसहरणम्। शुचि … ||

प्रश्न 1.
एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)-

  1. कविः कीदृशम् सन्देशम् दातुम् इच्छति?
  2. कविः कुत्र चलितुम् इच्छति?
  3. कविः कं सम्बोधयति?

उत्तराणि:

  1. धृतसुखम्
  2. खगकुलकलरवदेशम्
  3. बंधुवर

प्रश्न 2.
पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)-

  1. किम् जीवितम् रसं न हरेत्?
  2. पुर कलरव सम्भ्रमित जनेभ्यः सुखसन्देशं कुत्र प्राप्नोति?

उत्तराणि:

  1. नगराणाम् चाकचिक्यजालं जीवितम् रसं न हरेत्।
  2. पुर-कलरव सम्भ्रमित जनेभ्यः सुखसन्देशं खगकुलकलरव गुजितवनदेशे प्राप्नोति।

प्रश्न 3.
भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)-

  1. ‘ग्राम’ इति पदस्य विपर्ययपदं किम्?
  2. ‘चल’ इति क्रियापदस्य कर्तृपदं किम्?
  3. ‘चाकचिक्यजालं’ इति कर्तृपदस्य क्रियापदं किम्?
  4. श्लोके ‘नगर’ इति पदस्य कः पर्यायः आगतः?

उत्तराणि:

  1. पुर
  2. बन्धो
  3. कुर्यात्
  4. पुर

(छ) प्रस्तरतले लतातरुगुल्मा नो भवन्तु पिष्टा।
पाषाणी सभ्यता निसर्गे स्यान्न समाविष्टा॥
मानवाय जीवनं कामये नो जीवन्मरणम्। शुचि …॥

प्रश्न 1.
एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)-

  1. लतातरुगुल्माः कुत्र न पिष्टा:भवन्तु?
  2. पाषाणी सभ्यता कुत्र समविष्टा न स्यात्?
  3. कविः कि न कामयते?

उत्तराणि:

  1. प्रस्तरतले
  2. निसर्ग
  3. जीवन्मरणम्

प्रश्न 2.
पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)-

  1. कविः कस्य कामना करोति?
  2. प्रस्तरे तले के न भवन्तु?

उत्तराणि:

  1. कविः मानवाय जीवनस्य कामना करोति।
  2. प्रस्तरतले लतातरुगुल्माः प्रियः न भवन्तु।

प्रश्न 3.
भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)-

  1. सभ्यता’ इति पदस्य विशेषणपदं किम्?
  2. अहम्’ इति कर्तृपदस्य क्रियापदं किम्?
  3. ‘जीवन्मरणं’ इति पदस्य विपर्ययपदं किम् प्रयुक्तम्?
  4. ‘पाषाणीसभ्यता निसर्गे न स्यात्’। अत्र कर्तृपदं किम्?

उत्तराणि:

  1. पाषाणी
  2. कामये
  3. जीवनम्
  4. पाषाणीसभ्यता

2. अधोलिखित कथनेषु रेखांकितपदानि आधृत्य प्रश्ननिर्माणं क्रियाताम्-

(क) मानव जीवनाय शुचि-पर्यावरणं आवश्यकम् भवति।
(i) कीदृशम्
(ii) क:
(iii) कम्
(iv) कुत्र
उत्तराणि:
(i) कीदृशम्

(ख) महानगरमध्ये कालायसचक्रम् अनिशं चलति।
(i) केन
(ii) क:
(iii) कुत्र
(iv) कम्
उत्तराणि:
(iii) कुत्र

(ग) चक्रम् सदा वक्रम भ्रमति।
(i) कः
(ii) केन
(iii) कीदृशम्
(iv) कुत्र
उत्तराणि:
(iii) कीदृशम्

(घ) अमुना दुर्दान्तैः अशनैः जनग्रसनम् न स्यात्।
(i) कः
(ii) केन
(iii) केषाम्
(iv) कुत्र
उत्तराणि:
(ii) केन

(ङ) शतं शकटीयानम् धूम्र मुञ्चति।
(i) केन
(ii) क:
(iii) कति
(iv) केषाम्
उत्तराणि:
(iii) कति

(च) यामानां पक्तयः अनन्ताः कठिनं संसरणम् भवति।
(i) कः
(ii) केषाम्
(iii) कुत्र
(iv) कम्
उत्तराणि:
(ii) केषाम्

(छ) वायुमण्डलं अत्यधिकं दूषितं जातम्।
(i) केषाम्
(ii) कीदृशम्
(iii) कः
(iv) कम्
उत्तराणि:
(ii) कीदृशम्

(ज) प्रकृत्याः सन्निधौ वास्तविकं सुखं विद्यते।
(i) कम्
(ii) कस्याः
(iii) केषाम्
(iv) कः
उत्तराणि:
(ii) कस्याः

(झ) उद्याने पक्षिणां कलरवं चेतः प्रसादयति।
(i) केषाम्
(ii) कः
(iii) कम्
(iv) कुत्र
उत्तराणि:
(i) केषाम्

(त्र) पाषाणीसभ्यतायां लतातरुगुल्माः प्रस्तरतले पिष्टाः सन्ति।
(i) के
(ii) क:
(iii) केषाम्
(iv) कुत्र
उत्तराणि:
(i) के

(ट) शकटीयानम् कज्जलमालिनं धूमं मुञ्चति।
(i) किम्
(ii) कम्
(iii) कीदृशम्
(iv) कथम्
उत्तराणि:
(iii) कीदृशम्

(ठ) प्रस्तरतले लतातरुगुल्मा पिष्टाः न भवन्तु।
(i) के
(ii) कुत्र
(iii) किम्
(iv) केन
उत्तराणि:
(ii) कुत्र

(ड) महानगरेषु, वाहनानाम् अनन्ताः पङक्तयः धावन्ति।
(i) केषु
(ii) कस्मै
(iii) के
(iv) किम्
उत्तराणि:
(i) केषु

(ढ) शकटीयानम् कज्जलमलिन धूम मुञ्चति।
(i) कम्
(ii) किम्
(iii) कथम्
(iv) कानि
उत्तराणि:
(ii) किम्

(ण) कविः मानवस्य जीवनस्य कामनां करोति।
(i) कथम्
(ii) केन
(iii) कस्मै
(iv) कस्य
उत्तराणि:
(iv) कस्य

3. अधोलिखितानां श्लोकानाम् अन्वये रिक्तस्थानपूर्तिः।

(क) दुर्वहमत्र जीवितं जातं प्रकृतिरेव शरणम्।
शुचि-पर्यावरणम्॥
महानगरमध्ये चलदनिशं कालायसचक्रम्।
मनः शोषयत् तनुः पेषयद् भ्रमति सदा वक्रम्॥
दुर्दान्तैर्दशनैरमुना स्यान्नैव जनग्रसनम्॥ शुचि …..॥

अन्वयः
अत्र जीवितं (i) _______ जातं प्रकृतिः एवं शरणम् शुचि-पर्यावरणम् (एव शरणम्) (ii) _______ मध्ये कालाय सचक्रम् अनिशं चलत् मनः (iii) _______ तनुः प्रेक्षेयद् सदा वक्रम भ्र मति अमुना दुर्दान्तैः (iv) _______ जनग्रसनम् न एवं स्यात् ।।1।।

मञ्जूषा- दशनैः, दुर्वहम्, शोषयत्, महानगर
उत्तराणि:
(i) दुर्वहम्
(ii) महानगर
(ii) शोषयत्
(iv) दशनैः

(ख) कज्जलमलिनं धूमं मुञ्चति शतशकटीयानम्।
वाष्पयानमाला संधावति वितरन्ती ध्वानम्॥
यानानां पङ्क्तयो ह्यनन्ताः कठिनं संसरणम्॥ शुचि…॥

अन्वयः
(अद्यत्वे देशे) शतशकटीयानम् (i) ________ धूमं मुञ्चति, वाष्पयानमाला (ii) ________ वितरन्ती संधावति। यानानां (iii) ________ पङ्क्त यः हि (येन) (iv) ________ संसरणम्।

मञ्जूषा- कठिनं, कज्जलमलिनं, ध्वानम्, अनन्ताः
उत्तराणि:
(i) कज्जलमलिनं
(ii) ध्वानम्
(iii) अनन्ताः
(iv) कठिन

(ग) वायुमण्डलं भृशं दूषितं न हि निर्मल जलम्।
कुत्सितवस्तुमिश्रितं भक्ष्यं समलं धरातलम्॥
करणीयं बहिरन्तर्जगति तु बहु शुद्धीकरणम्॥ शुचि…॥

अन्वयः
(अद्य) वायुमण्डलं (i) ________ दूषितं, निर्मल जलम् हि न, (ii) ________ कुत्सित वस्तु मिश्रितं समलं (iii) ________ अन्तजगति तु (iv) ________ करणीयं बहु शुद्धीकरणम्।।

मञ्जूषा- भक्ष्यं, भृशं, धरातलम्, निर्मल
उत्तराणि:
(i) भृशं
(ii) भक्ष्य
(iii) धरातलम्
(iv) निर्मल

(घ) कञ्चित् कालं नय मामस्मान्नगराद् बहुदूरम्।
प्रपश्यामि ग्रामान्ते निर्झर-नदी-पयःपूरम्॥
एकान्ते कान्तारे क्षणमपि मे स्यात् सञ्चरणम्॥ शुचि …॥

अन्वयः
कञ्चित् कालं माम् (i) _________ नगरात् बहु दूरम् नय। ग्रामान्ते (अहम्) (ii) _________ नदी-पयः पूरम् प्रापश्यामि। (iii) _________ कान्तारे में क्षणम् अपि (iv) _________ स्यात्।

मञ्जूषा- सञ्चरणम्, अस्मात्, एकान्ते, निर्झर
उत्तराणि:
(i) अस्मात्
(ii) निर्झर
(iii) एकान्ते
(iv) सञ्चरणम्

(ङ) हरिततरूणां ललितलतानां माला रमणीया।
कुसुमावलिः समीरचालिता स्यान्मे वरणीया॥
नवमालिका रसालं मिलिता रुचिरं संगमनम्। शुचि …॥

अन्वयः
हरित तरूणाम् ललित (i) ________ रमणीया माला (ii) ________ चालिता कुसमावलिः मे वरणीया स्यात् (iii) ________ नवमालिका (iv) ________ संगमनम् मिलिता।

मञ्जूषा- रुचिरं, लतानां, रसालं, समीर
उत्तराणि:
(i) लतानां
(ii) समीर
(iii) रसालं
(iv) रुचिरं

(च) अयि चल बन्धो! खगकुलकलरव गुञ्जितवनदेशम्।
पुर-कलरव सम्भ्रमितजनेभ्यो धृतसुखसन्देशम्॥
चाकचिक्यजालं नो कुर्याज्जीवितरसहरणम्॥ शुचि …॥

अन्वयः
बन्धो! खगकुल (i) ________ गुञ्जितवनदेशम् (ii) ________ पुर-कलरव सम्भ्रमित (iii) ________धृत सुख सन्देशम्। चाकचिक्यजालं जीवित (iv) ________ हरणम् न कुर्यात्।

मञ्जूषा- जनेभ्यः, कलरव, रस, चल
उत्तराणि:
(i) कलरव
(ii) चल
(iii) जनेभ्यः
(iv) रस

(छ) प्रस्तरतले लतातरुगुल्मा नो भवन्तु पिष्टा।
पाषाणी सभ्यता निसर्गे स्यान्न समाविष्टा।
मानवाय जीवनं कामये नो जीवन्मरणम्। शुचि …॥

अन्वयः
लतातरु गुल्मा: (i) ________ न पिष्टाः भवन्तु। (ii) ________ पाषाणी सभ्यता (iii) ________ न स्यात्। (अहम्) मानवाय (iv) ________ कामये जीवन्मरणम् न।
मञ्जूषा- जीवन, प्रस्तरतले, निसर्ग, समाविष्टा
उत्तराणि:
(i) प्रस्तरतले
(ii) निसर्गे
(iii) समाविष्टा
(iv) जीवनं

4. श्लोकक्रमानुसारं वाक्यानि पुनः लेखनीयानि-

प्रश्न (अ).
(क) अमुना दुर्दान्तैः दशनौः जनग्रसनम् न स्यात्।
(ख) महानगरेषु कालायसचक्रम् अहर्निशम् चलति।
(ग) चक्रम सर्वदा वक्रम् भ्रमति।
(घ) अधुना प्रकृतिरेव शरणम् गन्तव्यम्।
(ङ) अस्मिन् संसारे जीवितं कठिन अस्ति।
(च) अस्मभ्यम्-पर्यावरणम् आवश्यकम्।
(छ) चक्रम् मनः शोषयति तनुः च पेषयति।
(ज) शुचि-पर्यावरणम् आवश्यकम् अस्ति।
उत्तराणि:
(क) अस्मिन् संसारे जीवितं कठिनं अस्ति।
(ख) महानगरेषु कालायसचक्रम् अहर्निशम् चलति।
(ग) चक्रम् मनः शोषयति तनुः च पेषयति।
(घ) चक्रम सर्वदा वक्रम् भ्रमति।
(ङ) अमुना दुर्दान्तः दशनैः जनग्रसनम् न स्यात्।
(च) अधुना प्रकृतिरेव शरणम् गन्तव्यम्।
(छ) अस्मभ्यम्-पर्यावरणम् आवश्यकम्।
(ज) शुचि-पर्यावरम् आवश्यकम् अस्ति।

प्रश्न (आ).
(क) शुचि-पर्यावरणम् आवश्यकम् अस्ति।
(ख) वायु-प्रदूषणम् भवति।
(ग) शकटीयानम् धूमं मुञ्चति।
(घ) महानगरेषु वाहनानाम् अन्नताः पङक्तयः धावन्ति।
(ङ) पर्यावरणम् प्रदूषितम् भवति।
(च) शतशकटीयानम् कज्जलमलिनं धूम मुञ्चति।
(छ) महानगरेषु चलनम् कठिनम् भवति।
(ज) वाष्पयानमाला ध्वानम् वितरन्ती सधावति।
उत्तराणि:
(क) शकटीयानम् धूमं मुज्जति।
(ख) शतशकटीयानम् कज्जलमलिनं धूमं मुञ्चति।
(ग) वाष्पयानमाला ध्वानम् वितरन्ती सधावति।
(घ) महानगरेषु वाहनानाम् अन्नताः पङक्तयः धावन्ति।
(ङ) वायु-प्रदूषणम् भवति।
(च) महानगनेषु चलनम् कठिनम् भवति।
(छ) पर्यावरणम् प्रदूषितम् भवति।
(ज) शुचि-पर्यावरणम् आवश्यकम् अस्ति।

5. समुचितानि पर्यायपदानि मेलनं कुरुत-

खण्ड ‘क’ – खण्ड ‘ख’
(क) जीतितम् – सुन्दरी
(ख) दुर्वहम् – पुष्पपक्तिः
(ग) तनुः – वायु:
(घ) वृक्षाणाम् – वरणीया
(ङ) रमणीया – त्यजति
(च) कुसमावलिः – अत्यधिकम्
(छ) चयनीया – कुटिलम्
(ज) समीरः – जीवनम्
(झ) चाकचिक्यजालम् – शरीरम्
(ञ) रसालम् – दुष्करम्
(ट) मुञ्चति – तरुणाम्
(ठ) वक्रम् – कृत्रिमप्रभावपूर्णजगत्
(ड) भक्ष्यम् – आम्रम्
(ढ) संसरणम् – मलेनयुक्तम्
(ण) भृषम् – सञ्चलनम्
(त) समलम् – खाद्यपदार्थ
(थ) शुचिः – मनसि
(द) यानानाम् – इच्छामि
(ध) धरातलम् – अवलोकयामि
(न) अन्तर्जगति – नहि
(प) बहु – वने
(फ) प्रपश्यामि – पवित्रम्
(ब) कान्तारे – मित्र
(भ) बन्धु – वाहनानाम्
(म) नो – पृथ्वी
(य) कामये – अत्यधिकम्
उत्तराणि:
(क) जीवनम्
(ख) दुष्करम्
(ग) शरीरम्
(घ) तरुणाम्
(ङ) सुन्दरी
(च) पुष्पपक्तिः
(छ) वरणीया
(ज) वायुः
(झ) कृत्रिमप्रभावपूर्ण जगत्
(ञ) आम्रम्
(ट) त्यजति
(ठ) कुटिलम्
(ड) खाद्यपदार्थ
(ढ) सञ्चलनम्
(ण) अत्यधिकम्
(त) मलेन युक्तम्
(थ) पवित्रम्
(द) वाहनानाम्
(ध) पृथ्वी
(न) मनसि
(प) अत्यधिकम्
(फ) अवलोकयामि
(ब) वने
(भ) मित्र
(म) नहि
(य) इच्छामि

6. ‘क’ स्तम्भे विशेषणपदं लिखितम् ‘ख’ स्तम्भे पुनः विशेष्यपदम्। तयोः मेलनं कुरुत-

‘क’ स्तम्भ – ‘ख’ स्तम्भ
(क) शुचि – (i) दशनः
(ख) दुर्दान्तः – (ii) वायुमण्डलम्
(ग) दूषितम् – (iii) कान्तरे
(घ) निर्मल – (iv) पर्यावरणम्
(ङ) समलं – (v) धरातलम्
(च) एकान्ते – (vi) धुर्म
(छ) मलिनं – (vii) पक्तयः
(ज) अनंताः – (viii) जलम्
उत्तराणि:
(क) (iv)
(ख) (i)
(ग) (ii)
(घ) (viii)
(ङ) (v)
(च) (iii)
(छ) (vi)
(ज) (vii)

7. निम्न ‘क’ वर्गीय पदार्थ ‘ख’ वर्गीय पदेषु विपर्यायपदानि चीयताम्-

‘क’ पदानि – ‘ख’ विपर्यायपदानि
(क) निर्मलम् – अदुर्दान्तः
(ख) भक्ष्यम् – निर्मलम्
(ग) बहु – ग्रहणति
(घ) करणीयम् – एकम्
(ङ) नगरात् – अन्ताः
(च) बहुदूरम् – सरलम्
(छ) कान्तारे – अकरणीयम्
(ज) रमणीया – ग्रामात्
(झ) रुचिरम् – समीपम्
(ञ) बन्धो! – नगरे
(ट) कुर्यात् – अरमणीया
(ठ) जीवितम् – मलम्
(ड) सभ्यता – अभक्ष्यम्
(ढ) मानवाय – न्यून
(ण) भृषम् – अरुचिरम्
(त) दूषितम् – शत्रों!
(थ) शुचि – अकुर्यात्
(द) वक्रम् – मरणम्
(ध) दुर्दान्तः – असभ्यता
(न) मलिनम् – दानवाय
(प) मुञ्चति – न्यूनम्
(फ) शतम् – अदूषितम्
(ब) अनन्ताः – अशुचि
(भ) कठिनम् – सरलम्
उत्तराणि:
(क) मलम्
(ख) अभक्ष्यम्
(ग) न्यून
(घ) अकरणीयम्
(ङ) ग्रामात्
(च) समीपम्
(छ) नगरे
(ज) अरमणीया
(झ) अरुचिरम्
(ञ) शत्रो!
(ट) अकुर्यात्
(ठ) मरणम्
(ड) असभ्यता
(ढ) दानवाय
(ण) न्यूनम्
(त) अदूषितम्
(थ) अशुचि
(द) सरलम्
(ध) अदुर्दान्तः
(न) निर्मलम्
(प) ग्रहणति
(फ) एकम्
(ब) अन्ताः
(भ) सरलम्

NCERT Solutions for Class 9 Sanskrit Shemushi Chapter 2 स्वर्णकाकः

We have given detailed NCERT Solutions for Class 9 Sanskrit Shemushi Chapter 2 स्वर्णकाकः Questions and Answers come in handy for quickly completing your homework.

Shemushi Sanskrit Class 9 Solutions Chapter 2 स्वर्णकाकः

Class 9 Sanskrit Shemushi Chapter 2 स्वर्णकाकः Textbook Questions and Answers

अभ्यासः

प्रश्न 1.
एकपदेन उत्तर लिखत –

(क) माता काम् आदिशत्?
(ख) स्वर्णकाक: कान् अखादत्?
(ग) प्रासादः कीदृशः वर्तते?
(घ) गृहमागत्य तया का समुद्घटिता?
(ङ) लोभाविष्टा बालिका कीदृशीं मञ्जूषां नमति?
उत्तर:
(क) पुत्रीम्
(ख) तण्डुलान्
(ग) स्वर्णमयः
(घ) मञ्जूषा
(ङ) बृहत्तमाम्

प्रश्न 2.
अधोलिखितानां प्रश्नानाम् उत्तराणि संस्कृतभाषया लिखत –

(क) निर्धनायाः वृद्धायाः दुहिता कीदृशी आसीत्?
(ख) बालिकया पूर्व कीदृशः काकः न दृष्टः आसीत्?
(ग) निधनायाः दुहिता मञ्जूषायां कानि अपश्यत?
(घ) बालिका किं दृष्ट्वा आश्चर्यचकिता जाता?
(ङ) गर्विता बालिका कीदृशं सोपानम् अयाचत् कीदृशं च प्राप्नोत्?
उत्तर:
(क) निर्धनायाः वृद्धायाः दुहिता विनम्रा मनोहरा च आसीत्।
(ख) बालिकया पूर्व एतादृशः स्वर्णपक्षः रजतचञ्चुः स्वर्णकाकः न दृष्टः आसीत्।
(ग) निर्धनायाः दुहिता मञ्जूषायां महाहाणि हीरकाणि अपश्यत्।
(घ) बालिका वृक्षस्य उपरि स्वर्णमयं प्रासादं दृष्ट्वा आश्चर्यचकिता जाता।
(ङ) गर्विता बालिका स्वर्णमय सोपानम् अयाचत् ताम्रमयं च प्राप्नोत्।

प्रश्न 3.
(अ) अधोलिखितानां शब्दानां विलोमपदं पाठात् चित्वा लिखतशब्दाः विलोमपदानि –

शब्दाः – विलोमपदानि
(क) पश्चात् – ………..
(ख) हसितुम् – ………
(ग) अधः – ……………
(घ) श्वेतः – ………….
(ङ) सूर्यास्त: – ………….
(च) सुप्तः – …………..
उत्तर:
शब्दाः – विलोमपदानि
(क) पश्चात् x पूर्वम्
(ख) हसितुम् x रोदितुम्
(ग) अधः x उपरि
(घ) श्वेतः x कृष्णः
(ङ) सूर्यास्त: x सूर्योदयः
(च) सुप्तः x प्रबुद्धः

(आ) सन्धिं कुरुत –

(क) नि + अवसत् – ………….
(ख) सूर्य + उदयः – ………….
(ग) वृक्षस्य + उपरि – ………….
(घ) हि + अकारयत् – ………….
(ङ) च + एकाकिनी – ………….
(च) इति + उक्त्वा – ………….
(छ) प्रति + अवदत् – ………….
(ज) प्र + उक्तम् – ………….
(झ) अत्र + एव – ………….
(ञ) तत्र + उपस्थिता – ………….
(ट) यथा + इच्छम् – ………….
उत्तर:
(क) नि + अवसत् – न्यवसत्
(ख) सूर्य + उदयः – सूर्योदयः
(ग) वृक्षस्य + उपरि – वृक्षस्योपरि
(घ) हि + अकारयत् – ह्यकारयत्
(ङ) च + एकाकिनी – चैकाकिनी
(च) इति + उक्त्वा – इत्युक्त्वा
(छ) प्रति + अवदत् – प्रत्यवदत्
(ज) प्र + उक्तम् – प्रोक्तम्
(झ) अत्र + एव – अत्रैव
(ञ) तत्र + उपस्थिता – तत्रोपस्थिता
(ट) यथा + इच्छम् – यथेच्छम्

प्रश्न 4.
स्थूलपदान्यधिकृत्य प्रश्ननिर्माणं कुरुत –

(क) ग्रामे निर्थना स्वी अवसत्।
(ख) स्वर्णकाकं निवारयन्ती बालिका प्रार्थयत्।
(ग) सूर्योदयात् पूर्वमेव बालिका तत्रोपस्थिता।
(घ) बालिका निर्धनमातुः दुहिता आसीत्।
(ङ) लुब्धा वृद्धा स्वर्णकाकस्य रहस्यमभिज्ञातवती।
उत्तर:
(क) ग्रामे का अवसत्?
(ख) कं निवारयन्ती बालिका प्रार्थयत्?
(ग) कस्मात् पूर्वमेव बालिका तत्रोपस्थिता?
(घ) बालिका कस्याः दुहिता आसीत्?
(ङ) लुब्धा वृद्धा कस्य रहस्यमभिज्ञातवती?

प्रश्न 5.
प्रकृति-प्रत्यय-संयोगं कुरुत (पाठात् चित्वा वा लिखत) –

(क) वि + लोक् + ल्यप् – ………….
(ख) नि – क्षिप् + ल्यप् – ………….
(ग) आ + गम् + ल्यप् – ………….
(घ) दृश् + क्त्वा – ………….
(ङ) शी + क्त्वा – ………….
(च) लघु + तमप् – ………….
उत्तर:
(क) वि + लोक् + ल्यप् – विलोक्य
(ख) नि – क्षिप् + ल्यप् – निक्षिप्य
(ग) आ + गम् + ल्यप् – आगम्य
(घ) दृश् + क्त्वा – दृष्ट्वा
(ङ) शी + क्त्वा – शयित्वा
(च) लघु + तमप् – लघुतम (लघुतमम्)

प्रश्न 6.
प्रकृति-प्रत्यय-विभागं कुरुत –

(क) रोदितुम् – ………….
(ख) दृष्ट्वा – ………….
(ग) विलोक्य – ………….
(घ) निक्षिप्य – ………….
(ङ) आगत्य – ………….
(च) शयित्वा – ………….
(छ) लघुतमम् – ………….
उत्तर:
(क) रोदितुम् – रुद् + तुमुन्
(ख) दृष्ट्वा – दृश् + क्त्वा
(ग) विलोक्य –वि + लोक् + ल्यप्
(घ) निक्षिप्य – नि + क्षिप् + ल्यप्
(ङ) आगत्य – आ + गम् + ल्यप्
(च) शयित्वा – शी + क्त्वा
(छ) लघुतमम् – लघु + तमप्

प्रश्न 7.
अधोलिखितानि कथनानि कः/का, कं/कां च कथयति –

कथनानि – क:/का – कं/काम्
(क) पूर्व प्रातराशः क्रियताम्। – …………. – ………….
(ख) सूर्यातपे तण्डुलान् खगेभ्यो रक्ष। – …………. – ………….
(ग) तण्डुलान् मा भक्षय। – …………. – ………….
(घ) अहं तुभ्यं तण्डुलमूल्यं दास्यामि। – …………. – ………….
(ङ) भो नीचकाक! अहमागता, महां तण्डुलमूल्यं प्रयच्छ। – …………. – ………….
उत्तर:
कथनानि – कः/का – कं/काम्
(क) पूर्व प्रातराशः क्रियताम्। – स्वर्णकाक:बालिकाम्
(ख) सूर्यातपे तण्डुलान् खगेभ्यो रक्ष। – वृद्धा मातापुत्रीम्
(ग) तण्डुलान् मा भक्षया – बालिकास्वर्णकाकम्
(घ) अहं तुभ्यं तण्डुलमूल्यं दास्यामि। – स्वर्णकाकःबालिकाम्
(ङ) भो नीचकाक! अहमागता, मां तण्डुलमूल्यं प्रयच्छ। – लुब्धायाः पुत्रीस्वर्णकाकम्

प्रश्न 8.
उदाहरणमनुसृत्य कोष्ठकगतेषु पदेषु पञ्चमीविभक्तेः प्रयोगं कृत्वा रिक्तस्थानानि पूरयत –

यथा-मूषक: बिलाद् बहिः निर्गच्छति। (बिल)
(क) जनः …………. बहिः आगच्छति। (ग्राम)
(ख) नद्यः …………. निस्सन्ति। (पर्वत)
(ग) …………. पत्राणि पतन्ति। (वृक्ष)
(घ) बालकः …………. बिभेति। (सिंह)
(ङ) ईश्वरः …………. त्रायते। (क्लेश)
(च) प्रभुः भक्तं …………. निवारयति। (पाप)
उत्तर:
(क) ग्रामात्
(ख) पर्वतात्/पर्वतेभ्यः
(ग) वृक्षात्
(घ) सिंहात्
(छ) क्लेशात्
(च) पापात्

Class 9 Sanskrit Shemushi Chapter 2 स्वर्णकाकः Additional Important Questions and Answers

अतिरिक्त कार्यम्

प्रश्न 1.
निम्नलिखितम् अनुच्छेदं पठित्वा तदाधारिताना प्रश्नानाम् उत्तराणि लिखत –

1. पुरा कस्मिंश्चिद् ग्रामे एका निधना वृद्धा स्त्री न्यवसत्। तस्याः च एका दुहिता विनमा मनोहरा चासीत्। एकदा माता स्थाल्या तण्डुलान् निक्षिप्य पुत्रीम् आदिशत्। “सूर्यातपे तण्डुलान् खगेभ्यो रक्षा” किञ्चित् कालादनन्तरम् एको विचित्रः काकः समुड्डीय तस्याः समीपम् अगच्छत्

(i) एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)

  1. वृद्धा स्त्री कीदृशी आसीत्?
  2. वृद्धायाः कीदृशी दुहिता आसीत्?
  3. निर्धनास्त्री कुत्र न्यवसत्?

उत्तर:

  1. निर्धना
  2. विनम्रा
  3. कस्मिंश्चिद्ग्रामे

(ii) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)

  1. किञ्चित्कालानन्तरम् किम् अभवत्?
  2. दुहिता कीदृशी आसीत?

उत्तर:

  1. किञ्चित्कालानन्तरम् एको विचित्रः काकः समुड्डीय तस्याः समीपम् अगच्छत्।
  2. दुहिता विनम्रा मनोहरा चासीत्।

(iii) भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)

  1. अनुच्छेदे ‘न्यवसत्’ इति क्रियापदस्य कर्तृपदं किमस्ति?
  2. ‘दुहिता विनम्रा’ अनयोः पदयोः विशेषणपदं किम्?
  3. अस्मिन् अनुच्छेदे ‘धनवती’ इति पदस्य कः विपर्ययः आगतोऽस्ति?
  4. पुत्री इत्यर्थे किं पदं प्रयुक्तम्?

उत्तर:

  1. स्त्री
  2. विनम्रा
  3. निर्धना
  4. दुहिता

2. नैतादृशः स्वर्णपक्षो रजतचञ्चुः स्वर्णकाकस्तया पूर्व दृष्टः। तं तण्डुलान् खावन्तं हसन्तञ्च विलोक्य बालिका रोदितुमारब्धा। तं निवारयन्ती सा प्रार्थयत्-“तण्डुलान् मा भक्षया मदीया माता अतीव निर्धना वर्तते।” स्वर्णपक्षः काकः प्रोवाच, “मा शुचः। सूर्योदयात्प्राग् ग्रामाबहिः पिप्पलवृक्षमनु त्वया आगन्तव्यम्। अहं तुभ्यं तण्डुलमूल्यं दास्यामि।” ङ्केप्रहबिता बालिका निनामपि न लेभा

(i) एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)

  1. स्वर्णकाकस्य चञ्चुः कीदृशः आसीत्?
  2. बालिकायाः माता कीदृशी आसीत्?
  3. क: तण्डुलान् अखादत्?

उत्तर:

  1. रजतस्य
  2. निर्धना
  3. स्वर्णकाक:

(ii) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)

  1. स्वर्णकाकं निवारयन्ती सा कि प्रार्थयत्?
  2. स्वर्णकाकः किम् अवदत्?

उत्तर:

  1. स्वर्णकाकं निवारयन्ती सा प्रार्थयत्-“तण्डुलान् मा भक्षय। मदीया माता अतीव निर्धना वर्तते।”
  2. स्वर्णकाकः प्रोवाच मा शुचः। सूर्योदयात्प्राग् ग्रामाद्बहिः पिप्पवृक्षमनु त्वया आगन्तव्यम्। अहं तुभ्यं तण्डुलमूल्यं दास्यामि।

(iii) भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)

  1. अनुच्छेदे ‘हसितुम्’ इत्यस्य पदस्य कः विपर्ययः लिखितः?
  2. रोदितुमारब्धा’ इत्यस्याः क्रियायाः अनुच्छेदे कर्तृपदं कि वर्तते?
  3. ‘प्रहर्षिता बालिका निद्रामपि न लेभे’। अत्र वाक्ये विशेषणपदं किमस्ति?
  4. ‘दृष्ट्वा ‘ इत्यर्थे किं पदं प्रयुक्तम्?

उत्तर:

  1. रोदितुम्
  2. बालिका
  3. प्रहर्षिता
  4. विलोक्य

3. सूर्योदयात्पूर्वमेव सा तत्रोपस्थिता। वृक्षस्योपरि विलोक्य सा च आश्चर्यचकिता सजाता यत् तत्र स्वर्णमयः प्रासादो वर्तते। यदा काकः शयित्वा प्रबुद्धस्तदा तेन स्वर्णगवाक्षात्कथितं “हहो बाले! त्वमागता, तिष्ठ, अहं त्वत्कृते सोपानमवतारयामि, तत्कथय स्वर्णमयं रजतमयम् तासमय वा”? कन्या अवदत्-“अहं निर्धनमातुः दुहिता अस्मि। तानसोपानेनैव आगमिष्यामि।” परं स्वर्णसोपानेन सा स्वर्णभवनम् आरोहत्

(i) एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)

  1. सूर्योदयात् पूर्वमेव का तत्र उपस्थिता?
  2. कन्या कस्याः दुहिता आसी?
  3. काकः किं कृत्वा प्रबुद्धः?

उत्तर:

  1. बालिका (सा)
  2. निर्धनमातुः
  3. शयित्वा

(ii) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)

  1. स्वर्णगवाक्षात् काकेन किं कथितम्?
  2. कन्या किं प्रावोचत्?

उत्तर:

  1. स्वर्णगवाक्षात् काकेन कथितम्-हंहो बाले! त्वमागता, तिष्ठ, अहं त्वत्कृते सोपानमवतारयामि।
  2. कन्या प्रावोचत् अहं निर्धनमातुर्दुहिताऽस्मिा ताम्रसोपानेनैव आगमिष्यामि।

(iii) भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)

  1. ‘अधः’ इत्यस्य पदस्य कः विपर्ययः अनुच्छेदे लिखितोऽस्ति?
  2. ‘अहं निर्धनमातुः दुहिता अस्मि’। अत्र वाक्ये ‘अहम्’ इति कर्तृपदस्य क्रियापदं किम्?
  3. अनुच्छेदे ‘ताम्रमयं सोपानम्’ अनयो: पदयोः विशेषणपदं किमस्ति?
  4. अस्ति’ इत्यर्थे कि पदं प्रयुक्तम्?

उत्तर:

  1. उपरि
  2. अस्मि
  3. ताम्रमयं
  4. वर्तते

4. चिरकाल भवने चित्रविचित्रवस्तूनि सज्जितानि दृष्ट्वा सा विस्मयं गता। श्रान्तां तां विलोक्य काकः अवदत् “पूर्व लघुप्रातराशः क्रियताम्-वद त्वं स्वर्णस्थाल्यां भोजनं करिष्यसि किं वा रजतस्थाल्याम् उत ताम्रस्थाल्याम्”? बालिका अवदत्-ताप्रस्थाल्याम् एव अहं-“निर्धना भोजनं करिष्यामि।” तदा सा आश्चर्यचकिता सञ्जाता यदा स्वर्णकाकेन स्वर्णस्थाल्यां भोजनं पर्यवेषितम्। न एतादृशम् स्वादु भोजनमद्यावधि बालिका खादितवती। काकोऽववत्-“बालिके! अहमिच्छामि यत् त्वम् सर्वदा अत्रैव तिष्ठ परं तव माता तु एकाकिनी वर्तते। अतः त्वं शीघ्रमेव स्वगृहं गच्छ ।”

(i) एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)

  1. कीदृशीं तां विलोक्य काकः प्राह?
  2. बालिका कीदृशं भोजनम् अद्यावधि न खादितवती?
  3. कीदृशानिवस्तूनि दृष्ट्वा सा विस्मयं गता?

उत्तर:

  1. श्रान्ताम्
  2. स्वादु
  3. चित्रविचित्रवस्तूनि

(ii) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)

  1. सा बालिका कथं विस्मयं गता?
  2. काकः किम् अवदत्

उत्तर:

  1. चिरकाल भवने चित्रविचित्रवस्तूनि सज्जितानि दृष्ट्वा सा विस्मयं गता।
  2. काकः अवदत् बालिके। अहमिच्छामि यत्त्वं सर्वदा अत्रैव तिष्ठ पर तव माता तु एकाकिनी वर्तते। त्वं शीघ्रमेव स्वगृहं गच्छ।

(iii) भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)

  1. तदा सा कन्या आश्चर्यचकिता सञ्जाता’। अस्मिन् वाक्ये विशेषणपदं किमस्ति?
  2. अनुच्छेदे ‘जननी’ इत्यस्य पदस्य कः पर्यायः लिखितः?
  3. ‘त्वम्’ इत्यस्य कर्तृपदस्य अनुच्छेदे क्रियापदं किमस्ति?
  4. ‘दृष्ट्वा ‘ इत्यर्थे किम् पदं प्रयुक्तम्?

उत्तर:

  1. आश्चर्यचकिता
  2. माता
  3. तिष्ठ
  4. विलोक्य

5. इत्युक्त्वा काकः कक्षाभ्यन्तरात् तिनः मञ्जूषाः निस्सार्य तां प्रत्यवदत् “बालिके! यथेच्छ गृहाण मञ्जूषामेकाम्।” लघुतमा मञ्जूषां प्रगृह्य बालिकया कथितम् इयत् एव मदीयतण्डुलानां मूल्यम्। गृहमागत्य तया मञ्जूषा समुद्घाटिता, तस्यां महार्हाणि हीरकाणि विलोक्य सा प्रहर्षिता तहिनाद्धनिका च सजाता

(i) एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)

  1. काकः कक्षाभ्यन्तरात् कति मञ्जूषाः निस्सारयति?
  2. कीदृशी मञ्जूषां प्रगृह्य बालिका कथितम्?
  3. किं विलोक्य सा प्रहर्षिता सञाता?

उत्तर:

  1. तिस्रः
  2. लघुतमाम्
  3. हीरकाणि

(ii) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)

  1. मञ्जूषायां कानि विलोक्य सा बालिका प्रहर्षिता अभवत्?
  2. काकः किं अवदत्?

उत्तर:

  1. मञ्जूषायां महार्हाणि हीरकाणि विलोक्य सा बालिका प्रहर्षिता अभवत्।
  2. बालिके! यथेच्छं गृहाण मञ्जूषामेकाम्।

(iii) भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)

  1. ‘प्रत्यवदत्’ इति क्रियापदस्य अनुच्छेदे कर्तृपदं किमस्ति?
  2. अनुच्छेदे ‘सा’ इति कर्तृपदस्य क्रियापदं किम् आगतम्?
  3. “निष्क्रम्य’ इति पदस्य कः विपर्ययः अत्र अनुच्छेदे लिखितः?
  4. ‘ग्रहणं कुरु’ इत्यर्थे किं पदं प्रयुक्तम्?

उत्तर:

  1. काकः
  2. सजाता
  3. आगत्य
  4. गृहाण

6. तस्मिन्नेव ग्रामे एका अपरा लुब्धा वृद्धा न्यवसत्। तस्या अपि एका पुत्री आसीत्। ईयया सा तस्य स्वर्णकाकस्य रहस्यम् ज्ञातवती। सूर्यातपे तण्डुलान् निक्षिप्य तयापि स्वसुता रक्षार्थं नियुक्ता। तथैव स्वर्णपक्षः काकः तण्डुलान् भक्षयन् तामपि तत्रैवाकारयत्। प्रातस्तत्र गत्वा सा काकं निर्भर्त्सयन्ती प्रावोचत्-“भो नीचकाक! अहमागता, मां तण्डुलमूल्यं प्रयच्छ।” काकोऽब्रवीत्-“अहं त्वत्कृते सोपानम् अवतारयामि। तत्कथय स्वर्णमयं रजतमय तासमयं वा।” गर्वितया बालिकया प्रोक्तम्-“स्वर्णमयेन सोपानेन अहम् आगच्छामि।” परं स्वर्णकाकस्तत्कृते तासमयं सोपानमेव प्रायच्छत्। स्वर्णकाकस्तां भोजनमपि तानभाजने एव अकारयत्

(i) एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)

  1. तस्मिन् एव ग्रामे कीदृशी वृद्धा न्यवसत्?
  2. स्वर्णकाकः तां बालिका कस्मिन् भोजनम् अकारयत्?
  3. लुब्धा वृद्धायाः एका का आसीत्?

उत्तर:

  1. लुब्धा
  2. ताम्रभाजने
  3. पुत्री

(ii) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)

  1. सा वृद्धा ईर्ष्णया किम् अभिज्ञातवतो?
  2. तस्मिन्नेव ग्रामे एकाऽपरा कीदृशी वृद्धा न्यवसत्?

उत्तर:

  1. सा वृद्धा ईयया तस्य स्वर्णकाकस्य रहस्यम् अभिज्ञातवती।
  2. तस्मिन्नेव ग्रामे एकाऽपरा लुब्धा वृद्धा न्यवसत्।

(iii) भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)

  1. अनुच्छेदे ‘अकारयत्’ इति क्रियायाः कर्तृपदं किम्?
  2. अनुच्छेदे ‘लुब्धा वृद्धा’ इति कर्तृपदस्य क्रियापदं किमस्ति?
  3. ‘प्रशंसयन्ती’ इति पदस्य कः विपर्ययः अनुच्छेदे आगतः?
  4. ‘वसति स्म’ इति अर्थ किं पदं प्रयुक्तम्?

उत्तर:

  1. स्वर्णकाकः
  2. न्यवसत्
  3. निर्भर्त्सयन्ती
  4. न्यवसत्

प्रश्न 7.
प्रतिनिवृत्तिकाले स्वर्णकाकेन कक्षाभ्यन्तरात् तिम्रः मञ्जूषाः तत्पुरः समुत्क्षिप्ताः। लोभाविष्टा सा बृहत्तमा मञ्जूषां गृहीतवती। गृहमागत्य सा तर्षिता यावद् मञ्जूषामुद्घाटयति तावत् तस्या भीषणः कृष्णसर्पो विलोकितः। लुब्धया बालिकया लोभस्य फलं प्राप्तम्। तदनन्तरं सा लोभ पर्यत्यजत्

(i) एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)

  1. केन तिनः मञ्जूषाः कन्यायाः पुरः समुत्क्षिप्ता:?
  2. लोभाविष्टा सा कन्या कीदृशीं मञ्जूषां गृहीतवती?
  3. मञ्जूषाम् उद्घाट्य सा किम् पश्यति?

उत्तर:

  1. स्वर्णकाकेन
  2. बृहत्तमाम्
  3. कृष्णसर्पः

(ii) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)

  1. गृहमागत्य यदा सा तर्षिता मञ्जूषाम् उद्घाटयति तदा कं विलोकयति?
  2. लुब्धया बालिकया कस्य फल प्राप्तम्?

उत्तर:

  1. गृहमागत्य यदा सा तर्षिता मञ्जूषाम् उद्घाटयति तदा तस्यां भीषणं कृष्णसर्प विलोकयति।
  2. लुब्धया बालिकया लोभस्य प्राप्तम्।

(iii) भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)

  1. अनुच्छेदे ‘समुत्क्षिप्ताः’ इति क्रियायाः कर्तृपदं किम्?
  2. अस्मिन् अनुच्छेदे ‘लोभाविष्टा’ इति विशेषणं कस्यै आगतम्?
  3. ‘तदनन्तरं सा लोभं पर्यत्यजत्’। अत्र अव्ययपदं किमस्ति?
  4. तस्य समक्षे’ इत्यर्थे किं पदं प्रयुक्तम्?

उत्तर:

  1. स्वर्णकाकेन
  2. बालिकार्य
  3. अनन्तरम्
  4. तत्पुरः

प्रश्न 2.
निम्नवाक्येषु रेखाङ्कित पदानां स्थानेषु प्रश्नवाचकं पदं लिखत –

प्रश्न 1.
पुरा कस्मिंश्चिद् ग्रामे एका वृद्धा न्यवसत्।
(क) क;
(ख) का
(ग) किम्
(घ) के
उत्तर:
(ख) का

प्रश्न 2.
तस्याः दुहिता विनम्रा मनोहरा च आसीत्।
(क) का
(ख) कीदृशम्
(ग) कीदृशः
(घ) कीदृशी
उत्तर:
(घ) कीदृशी

प्रश्न 3.
सा पुत्रीम् आदिदेश।
(क) काम्
(ख) कम्
(ग) किम्
(घ) कथम्
उत्तर:
(क) काम्

प्रश्न 4.
सूर्यातपे तण्डुलान् खगेभ्यो रक्ष।
(क) कथम्
(ख) काभ्यः
(ग) केभ्यः
(घ) कस्यै
उत्तर:
(ग) केभ्यः

प्रश्न 5.
तदा एक: विचित्रः काकः समुड्डीय ताम् उपाजगाम।
(क) के
(ख) काः
(ग) क:
(घ) कीदृशः
उत्तर:
(ग) क:

प्रश्न 6.
सा प्रार्थयत् – तण्डुलान् मा भक्षय।
(क) का
(ख) कः
(ग) के
(घ) काः
उत्तर:
(क) का

प्रश्न 7.
प्रहर्षिता बालिका निद्राम् अपि न लेभे।
(क) कथम्
(ख) कीदृशी
(ग) कीदृशः
(घ) कीदृशम्
उत्तर:
(ख) कीदृशी

प्रश्न 8.
अहं तुभ्यं तण्डुलमूल्यं प्रदास्यामि।
(क) कम्
(ख) कस्यै
(ग) केभ्यः
(घ) काभ्यः
उत्तर:
(ख) कस्यै

प्रश्न 9.
वृक्षस्य उपरि विलोक्य सा आश्चर्यचकिता सञ्जाता।
(क) का
(ख) काः
(ग) कीदृशः
(घ) कीदृशी
उत्तर:
(घ) कीदृशी

प्रश्न 10.
अहं त्वत्कृते सोपानम् अवतारयामि।
(क) किम्
(ख) कम्
(ग) काम्
(घ) कथम्
उत्तर:
(क) किम्

प्रश्न 11.
अहं निर्धनमातुः दुहिता अस्मि।
(क) कस्याः
(ख) कस्य
(ग) कः
(घ) का
उत्तर:
(क) कस्याः

प्रश्न 12.
श्रान्तां तां विलोक्य काकः प्राह।
(क) के
(ख) कथम्
(ग) काः
(घ) कः
उत्तर:
(घ) कः

प्रश्न 13.
अहं निर्धना ताम्रस्थाल्याम् एव भोजनं करिष्यामि।।
(क) कस्याम्
(ख) के।
(ग) काः
(घ) काभ्यः
उत्तर:
(क) कस्याम्

प्रश्न 14.
तव माता एकाकिनी वर्तते।
(क) किम्
(ख) कस्याः
(ग) के
उत्तर:
(ख) कस्याः

प्रश्न 15.
त्वं शीघ्रमेव स्वगृहं गच्छ।
(क) कीदृशः
(ख) कस्यै
(ग) का
(घ) कुत्र
उत्तर:
(घ) कुत्र

प्रश्न 16.
काकः कक्षाभ्यन्तरात् तिस्रः मञ्जूषाः निस्सार्य अवदत्।
(क) कति
(ख) कथम्
(ग) किम्
(घ) काम्
(घ) का
उत्तर:
(क) कति

प्रश्न 17.
लघुतमा मञ्जूषां प्रगृह्य बालिकया कथितम्।
(क) कम्
(ख) कया
(ग) कस्याः
(घ) काम्
उत्तर:
(ख) कया

प्रश्न 18.
तत्रैव एका अपरा लुब्धा वृद्धा न्यवसत्।
(क) कः
(ख) किम्
(ग) केभ्यः
(घ) का
उत्तर:
(घ) का

प्रश्न 19.
ईय॑या सा स्वर्णकाकस्य रहस्यम् अभिज्ञातवती।
(क) कथम्/कया
(ख) का
(ग) कस्मै
उत्तर:
(क) कथम्/कया

प्रश्न 20.
तथा अपि स्वसुता तण्डुलरक्षार्थं नियुक्ता।
(क) कथम्
(ख) के
(ग) कः
उत्तर:
(घ) का

प्रश्न 21.
महयं तण्डुलमूल्यं प्रयच्छ।
(क) कस्याः
(ख) किम्
उत्तर:
(ख) किम्

प्रश्न 22.
स्वर्णमयेन सोपानेन अहम् आगच्छामि।।
(क) कीदृशेण
(ख) कीदृशी
(ग) काभ्यः
उत्तर:
(क) कीदृशेण

प्रश्न 23.
लोभाविष्टा सा बृहत्तमा मञ्जूषां गृहीतवती।
(क) के
(ख) कस्याः
(ग) का
(घ) कीदृशी
उत्तर:
(घ) कीदृशी

प्रश्न 24.
तस्यां तया भीषणः सर्पः विलोकितः।
(क) कः
(ख) कम्
(ग) का
(घ) कम्
उत्तर:
(क) कः

प्रश्न 25.
लुब्धया बालिकया लोभस्य फलं प्राप्तम्।
(क) क;
(ख) किम्
(ग) केभ्यः
(घ) कस्य
उत्तर:
(घ) कस्य

प्रश्न 3.
निम्नवाक्यानि घटनाक्रमानुसारं पुनर्लिखत –

प्रश्न 1.

  1. बालिका सूर्योदयात् पूर्वम् एव तत्र उपस्थिता अभवत्।
  2. यदा मञ्जूषां सा उद्घाटितवती तदा तस्यां महाणि हीरकाणि दृष्ट्वा सा प्रसन्ना जाता।
  3. यदा काकः शचित्वा प्रबुद्धः जातः तदा सः स्वर्णगवाक्षात् अवदत्।
  4. कस्मिंश्चिद् ग्रामे एका धनहीना वृद्धा स्त्री अवसत्।
  5. बालिका अकथयत्-अहं ताम्रस्थाल्यामेव भोजनं करिष्यामि।
  6. बालिके! त्वम् आगता? तिष्ठ, अहं त्वत्कृते सोपानम् अवतारयामि।
  7. सा काकं भर्त्सयन्ती अवदत्।
  8. परं स्वर्णसोपानेन सा स्वर्णभवनम् आससाद।

उत्तर:

  1. कस्मिंश्चिद् ग्रामे एका धनहीना वृद्धा स्त्री अवसत्।
  2. बालिका सूर्योदयात् पूर्वम् एव तत्र उपस्थिता अभवत्।
  3. यदा काकः शचित्वा प्रबुद्धः जातः तदा सः स्वर्णगवाक्षात् अवदत्।
  4. बालिके। त्वम् आगता? तिष्ठ, अहं त्वत्कृते सोपानम् अवतारयामि।
  5. परं स्वर्णसोपानेन सा स्वर्णभवनम् आससाद।
  6. बालिका अकथयत् – अहं ताम्रस्थाल्यामेव भोजनं करिष्यामि।
  7. यदा मञ्जूषां सा उद्घाटितवती तदा तस्यां महाहाणि हीरकाणि दृष्ट्वा सा प्रसन्ना जाता।
  8. सा काकं भर्ल्सयन्ती अवदत्।

प्रश्न 2.

  1. इति उक्त्वा काकः कक्षायाः अभ्यन्तरात् तिस्रः मञ्जूषा: निस्सारयत्।
  2. लोभाविष्टा सा बृहत्तमा मञ्जूषां गृहीतवती।
  3. भो नीचकाक! अहम् आगता अस्मि। मह्यं तण्डुलमूल्यं प्रयच्छ।
  4. किञ्चित् कालात् अनन्तरं एकः विचित्रः काकः तत्र तामुपाजगाम।
  5. एकस्याः वृद्धायाः एका विनम्रा मनोहरा च कन्या आसीत्।
  6. कन्या प्रावोचत्-अहं निर्धन मातुः कन्या अस्मि। अतः ताम्र सोपानेन एव आगमिष्यामि।
  7. तस्मिन्नेव ग्रामे एका अपरा लुब्धा वृद्धा स्त्री अवसत्।
  8. एकदा सा पुत्रीम् आदिदेश-सूर्यातपे तण्डुलात् खगेभ्यो त्वं रक्ष।

उत्तर:

  1. एकस्याः वृद्धायाः एका विनम्रा मनोहरा च कन्या आसीत्।
  2. एकदा सा पुत्रीम् आदिदेश-सूर्यातपे तण्डुलात् खगेभ्यो त्वं रक्ष।
  3. किञ्चित् कालात् अनन्तरं एक: विचित्रः काकः तत्र तामुपाजगाम।
  4. कन्या प्रावोचत्-अहं निर्धन मातुः कन्या अस्मि। अतः ताम्र सोपानेन एव आगमिष्यामि।
  5. इति उक्त्वा काकः कक्षायाः अभ्यन्तरात् तिम्रः मञ्जूषाः निस्सारयत्।
  6. तस्मिन्नेव ग्रामे एका अपरा लुब्धा वृद्धा स्त्री अवसत्।
  7. भो नीचकाक! अहम् आगता अस्मि। मह्यं तण्डुलमूल्यं प्रयच्छ।
  8. लोभाविष्टा सा बृहत्तमा मञ्जूषां गृहीतवती।

प्रश्न 3.

  1. गृहम् आगत्य यदा सा मञ्जूषाम् उद्घाटयति तदा तस्मिन् एवं कृष्णसर्पम् अपश्यत्।
  2. हे नीच काक! अहम् आगता अस्मि, मह्यं तण्डुलानां मूल्यं प्रयच्छ।
  3. तदनन्तरं सा लोभम् अत्यजत्।
  4. तस्मिन् एवं ग्रामे एका लुब्धा वृद्धा अपि न्यवसत्।
  5. गर्विता बालिका अवदत्-अहं स्वर्णमयेन सोपानेव एव आगमिष्यामि।
  6. लुब्धया कन्यया लोभस्य फलं प्राप्तम्।
  7. तस्याः अपि एका ईर्ष्यालु: कन्या अपि आसीत्।
  8. सूर्यातपे सापि तण्डुलान् निक्षिप्य स्वसुता तेषां रक्षार्थ नियुक्तवती।

उत्तर:

  1. तस्मिन् एव ग्रामे एका लुब्धा वृद्धा अपि न्यवसत्।
  2. तस्याः अपि एका ईर्ष्यालुः कन्या अपि आसीत्।
  3. सूर्यातपे सापि तण्डुलान् निक्षिप्य स्वसुतां तेषां रक्षार्थ नियुक्तवती।
  4. हे नीच काक! अहम् आगता अस्मि, महयं तण्डुलानां मूल्यं प्रयच्छ।
  5. गर्विता बालिका अवदत्-अहं स्वर्णमयेन सोपानेव एव आगमिष्यामि।
  6. गृहम् आगत्य यदा सा मञ्जूषाम् उद्घाटयति तदा तस्मिन् एवं कृष्णसर्पम् अपश्यत्।
  7. लुब्धया कन्यया लोभस्य फलं प्राप्तम्।
  8. तदनन्तर सा लोभम् अत्यजत्।

प्रश्न 4.
निम्न पदानां पर्यायपदानि मेलयत-

पदानि – पर्यायः

  1. निर्धना – अवदत्
  2. एकदा – तस्याः समक्षे
  3. पुरा – शोकं कुरु
  4. माता – अतीव प्रसन्ना
  5. शुचः – स्वर्णशरीरम्
  6. प्रबुद्धः – अद्यपर्यन्तम्
  7. स्वर्णमयम् – निक्षिप्ताः
  8. चिरकालम् – दृष्ट्वा
  9. दुहिता – असन्तुष्टा (उत्कण्ठिता)
  10. विस्मयम् – एकवारम् (एकस्मिन् दिवसे)
  11. प्राह – खादन्
  12. अद्यावधि – प्राचीने काले
  13. प्रगृह्य – जागरितः
  14. विलोक्य – दीर्धकालम्
  15. प्रहर्षिता – जननी
  16. भक्षयन् – गृहीत्वा
  17. तत्पुरः – धनहीना
  18. समुत्क्षिप्ताः – आश्चर्यम्
  19. पर्यत्यजत् – तुभ्यम्
  20. तर्षिता – सुता
  21. त्वत्कृते – त्यक्तवती

उत्तर:

पदानि – पर्यायः

  1. निर्धना – धनहीना
  2. एकदा – एकवारम् (एकस्मिन् दिवसे)
  3. पुरा – प्राचीनेकाले
  4. माता – जननी
  5. शुचः – शोकं कुरु
  6. प्रबुद्धः – जागरितः
  7. स्वर्णमयम् – स्वर्णशरीरम्
  8. चिरकालम् – दीर्घकालम्
  9. दुहिता – सुता
  10. विस्मयम् -आश्चर्यम्
  11. प्राह – अवदत्
  12. अद्यावधि – अद्यपर्यन्तम्
  13. प्रगृह्य – गृहीत्वा
  14. विलोक्य – दृष्ट्वा
  15. प्रहर्षिता – अतीव प्रसन्ना
  16. भक्षयन् – खादन्
  17. तत्पुरः – तस्याः समक्षे
  18. समुत्क्षिप्ताः – निक्षिप्ता:
  19. पर्यत्यजत् – त्यक्तवती
  20. तर्षिता – असन्तुष्टा (उत्कण्ठिता)
  21. त्वत्कृते – तुभ्यम्

प्रश्न 5.
‘क’ स्तम्भे विशेषणानि ‘ख’ स्तम्भे विशेष्याणि दत्तानि। तानि समुचित योजयत –

‘क’ स्तम्भ – ‘ख’ स्तम्भ

  1. वृद्धा – स्वर्णकाक:
  2. मनोहरा – माता
  3. कस्मिंश्चिद् – बालिका
  4. स्वर्णपक्ष: – भवनम्
  5. निर्धना – मञ्जूषा
  6. प्रहर्षिता – सा
  7. स्वर्णमयम् – काक:
  8. आश्चर्यचकिता – ग्राम
  9. प्रबुद्धः – दुहिता
  10. एकाकिनी – माता
  11. इयत् – स्त्री
  12. तिस्रः – मूल्यम्

उत्तर:

‘क’ स्तम्भ – ‘ख’ स्तम्भ

  1. वृद्धा – स्त्री
  2. मनोहरा – दुहिता
  3. कस्मिंश्चिद् – ग्रामे
  4. स्वर्णपक्ष: – स्वर्णकाकः
  5. निर्धना – माता
  6. प्रहर्षिता – बालिका
  7. स्वर्णमयम् – भवनम्
  8. आश्चर्यचकिता – सा
  9. प्रबुद्धः – काकः
  10. एकाकिनी – माता
  11. इयत् – मूल्यम्
  12. तिस्रः – मञ्जूषा

Amines Class 12 Important Extra Questions Chemistry Chapter 13

Here we are providing Class 12 Chemistry Important Extra Questions and Answers Chapter 13 Amines. Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions are the best resource for students which helps in Class 12 board exams.

Class 12 Chemistry Chapter 13 Important Extra Questions Amines

Amines Important Extra Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Arrange the following in decreasing order of solubility in water:
(CH3)3N, (CH3)2H, CH3NH2 (CBSE Delhi 2019)
Answer:
CH3NH2 > (CH3)2NH > (CH3)3N

Question 2.
Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of their solubility in water:
C6H5NH2, (C2H5)2NH, C2H5NH2 (CBSE Delhi 2011, CBSE 2013)
Answer:
C6H5NH2 < (C2H5)2NH < C2H5NH2

Question 3.
Write the structure of n-methylhexanamine. (CBSE 2013)
Answer:
CH3 – NH – CH2CH3

Question 4.
Write the structure of 2-amino toluene. (CBSE 2013)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 1
Question 5.
Write the IUPAC name of the given compound: (CBSE Delhi 2016)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 2
Answer:
2, 4, 6-Tribromoaniline

Question 6.
Arrange the following in increasing order of their basic strength in an aqueous solution:
CH3NH2, (CH3)3N, (CH3)2NH (CBSE Delhi 2013)
Answer:
(CH3)3N < CH3NH2 < (CH3)2NH

Question 7.
Write the IUPAC name of the compound (CBSE Delhi 2014)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 3
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 4

Question 8.
Arrange the following in increasing order of base strength in the gas phase:
(C2H5)3N, C2H5NH2, (C2H5)2NH (CBSE Delhi 2019)
Answer:
(C2H5)3N > (C2H5)2NH > C2H5NH2

Question 9.
Arrange the following in increasing order of boiling points:
(CH3)3N, C2H5OH, C2H5NH2 (CBSE Delhi 2019)
Answer:
(CH3)3N < C2H5NH2 < C2H5OH

Question 10.
Arrange the following in the increasing order of their pKb values.
C6H5NH2, C2H5NH2, C6H5NHCH3 (CBSE AI 2018)
Answer:
C2H5NH2 < C6H5NHCH3 < C6H5NH2

Question 11.
Write IUPAC name of the following compound:
CH3NHCH(CH3)2 (CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
N-Methylpropan-2-amine

Question 12.
Write IUPAC name of the following compound: (CH3CH2)2NCH3 (CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
N-Ethyl-N-methylhexanamine

Question 13.
Give a chemical test to distinguish between ethylamine and aniline. (CBSE AI 2011)
Answer:
Aniline gives azo dye test while ethylamine does not give azo dye test.

Question 14.
Arrange the following in increasing order of their basic strength:
C6H5NH2, C6H5N(CH3)2, (C6H5)2NH, and CH3NH2 (CBSE AI 2011)
Answer:
(C6H5)2 NH < C6H5NH2 < C6H5N (CH3)2 < CH3NH2

Question 15.
Write the IUPAC name of the compound: (CBSE AI 2016)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 5
Answer:
N-Methyl-2-methyl propanamine

Amines Important Extra Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Give the structures of A, B, and C in the following reactions: (CBSE Delhi 2013)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 6
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 7

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 8
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 9
Question 2.
Complete the following reaction equations:
(i) C6H5N2CI + H3PO2 + H20 →
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 10
(ii) C6H5NH2 + Br2(oq) → (CBSE 2012)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 11
Question 3.
Give the structures of products A, B, and C in the following reactions: (CBSE Delhi 2013)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 12
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 13Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 14
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 15
Question 4.
Write the structures of A, B, and C in the following reactions: (CBSE 2016)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 16
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 17Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 18
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 19
Question 5.
Write the structures of A, B, and C In the following: (CBSE Delhi 2016)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 20
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 21Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 22
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 23
Question 6.
Give a chemical test to distinguish between ethylamine and aniline. (CBSE AI 2011)
Answer:
These can be distinguished by the azo dye test. Dissolve the compound in a cone. HCl and add an ice-cold solution of HNO2 (NaNO2 + dil. HCl) and then treat it with an alkaline solution of 2-naphthol. The appearance of brilliant orange or red dye indicates aniline.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 24
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 25
Ethylamine does not form a dye. It will give brisk effervescence due to the evolution of N2 but the solution remains clear.

Question 7.
How will you distinguish between the following? Give one chemical test:
(i) Aniline and benzylamine
Answer:
These can be distinguished by the azo dye test. Aniline reacts with HNO2 (NaNO2 + dil. HCl) at 273-278K to form stable benzene diazonium chloride which on treatment with an alkaline solution of 2-naphthol gives an orange dye (as given above).
Benzylamine does not give azo dye tests.

(ii) Aniline and N-methylaniline. (CBSE AI 2010)
Answer:
These can be distinguished by carbylamine test. Aniline being primary amines gives carbylamine test, i.e. when heated with an alcoholic solution of KOH and CHCl3, it gives the foul smell of phenyl isocyanide.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 26
Question 8.
An aromatic compound ‘A’ on treatment with aqueous ammonia and heating forms compound ‘B’ which on heating with Br2 and KOH forms a compound ‘C’ of molecular formula C6H7N. Write the structures and IUPAC names of compounds A, B, and C. (CBSE Sample Paper 2011)
Answer:
(i) Since the compound C of molecular formula C6H7N is formed from B on treatment with Br2 and KOH (Hoffmann bromamide reaction), therefore, the compound ‘B’ must be an amide and ‘C’ must be an amine. The only aromatic amine having molecular formula C6H7N is C6H5NH2 (aniline).

(ii) Since ‘C’ is aniline, the amide from which it is formed must be benzamide (C6H5CONH2).
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 27
Thus, B is benzamide.

(iii) Since B is formed from A with aqueous ammonia and heating, therefore, compound ‘A’ must be benzoic acid.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 28
Thus, A = C6H5COOH, B = C6H5CONH2, C = C6H5NH2.

Question 9.
Account for the following:
(a) Gabriel phthalimide synthesis is not preferred for preparing aromatic primary amines.
Answer:
Gabriel phthalimide synthesis is not preferred for preparing aryl amines because aryl halides do not undergo nucleophilic substitution reaction with phthalimide.

(b) On reaction with benzene sulphonyl chloride, primary amine yields product soluble in alkali whereas secondary amine yields product insoluble in alkali. (CBSE Al 2019)
Answer:
Answer:
The sulphonamide formed by the reaction of secondary amine and benzene sulphonyl chloride does not contain any hydrogen atom attached to the N atom, so it is not acidic.
Therefore, it is insoluble in alkali.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 29
Due to the presence of ‘H’ on nitrogen, it is soluble in alkali.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 30
Since there is no ‘H’ on nitrogen, it is insoluble in alkali.

Amines Important Extra Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
Write equations of the following reactions:
(i) Acetylation of Aniline
Answer:
Acetylation of Aniline:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 31
(ii) Coupling reaction
Answer:
Coupling reaction:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 32
(iii) Carbylamine reaction (CBSE Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Carbylamine reaction:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 33

Question 2.
An aromatic compound ‘A’ on heating with Br2 and KOH forms a compound ‘B’ of molecular formula C6H7N which on reacting with CHCl3 and alcoholic KOH produces a foul-smelling compound ‘C’.
Write the structures and IUPAC names of compounds A, B, and C. ((SSE Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 34
A: C6 H5CONH2: Benzamide B: C6H5NH2: Benzenamine C: C6H5NC: Phenyt isocyanide

Question 3.
Write the structures of main products when benzene diazonium chloride reacts with the following reagents: (CBSE Delhi 2019)
(i) CuCN
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 35
(ii) CH3CH2OH
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 36

(iii) Kl
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 37

Question 4.
(a) Write the product formed when
(i) 2-chioropropane is treated with aic. KOH.
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 38
(ii) Aniline reacts with conc. H2SO4 at 453 – 473 K.
Answer:
Sulphonation: Sulphonation of aniline is carried out by heating aniline with sulphuric acid. The product formed is anilinium hydrogen sulfate which on heating gives sulphanilic acid.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 39
The sulphanilic acid exists as a dipolar ion (structure II) which has acidic and basic groups in the same molecule. Such ions are called Zwitter ions or inner salts.

(b) When aniline is heated with CHCl3 and aic. KOH, a foul-smelling compound is formed. What is this compound? (CBSE 2019C)
Answer:
Pheriyt isocyanide is formed.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 40

Question 5.
(a) Identify ‘A’ and ‘B’ In the following reaction:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 41
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 42
(b) Why does aniline not undergo Friedel-Crafts reaction? (CBSE 2019C)
Answer:
Aniline being a Lewis base reacts with Lewis acid such as AlCl3 to form a salt.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 43
As a result, N of aniline acquires +ve charge and hence it acts as a strong deactivating group for electrophilic substitution reaction. Hence aniline does not undergo Friedel-Crafts reaction.

Question 6.
Complete the following reactions: (CBSE 2013)
(i) CH3CH2NH2 + CHCl3 + ale. KOH →
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 44

(ii) C6H5N2+Cl
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 45

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 46
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 47

Question 7.
Write the main products of the following reactions: (CBSE 2013, CBSE AI 2013)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 48
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 49

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 50
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 51

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 52
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 53

Question 8.
Write the main products of the following reactions: (CBSE 2013)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 54
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 55

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 56
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 57

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 58
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 59

Question 9.
Account for the following:
(i) Primary amines (R-NH2) have a higher boiling point than tertiary amines (R3N).
(ii) Aniline does not undergo Friedel — Crafts reaction.
(iii) (CH3)2NH is more basic than (CH3)3N in an aqueous solution.
OR
Give the structures of A, B, and C in the following reactions: (CBSE 2014)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 60
Answer:
(i) Primary amines (RNH2) have two hydrogen atoms on the N atom and therefore, form intermolecular hydrogen bonding.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 61
Tertiary amines (R3N) do not have hydrogen atoms on the N atom and therefore, these do not form hydrogen bonds. As a result of hydrogen bonding in primary amines, they have higher boiling points than tertiary amines of comparable molecular mass. For example, b.p. of n-butylamine is 351 K while that of tert-butylamine is 319 K.

(ii) Aniline being a Lewis base reacts with Lewis acid such as AlCl3 to form a salt.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 62
As a result, N of aniline acquires +ve charge and hence it acts as a strong deactivating group for electrophilic substitution reactions. Hence aniline does not undergo Friedel Crafts reaction.

(iii) Due to the presence of lone pair of electrons on the N atom, amines are basic in nature. The methyl group is the electron releasing group (+I inductive effect) and therefore, it increases the electron density on the N atom, and therefore, basic character increases, so that (CH3)3N should be more basic than (CH3)2NH. But tertiary ammonium ion formed from tertiary amines is less hydrated than secondary ammonium ion formed from secondary amine. Therefore, (CH3)3N has less tendency to form ammonium ion, and consequently, it is less basic than (CH3)2NH. Thus, (CH3)2NH is more basic than (CH3)3N due to the combined effect of inductive effect and hydration effect.
OR
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 63
Question 10.
Give the structures of A, B, and C in the following reactions:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 64
OR
How will you convert the following:
(i) Nitrobenzene into aniline
(ii) Ethanoic acid into methanamine
(iii) Aniline into N-phenylethylamine
(Write the chemical equations involved.) (CBSE Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 65
OR
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 66

Question 11.
Write chemical equations for the following conversions:
(i) Nitrobenzene to benzoic acid.
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 67

(ii) Benzyl chloride to 2-phenytethanamine.
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 68

(iii) Aniline to benzyl alcohol. (CBSE Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 69

Question 12.
(a) Identify ‘A’ and ‘B’ in the following reaction:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 70
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 71

(b) Why is ethylamine soluble in water whereas aniline is not?
Answer:
Ethylamine dissolves in water due to intermolecular hydrogen bonding as shown below:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 72
However, because of the large hydrophobic part (i.e. hydrocarbon part) of aniline, the extent of hydrogen bonding is less and therefore, aniline is insoluble in water.

Question 13.
(a) Identify X and Y in the following:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 73
Answer:
X =
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 74benzene diazonium ch(orlde,
Y =
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 75 Cyanobenzene

(b) Amino group is o, p-directing for aromatic electrophilic substitution reactions. Why does aniline on nitration give m-nitroaniline? (CBSE 2019C)
Answer:
Under strongly acidic conditions of nitration, most of the aniline is converted into anilinium ion having an NH3+ group. This group is an m-directing group, therefore, m-nitro aniline is also obtained along with o- and p-products.

Question 14.
Give the structures of A, B, and C in the following reactions: (CBSE Delhi 2013)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 76
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 77

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 78
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 79

Question 15.
Do as directed:
(i) Arrange the following compounds in the increasing order of their basic strength in an aqueous solution:
CH3NH3, (CH3)3N, (CH3)2NH.
Answer:
(CH3)3N < CH3NH2 < (CH3)2 NH

(ii) Identify ‘A’ and ‘B’:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 80
Answer:
A: C6H5N2+ Cl- B: C6H5OH

(iii) Write the equation of carbylamine reaction. (CBSE 2018C)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 81

Question 16.
(i) Illustrate the following reactions giving a suitable example in each case:
(a) Hoffmann bromamide degradation reaction
(b) Diazotisation
(c) Gabriel phthalimide synthesis
(ii) Distinguish between the following pairs of compounds:
(a) Aniline and N-methylaniline
(b) (CH3)2NH and (CH3)3N
OR
(i) Write the structures of main products when benzene diazonium chloride (C6H5N2+Cl) reacts with the following reagents:
(a) CuCN/KCN
(b) H20
(c) CH3CH2OH
(ii) Arrange the following:
(a) C2H5NH2, C2H5OH, (CH3)3N – in the increasing order of their boiling point.
(b) Aniline, p-nitroaniline, p-methyl aniline – in the increasing order of their basic strength. (CBSE Delhi 2015)
Answer:
(i) (a) Hoffmann bromamide degradation reaction: Primary amines can be prepared from amides by treatment with Br2 and KOH solution. The amine formed contains one carbon atom less than the parent amide.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 82

(b) Diazotisation: The reaction of aniline or other aromatic amines, with nitrous acid at 0-5 °C to form diazonium salts is called diazotization. Nitrous acid needed for this reaction is prepared in situ by the action of dil. HCl on NaNO2.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 83

(c) Gabriel’s phthalimide synthesis. This method is used for preparing only primary amines. In this method, phthalimide is treated with alcoholic KOH to give potassium phthalimide, which is treated with an alkyl halide or benzyl halide to form N-alkyl or aryl phthalimide. The hydrolysis of N-alkyl phthalimide with 20% HCl under pressure or refluxing with NaOH gives primary amine.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 84
Phthalic acid can again be converted into phthalimide and is used again and again. This method is very useful because it gives pure amines. Aryl halides cannot be converted to arylamines by Gabriel synthesis because they do not undergo nucleophilic substitution with potassium phthalimide.

(ii) (a) Add an alcoholic solution of KOH and CHCl3 to the compounds. Aniline gives the foul smell of isocyanide whereas N-methyl aniline does not give a foul smell.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 85
(b) When treated with Hinsberg’s reagent (benzene sulphonyl chloride, C6H5SO2CI), dimethylamine, (CH3)2NH gives precipitate which is insoluble in aqueous KOH.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 86
(CH3)3N does not react with Hinsberg’s reagent.
Or
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 87

(ii) (a) (CH3)2 N < C2H5NH2 < C2H5OH
(b) p-nitroaniline < aniline < p-methylaniline

Question 17.
Give the IUPAC names of the following compounds:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 88
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 89

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 90
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 91

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 92
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 93

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 94
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 95

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 96
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 97

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 98
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 99

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 100
(CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 101

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 102
(CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 103

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 104
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 105

Question 18.
Complete the following reactions:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 106
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 107

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 108
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 109

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 110
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 111

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 112
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 113

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 114
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 115

Question 19.
Write the main products when benzene diazonium chloride (C6H5N2+Cl) reacts with the following:
(i) CuCN/KCN
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 116

(ii) H20
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 117

(iii) CH3CH2OH (CBSE AI 2015, 2018)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 118

(iv) Copper powder/HCI
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 119

Question 20.
Complete the following chemical equations:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 120
(CBSE Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 121

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 122
(CBSE Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 123

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 124
(CBSE Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 125

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 126
(CBSE AI 2013)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 127

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 128
(CBSE AI 2013)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 129

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 130
(CBSE AI 2013)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 131

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 132
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 133

Question 21.
Give the structures of A, B, and C In the following reactions:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 134
(CBSE AI 2017)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 135

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 136
(CBSE AI 2017)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 137

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 138
(CBSE Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 139

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 140
(CBSE Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 141

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 142
(CBSE AI 2016)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 143

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 144
(CBSE AI 2016)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 145

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 146
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 147

Question 22.
An organic compound A’ with molecular formula C7H7NO reacts with Br2/aq KOH to give compound B’, which upon reaction with NaNO2 and HCI at OC gives C’. Compound C’ on heating with CH3CH2OH gives a hydrocarbon D’. Compound B’ on further reaction with Br2 water gives a white precipitate of compound E’. Identify the compounds A, B, C, D, and E; also justify your answer by giving relevant chemical equations. (CBSE Sample Paper 2019)
OR
(a) How will you convert:
(i) Aniline into Fluorobenzene?
(ii) Benzamide into Benzylamine?
(iii) Ethanamine into N, N-Diethylethanamine?
(b) Write the structures of A and B in the following:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 148
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 149
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 13 Amines 150

CBSE Sample Papers for Class 10 Sanskrit Set 2 with Solutions

Students can access the CBSE Sample Papers for Class 10 Sanskrit with Solutions and marking scheme Set 2 will help students in understanding the difficulty level of the exam.

CBSE Sample Papers for Class 10 Sanskrit Set 2 with Solutions

समयः- होरात्रयम्
सम्पूर्णाङ्काः – 80

सामान्यनिर्देशाः

  • कृपया सम्यक्तया परीक्षणं कुर्वन्तु यत् अस्मिन् प्रश्नपत्रे 19 प्रश्नाः सन्ति।
  • उत्तरलेखनात् पूर्व प्रश्नस्य क्रमाङ्कः अवश्यं लेखनीयः।
  • अस्य प्रश्नपत्रस्य पठनाय 15 निमेषाः निर्धारिताः सन्ति। अस्मिन् अवधौ केवलं प्रश्नपत्रं पठनीयम् उत्तरपुस्तिकायां च किमपि न लेखनीयम्।

प्रश्नपत्रस्वरूपम्

‘अ’-भागः (बहुविकल्पात्मकः) 40 अङ्काः
‘आ’-भागः (वर्णनात्मकः) 40 अङ्काः

(i) अस्मिन् प्रश्नपत्रे द्वौ भागौ स्तः।
(ii) ‘अ’- भागः बहुविकल्पात्मकः अस्ति।
(iii) ‘आ’-भागः वर्णनात्मकः अस्ति।
(iv) प्रश्नसङ्ख्या प्रश्नपत्रानुसारम् अवश्यमेव लेखनीया।
(v) सर्वेषां प्रश्नानाम् उत्तराणि संस्कृतेन लेखनीयानि।
(vi) प्रश्नानां निर्देशाः ध्यानेन अवश्यं पठनीयाः।

‘अ’-भागः- बहुविकल्पात्मकाः प्रश्नाः (अङ्काः 40)

अनुप्रयुक्त-व्याकरणम् (अङ्काः 25)

प्रश्न 1.
अधोलिखितवाक्येषु रेखाङ्कितपदस्य सन्धिपदं सन्धिच्छेदपदं वा चिनुत-(केवलं प्रश्नचतुष्टयम्) (1 x 4 = 4)
(i) अचिरादेव चण्डवातेन मेघरवैश्च सह प्रवर्षः समजायत।
(क) अचिराद् + एव
(ख) अचिरात् + एव
(ग) अचिराद + एव
उत्तर
(i) (ख) अचिरात् + एव

(ii) आलस्यं हि मनुष्याणां शरीरस्थः + महान् रिपुः।
(क) शरीरस्थो महान्
(ख) शरीरस्थ महान्
(ग) शरीरस्थमहान्
उत्तर
(क) शरीस्थो महान्

(iii) कश्चित् कृषक: बलीवर्दाभ्यां क्षेत्रकर्षणं कुर्वन् आसीत्।
(क) कश् + चित्
(ख) क + श्चित्
(ग) कः + चित्
उत्तर
(ग) कः + चित्

(iv) किञ्चित् कालं नय माम् अस्मात् + नगराद् बहुदूरम्।
(क) अस्मात्नगरात्
(ख) अस्मान्नगरात्
(ग) अस्मादनगरात्
उत्तर
(ख) अस्मान्नगरात्

(v) अयोग्यः पुरुषः नास्ति योजक : + तत्र दुर्लभः।
(क) योजकस्तत्र
(ख) योजक तत्र
(ग) योजकश्तत्र
उत्तर
(क) योजकस्तत्र

प्रश्न 2.
अधोलिखितवाक्येषु रेखाङ्कितपदानां समासं विग्रहं वा प्रदत्तविकल्पेभ्यः चिनुत। (केवलं प्रश्नचतुष्टयम्) (1 x 4 = 4)
(i) वानरः सिंहस्य कर्णमाकृष्य पुनः वृक्षोपरि आरोहति।
(क) वृक्ष उपरि
(ख) वृक्षस्य उपरि
(ग) वृक्षे उपरि
उत्तर
(ख) वृक्षस्य उपरि

(ii) प्रकृतिमाता (सस्नेहम्)-भोः भोः प्राणिनः! यूयं सर्वे एव में सन्ततिः।
(क) स्नेहस्य सहितम्
(ख) स्नेहेन सहितम्
(ग) स्नेहस्य अभावः
उत्तर
ख) स्नेहन सहितम्

(iii) सर्वेषामेव मत्कृते महत्त्वं विद्यते समयम् अनतिक्रम्य
(क) यथासमयम्
(ख) यथासमयः
(ग) उपसमयम्
उत्तर
(क) यथासमयम्

(iv) वाक्पटुः केनापि प्रकारेण परैर्न परिभूयते।
(क) वाचः पटुः
(ख) वाक् पटुः
(ग) वाचि पटुः
उत्तर
(ग) वाचि पटुः

(v) हयाः च नागाः च वहिन्त बोधिताः।
(क) हयनागाः
(ख) हयानागौ
(ग) हयानागाश्च
उत्तर
(क) हयनागाः

प्रश्न 3.
अधोलिखितवाक्येषु रेखाङ्कितपदानां प्रकृति-प्रत्ययौ संयोज्य विभज्य वा उचितम् उत्तरं विकल्पेभ्यः चिनुत। (केवलं प्रश्नचतुष्टयम्) (1 x 4 = 4)
(i) विद्वांसः एव लोकेऽस्मिन् चक्षुष्मन्तः प्रकीर्तिताः।
(क) चक्षुस् + मतुप्
(ख) चक्षुष् + मतुप्
(ग) चक्षुः + मतुप्
उत्तर
(ख) चक्षुष् + मतुप्

(ii) विचित्रा दैवगतिः।
(क) विचित्र + टाप
(ख) विचित्र + ङीप्
(ग) विचित्र + त्व
उत्तर
(क) विचित्र + टाप्

अथवा

जम्बुक: स्वामिन्! यत्रास्ते सा धूर्ता तत्र गम्यताम्।
(क) धूर्त + तल्
(ख) धूर्त + टाप्
(ग) धूर्त + त्व
उत्तर
(ख) धूर्त + टाप्

(iii) तस्या भार्या बुद्धि + मतुप् पुत्रद्वयोपेता पितुर्गृह प्रति चलिता।
(क) बुद्धिमान्
(ख) बुद्धिमती
(ग) बुद्धिमत्
उत्तर
(ख) बुद्धिमती

(iv) सर्वेषामेव मत्कृते महत् + त्व विद्यते
(क) महत्ता
(ख) महत्वम्
(ग) महत्त्वम्
उत्तर
(ग) महत्त्वम्

प्रश्न 4.
वाच्यस्य नियमानुगुणम् उचितं विकल्पं चिनुत। (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयम्) (1 x 3 = 3)
(i) आदित्यः-अभिनव! किं ………… क्रीडितुं गच्छसि?
(क) त्वया
(ख) त्वम्
(ग) अहम्
उत्तर
(ख) त्वम्

(ii) अभिनव:- न, मया तु स्वपाठः ……………
(क) पठ्यते
(ख) पठामि
(ग) पठ्यसे
उत्तर
(क) पठ्यते

(iii) आदित्यः – शोभनम्! त्वं …………………. अपि लिखसि किम्?
(क) निबन्धः
(ख) निबन्धम्
(ग) निबन्धेन
उत्तर
(ख) निबन्धम्

(iv) अभिनव:- न, ……………………… तु गणितस्य अभ्यासः क्रियते।
(क) त्वया
(ख) अहम्
(ग) मया
उत्तर
(ग) मया

प्रश्न 5.
प्रदत्तेभ्यः विकल्पेभ्यः समुचितं कालबोधकशब्दं चिनुत- (केवलं प्रश्नचतुष्टयम्) (1 x 4 =4)
(i) अहं सायं 5:30 वादने ……… … भ्रमणं करोमि।
(क) सार्ध-पञ्चवादने
(ख) सपाद-पञ्चवादने
(ग) पादोन-पञ्चवादने
उत्तर
(क) सार्ध-पञ्चवादने

(ii) केशवः प्रात: 6:00 वादने ……………… जागर्ति।
(क) सार्ध-षड्वादने
(ख) सपाद-षड्वादने
(ग) षड्वादने
उत्तर
(ग) षड्वादने

(iii) कपिलः प्रातः 7:30 वादने …………………. विद्यालयं गच्छति।
(क) सार्ध-सप्तवादने
(ख) सपाद-सप्तवादने
(ग) पादोन-सप्तवादने
उत्तर
(क) सार्ध-सप्तवादने

(iv) सायं 4:30 वादने ….. ……………….. निनादः अतिरिक्तकक्षायै गच्छति।
(क) सपाद-चतुर्वादने
(ख) सार्ध-चतुर्वादने
(ग) पादोन-चतुर्वादने
उत्तर
(ख) सार्ध-चतुर्वादने

(v) प्रणवः रात्रौ 8:45 वादने ……. … दूरदर्शनं पश्यति।
(क) सार्ध-अष्टवादने
(ख) सपाद-अष्टवादने
(ग) पादोन-नववादने
उत्तर
(ग) पादोन-नववादने

प्रश्न 6.
वाक्यानुगुणम् उचिताव्ययपदं चिनुत- (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयम्) (1 x 3 = 3)

(i) …………………… छात्राः पादपान् सिञ्चन्ति।
(क) श्वः
(ख) ह्यः
(ग) इदानीम्
उत्तर
(ग) इदानीम्

(ii) दुर्वहम् ….. ……………. जीवितं जातम्।
(क) तत्र
(ख) अत्र
(ग) अन्यत्र
उत्तर
(ख) अत्र

(iii) निर्जनस्थाने रोदनं ………………… भवति।
(क) श्वः
(ख) वृथा
(ग) एव
उत्तर
(ख) वृथा

(iv) …………………… गणितस्य परीक्षा अभवत्।
(क) उच्चैः
(ख) शनैः
(ग) ह्यः
उत्तर
(ग) ह्यः

प्रश्न 7.
अधोलिखितवाक्येषु रेखाङ्कितपदम् अशुद्धम् अस्ति। शुद्धं पदं विकल्पेभ्यः चिनुत- (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयम् ) (1 x 3 = 3)

(i) भवान् फलं खाद
(क) खादसि
(ख) खादन्तु
(ग) खादतु
उत्तर
(ग) खादतु

(ii) वृक्षाणि हरिताः सन्ति।
(क) वृक्षान्
(ख) वृक्षाः
(ग) वृक्षौ
उत्तर
(ख) वृक्षाः

(iii) सः ग्रामं गच्छन्ति
(क) गच्छसि
(ख) गच्छतः
(ग) गच्छति
उत्तर
(ग) गच्छति

(iv) आनन्दः ह्यः न आगमिष्यति
(क) आगच्छत्
(ख) आगच्छति
(ग) आगच्छन्
उत्तर
(क) आगच्छत्

पठितावबोधनम् (अङ्काः 15)

प्रश्न 8.
रेखाङ्कितपदानि आधृत्य समुचितं प्रश्नवाचकपदं चिनुत। (केवलं प्रश्नपञ्चकम् ) (1 x 5 = 5)

(i) महानगरेषु वाहनानाम् अनन्ताः पङ्क्तयः धावन्ति।
(क) कस्य
(ख) कुत्र
(ग) केषाम्
उत्तर
(ख) कुत्र

(ii) बुद्धिमती चपेटया पुत्रौ प्रहतवती।
(क) का
(ख) कदा
(ग) कया
उत्तर
(ग) कया

(iii) मयूरस्य नृत्यं प्रकृतेः आराधना अस्ति।
(क) का
(ख) कस्य
(ग) कस्याः
उत्तर
(ग) कस्याः

(iv) सुराधिपः ताम् अपृच्छत्।
(क) कः
(ख) किम्
(ग) का
उत्तर
(क) कः

(v) करुणापरो गृही तस्मै आश्रयं प्रायच्छत्।
(क) कस्मै
(ख) कस्यै
(ग) कैः
उत्तर
(क) कस्मै

(vi) संसारे विद्वांसः ज्ञानचक्षुभिः नेत्रवन्तः कथ्यन्ते।
(क) काः
(ख) के
(ग) कः
उत्तर
(ग) कः

प्रश्न 9.
अधोलिखितवाक्येषु रेखाङ्कितपदानां प्रसङ्गानुकुलम् उचितार्थं चिनुत- (केवलं प्रश्नचतुष्टयम्) (1 x 4 = 4)

(i) नवमालिका रसालं मिलिता।
(क) वनम्
(ख) आम्रम्
(ग) वृक्षम्
उत्तर
(ख) आम्रम्

(ii) राजपुत्रस्य भार्या पुत्रद्वयोपेता पितृगृहं प्रति चलिता।
(क) माता
(ख) सखी
(ग) पत्नी
उत्तर
(ग) पत्नी

(iii) वृषः जवेन गन्तुम् अशक्तः आसीत्।
(क) तीव्रगत्या
(ख) ‘जव’ इति अन्नेन
(ग) मन्दं मन्दम्
उत्तर
(क) तीव्रगत्या

(iv) करी च सिंहस्य बलं जानाति।
(क) करः
(ख) सिंहः
(ग) गजः
उत्तर
(ग) गजः

(v) मां निजगले बद्ध्वा चल सत्वरम्
(क) मन्दम्
(ख) शीघ्रम्
(ग) शनैः
उत्तर
(ख) शीघ्रम्

प्रश्न 10.
भाषिककार्यसम्बद्धानां प्रश्नानां समुचितम् उत्तरं विकल्पेभ्यः चिनुत-(केवलं प्रश्नषट्कम्) (1 x 6 = 6)

(i) “दुर्दान्तैर्दशनैरमुना स्यान्नैव जनग्रसनम्” अस्मिन् वाक्ये विशेष्यपदं किम्?
(क) दुर्दान्तः
(ख) दशनैः
(ग) अमुना
उत्तर
(ख) दशनैः

(ii) “मार्गे गहनकानने एक व्याघ्रं ददर्श’ अत्र ‘वने’ इत्यर्थे किं पर्यायपदं प्रयुक्तम्?
(क) मार्ग
(ख) गहने
(ग) कानने
उत्तर
(ग) कानने

(iii) “स ऋषभ: हलमूढ्वा गन्तुमशक्तः क्षेत्रे पपात” अत्र क्रियापदं किम्?
(क) पपात
(ख) ऊढ्वा
(ग) अशक्तः
उत्तर
(क) पपात

(iv) “निमित्तमुद्दिश्य हि यः प्रकुप्यति, ध्रुवं स तस्यापगमे प्रसीदति” अस्मिन् वाक्ये ‘प्रकुप्यति’ इत्यस्य किं विलोमपदं प्रयुक्तम्?
(क) ध्रुवम्
(ख) प्रसीदति
(ग) निमित्तम्
उत्तर
(ख) प्रसीदति

(v) “क्रुद्धः सिंह: वानरं प्रहर्तुमिच्छति” अस्मिन् वाक्ये किं विशेषणपदं प्रयुक्तम्?
(क) क्रुद्धः
(ख) सिंहः
(ग) वानरम्
उत्तर
(क) क्रुद्धः

(vi) “आदेशं प्राप्य उभौ प्राचलताम्” अत्र कर्तृपदं किम्?
(क) आदेशम्
(ख) उभौ
(ग) प्राप्य
उत्तर
(ख) उभौ

(vii) “पिता यच्छति पुत्राय बाल्ये विद्याधनं महत्” अत्र विशेषणपदं किम्?
(क) पिता
(ख) महत्
(ग) विद्याधनम्
उत्तर
(ख) महत्

(viii) “तस्य मृतशरीरं राजमार्ग निकषा वर्तते” अत्र ‘निकटे’ इत्यर्थे किं पदं दत्तम्?
(क) राजमार्गम्
(ख) मृतशरीरम्
(ग) निकषा
उत्तर
निकषा

‘आ’-भाग:- वर्णनात्मका: प्रश्नाः (अङ्काः 40)

अपठितावबोधनम् (अङ्काः 10)

प्रश्न 11.
अधोलिखितं गद्यांशं पठित्वा प्रदत्तप्रश्नानाम् उत्तराणि संस्कृतेन लिखत। (10)

सूर्यवंशे सर्वप्रथमं मनु म नृपः अभवत्। तस्य कुलं एव दिलीपः इति ख्यातनामा राजा समुत्पन्नः। राजा दिलीपः सर्वेषां विषयाणां ज्ञाता आसीत् तथापि सः सर्वदा अभिमानरहितः, पराक्रमी, परिश्रमी. क्षमाशीलः आसीत्। दिलीपः न्यायपूर्वकं पितृवत् च प्रजापालनं करोति स्म। सः प्रजायाः रक्षणे सर्वदा उद्यतः भवति स्म। अतः सः एव प्रजायाः पिता आसीत्। राजा दिलीपः यदा चिरं सन्ततिं न अलभत तदा तं गुरुवशिष्ठः सन्ततिं प्राप्तुं कामधेनोः पुत्र्याः नन्दिन्याः सेवार्थम् आदिशत्। दिलीपः स्वभार्यया सह एकविंशतिः दिवसपर्यन्तं गोसेवाम् अकरोत्। द्वाविंशतितमे दिने एक: सिंहः नन्दिनीम् आक्राम्यत्।

दिलीप: गोरक्षायै स्वशरीरं समर्पयितुम् उद्यतः अभवत्। प्रसन्ना नन्दिनी तस्मै सन्तते: वरम् अयच्छत्।

(अ) एकपदेन उत्तरत। (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयम् ) (1 × 2 = 2)

(i) दिलीपः कया सह गोसेवाम् अकरोत्?
(ii) दिलीपः किमर्थं स्वशरीरं समर्पयितुम् उद्यतः अभवत्?
(iii) सूर्यवंशे सर्वप्रथमं क: नृपः अभवत्?
उत्तर
(i) भार्यया
(ii) गोरक्षायै
(iii) मनु:/मनुर्नाम

(आ) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत। (केवल प्रश्नद्वयम्) (2 × 2 = 4)

(i) गुरुवशिष्ठः किमर्थं नन्दिन्याः सेवार्थम् आदिशत्?
(ii) दिलीपः कथं प्रजापालनं करोति स्म?
(iii) दिलीपः कति दिवसपर्यन्तं गोसेवाम् अकरोत्?
उत्तर
(i) गुरुः वशिष्ठः सन्ततिं प्राप्तुं राजानं दिलीपं नन्दिन्याः सेवार्थम् आदिशत्।
(ii) दिलीपः न्यायेन धर्मेण च पितृवत् प्रजापालनं करोति स्म।
(iii) दिलीपः एकविंशति-दिवसपर्यन्तं गोसेवाम् अकरोत्।।

(इ) अस्य अनुच्छेदस्य कृते उपयुक्तं शीर्षकं संस्कृतेन लिखत। (1)
उत्तर
दिलीपः । राजादिलीपः अथवा अन्य कोऽपि समुचितः शीर्षक:

(ई) यथानिर्देशम् उत्तरत्-(केवलं प्रश्नत्रयम् ) (1 × 3 = 3)

(i) ‘आक्राम्यत्’ इत्यस्याः क्रियायाः कर्तृपदं किम्?
(क) दिलीपः
(ख) वशिष्ठः
(ग) सिंहः
उत्तर
(ग) सिंहः

(ii) ‘क्षमाशीलः’ इति पदस्य विशेष्यं गद्यांशात् चित्वा लिखत।
(क) वशिष्ठः
(ख) दिलीप:
(ग) पराक्रमी
उत्तर
(ख) दिलीपः

(iii) ‘वंशे’ इत्यस्य पदस्य कः पर्यायः अत्र आगतः?
(क) कुले
(ख) सन्ततेः
(ग) चिरम्
उत्तर
(क) कुले

(iv) अनुच्छेदे ‘अलसः’ पदस्य कः विपर्ययः आगतः?
(क) क्षमाशील:
(ख) परिश्रमी
(ग) पराक्रमी
उत्तर
(ख) परिश्रमी

रचनात्मकं कार्यम् (अङ्काः 15)

प्रश्न 12.
भवान् अभिनवः। भवान् पितुः स्थानान्तरणवशात् असमप्रदेशम् आगतः। स्थानान्तरण-प्रमाणपत्रं प्राप्तुं प्रधानाचार्यां प्रति लिखिते प्रार्थनापत्रे रिक्तस्थानानि पूरयित्वा पत्रं च पुनः उत्तरपुस्तिकायां लिखतु। (1/2 × 10 = 5)

सेवायाम् ……………..
माननीया (i) ………….
डी.ए.वी. विद्यालयः, ”
नवदेहली।
विषय:- स्थानान्तरण-प्रमाणपत्रं प्राप्तुं प्रार्थनापत्रम्।
महोदय!
(ii) …………….. निवेदनम् अस्ति यद् अहं भवत्याः विद्यालये नवमकक्षायां (iii) …………….। मम पितुः (iv) …………… असमप्रदेशस्य गौहाटीनगरे सञ्जातम्। मम सम्पूर्णः परिवारः तत्रैव गत्वा निवासं (v) …… अहम् अपि (vi) …………. सह गत्वा तत्रैव (vii) ………….. । अतः अहं प्रार्थये यत् कृपया मह्यं स्थानान्तरणपत्रं (viii) …………………. अनुगृह्णातु। भवत्याः (ix) …………………. कृपा भविष्यति। धन्यवादः। भवत्याः (x)
शिष्यः
अभिनवः
नवमकक्षास्थः
अनुक्रमाङ्क:-3
दिनाङ्कः ………………..
मञ्जूषा- सविनयम्, पठामि, प्रधानाचार्या, परिवारेण, करिष्यति, प्रदाय, स्थानान्तरणम् पठिष्यामि, महती, आज्ञाकारी
उत्तर
(i) प्रधानाचार्या
(ii) सविनयम्
(iii) पठामि
(iv) स्थानान्तरणम्
(v) करिष्यति
(vi) परिवारेण
(vii) पठिष्यामि
(viii) प्रदाय
(ix) महती
(x) आज्ञाकारी

प्रश्न 13.
प्रदत्तं चित्रं दृष्ट्वा मञ्जूषायां प्रदत्तशब्दानां सहायतया पञ्च वाक्यानि संस्कृतेन लिखत- (1 x 5 = 5)
CBSE Sample Papers for Class 10 Sanskrit Set 2 with Solutions
मञ्जूषा- अग्रजस्य, अनुजस्य, भगिनी, रक्षाबन्धनम्, रक्षासूत्रम्, मणिबन्धे, मिष्टान्नम्, प्रसन्नौ, पर्वणः बध्राति।
उत्तर
अत्र छात्रेभ्यः सक्षिप्तवाक्यरचना अपेक्षिता वर्तते। केवलं वाक्यशुद्धिः द्रष्टव्या। अस्य प्रश्नस्य प्रमुखम् उद्देश्य वाक्यरचना अस्ति। वाक्यं दीर्घम् अस्ति अथवा लघु इति महत्त्वपूर्णं नास्ति। प्रतिवाक्यम् अर्धः भावस्य कृते अर्धः अङ्कः च व्याकरणदृष्टया शुद्धतानिमित्तं निर्धारितः अस्ति। मञ्जूषायां प्रदत्ताः शब्दाः सहायतार्थ सन्ति। छात्रः तेषां वाक्येषु प्रयोगं कुर्यादेव इति अनिवार्यं नास्ति। छात्रः स्वमेधया अपि वाक्यानि निर्मातुं शक्नोति। मञ्जूषायां प्रदत्तानां शब्दानां विभिक्ति परिवृत्य अपि वाक्यनिर्माणं कर्तुं शक्यते।

अथवा
मञ्जूषाप्रदत्तशब्दानां साहाय्येन निम्नलिखितं विषयम् अधिकृत्य पञ्चभिः संस्कृतवाक्यैः एकम् अनुच्छेद लिखत

‘दीपावलिः
मञ्जूषा- दीपानां पड्क्तिः,जनाः, रात्रौ, पूजयन्ति, प्रतीकम्, मिष्टान्नम्, वितरन्ति, स्फोटयन्ति, दीपमालिकोत्सवः, उल्लासमयम्, अमावस्यायाम्, उत्साहेन, बालकाः अपि।
उत्तर
अयं विकल्पः सर्वेभ्यः अस्ति। छात्राः मञ्जूषायां प्रदत्तानां शब्दानां विभक्ति परिवृत्य अपि वाक्यनिर्माणं कर्तुं शक्नुवन्ति। अतः अङ्काः देयाः। प्रत्येकं वाक्यनिमित्तम् अङ्कमेकम् इति। अस्य मूल्याङ्कनाय अन्ये नियमाः चित्रवर्णनस्य अनुगुणं पालनीयाः।

प्रश्न 14.
अधोलिखितानि वाक्यानि संस्कृतभाषया अनूद्य लिखत-(केवलं वाक्यपञ्चकम्) (1 x 5 = 5)
(i) उद्यान में फूल खिल रहे हैं। (Flowers are blooming in the garden.)
(ii) मेरे पास पाँच फल हैं। (I have five fruits.)
(iii) दिल्ली भारत की राजधानी है। (Delhi is the capital of India.)
(iv) कल हम दोनों गोवा गए थे। (Both of us went to Goa yesterday.)
(v) कृपया तुम मेरे लिए पानी लाओ। (Please bring water for me.)
(vi) शनिवार को मैं उत्सव में जाऊँगा। (I will go to festival on Satuday.)
(vii) अब तुम्हें पढ़ना चाहिए। (You should study now.)
उत्तर
(i) उद्याने पुष्पाणि विकसन्ति।
(ii) मम समीपे पञ्च फलानि सन्ति।
(iii) दिल्ली/देहली भारतस्य राजधानी अस्ति।
(iv) ह्यः आवां गोवानगरम् अगच्छाव/गतवन्तौ।
(v) कृपया त्वं मह्य/मदर्थं जलम् आनय।
(vi) शनिवासरे अहम् उत्सवं गमिष्यामि।
(vii) अधुना त्वं पठेः अथवा अधुना त्वया पठनीयम्/पठितव्यम्।

पठितावबोधनम् (अङ्काः 15)

प्रश्न 15.
अधोलिखितं गद्यांश पठित्वा प्रदत्तप्रश्नानाम् उत्तराणि संस्कृतेन लिखत। (3)
अस्ति देउलाख्यो ग्रामः। तत्र राजसिंहः नाम राजपुत्रः वसति स्म। एकदा केनापि आवश्यककार्येण तस्य भार्या बुद्धिमती पुत्रद्वयोपेता पितुर्गृहं प्रति चलिता। मार्गे गहनकानने सा बुद्धिमती एकं व्याघ्रं ददर्श। सा व्याघ्रमागच्छन्तं दृष्ट्वा धाष्ात् पुत्रौ चपेटया प्रहत्य जगाद-“कथमेकैकशो व्याघ्रभक्षणाय कलहं कुरुथ:? । अयमेकस्तावद्विभज्य भुज्यताम्। पश्चाद् अन्यो द्वितीयः कश्चिल्लक्ष्यते”। इति श्रुत्वा व्याघ्रमारी काचिदियमिति मत्वा व्याघ्रो भयाकुलचित्तो नष्टः।

(अ) एकपदेन उत्तरत। (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयम्) (1/2 × 2 = 1)

(i) क: भयाकुलचित्तो नष्टः?
(ii) सा बुद्धिमती कुत्र एकं व्याघ्रं ददर्श?
(iii) राजसिंहः कः आसीत्?
उत्तर
(i) व्याघ्रः
(ii) मार्गे/गहनकानने
(iii) राजपुत्रः

(आ) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत। (केवल प्रश्नद्वयम्) (1 × 2 = 2)

(i) सा पुत्रौ चपेटया प्रहृत्य किं जगाद?
(ii) बुद्धिमती सा किमर्थं पितृह प्रति चलिता?
(iii) मार्गे सा बुद्धिमती किं ददर्श?
उत्तर
(i) सा पुत्रौ चपेटयाप्रहृत्य जगाद-“कथमेकैकशो व्याघ्रभक्षणाय कलहं कुरुथः? अयमेकस्तावद्विभज्य भुज्यताम्।पश्चाद् अन्यो द्वितीयः कश्चिल्लक्ष्यते।
(ii) बुद्धिमती सा आवश्यककार्येण पुत्रद्वयोपेता पितुर्गृहं प्रति चलिता।
(iii) मार्गे सा बुद्धिमती एकं व्याघ्रं ददर्श।

प्रश्न 16.
अधोलिखितं पद्यांशं पठित्वा प्रदत्तप्रश्नानाम् उत्तराणि संस्कृतेन लिखत (3)
दुर्वहमत्र जीवितं जातं प्रकृतिरेव शरणम्।
शुचि पर्यावरणम्।।
महानगरमध्ये चलदनिशं कालायसचक्रम्।
मनः शोषयत् तनुः पेषयद् भ्रमति सदा वक्रम्।।
दुर्दान्तैर्दशनैरमुना स्यान्नैव जनग्रसनम्। शुचि पर्यावरणम्।।

(अ) एकपदेन उत्तरत। (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयम्) (1/2 × 2 = 1)

(i) अत्र किं दुर्वहं जातम्?
(ii) कदा महानगरे कालायसचक्र चलति?
(iii) पर्यावरणं कीदृशं भवितव्यम्?
उत्तर
(i) जीवितम्
(ii) अनिशम्
(iii) शुचि

(आ) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत। (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयम्) (1 × 2 = 2)

(i) कालायसचक्रं किं कुर्वत् वक्रं भमति?
(ii) केन जनग्रसनं न स्यात्?
(iii) का अस्माकं शरणम् अस्ति?
उत्तर
(i) कालायसचक्रम् अनिशं चलद् व्रकं भ्रमति।
(ii) दुर्दान्तैः दशनैः जनग्रसनं न स्यात्।
(iii) प्रकृतिः एव अस्माकं शरणम् अस्ति।

प्रश्न 17.
अधोलिखितं नाट्यांशं पठित्वा प्रदत्तानां प्रश्नानाम् उत्तराणि संस्कृतेन लिखत।
मयूरः- (वृक्षोपरितः-साट्टहासपूर्वकम्) विरम्, विरम, आत्मश्लाघायाः। किं न जानासि यत्
यदि न स्यान्नरपतिः सम्यनेता ततः प्रजा।
अकर्णधारा जलधौ विप्लवेतेह नौरिव॥ (3)

को न जानाति तव ध्यानावस्थाम्। ‘स्थितप्रज्ञ’ इति व्याजेन वराकान् मीनान् छलेन अधिगृह्य क्रूरतया भक्षयसि। धिक् त्वाम्। तव कारणात् तु सर्वं पक्षिकुलमेवावमानितं जातम्।

वानरः- (सगर्वम्) अतएव कथयामि यत् अहमेव योग्यः वनराजपदाय। शीघ्रमेव मम राज्याभिषेकाय तत्पराः भवन्तु सर्वे वन्यजीवाः।

मयूरः- अरे वानर! तूष्णीं भव। कथं त्वं योग्यः वनराजपदाय? पश्यतु पश्यतु मम शिरसि राजमुकुटमिव शिखां स्थापयता विधात्रा एवाहं पक्षिराजः कृतः अतः वने निवसन्तं मां वनराजरूपेणापि द्रष्टुं सज्जाः भवन्तु अधुना। यतः कोऽप्यन्य: विधातुः निर्णयम् अन्यथा कर्तुं क्षमः?

काकः- (सव्यङ्ग्यम्) अरे अहिभुक्! नृत्यातिरिक्तं का तव विशेषता यत् त्वां वनराजपदाय योग्यं मन्यामहे वयम्।

(अ) एकपदेन उत्तरत। (केवल प्रश्नद्वयम्) (1/2 × 2 = 1)

(i) कः सगर्वं वदति?
(ii) नाट्यांशे कः श्लोकं वदति?
(iii) ‘अरे वानर! तूष्णीं भवा’ इति कः कथयति?
उत्तर
(i) वानरः
(ii) मयूरः
(iii) मयूरः

(आ) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत। (केवल प्रश्नद्वयम्) (1 × 2 = 2)

(i) विधात्रा मयूरः कथं पक्षिराजः कृतः?
(ii) काकः किं वदति?
(iii) वानरः (सगर्व) किं वदति?
उत्तर
(i) शिरसि राजमुकुटमिव शिखां स्थापयता विधात्रा एव मयूरः पक्षिराजः कृतः।
(ii) काकः (सव्यङ्ग्यम्)-“अरे अहिभुक्! नृत्यातिरिक्तं का तव विशेषता यत् त्वां वनराजपदाय योग्य मन्यामहे वयम्।” इति वदति
(iii) वानरः (सगर्वं) “अहमेव योग्यः वनराजपदाय। शीघ्रमेव मम राज्याभिषेकाय तत्पराः भवन्तु सर्वे वन्यजीवाः” इति कथयति।

प्रश्न 18.
मञ्जूषातः समुचितपदानि चित्वा अधोलिखित-श्लोकस्य अन्वयं पूरयत (1/2 x 4 = 2)
त्यक्त्वा धर्मप्रदां वाचं परुषां या योऽभ्युदीरयेत्।
परित्यज्य फलं पक्वं भुङ्क्तेऽपक्वं विमूढधीः॥
अन्वयः- यः
(i) …………. वाचम् त्यक्त्वा परुषाम् वाचम्
(ii) …….(सः) विमूढघी: पक्वम् (फलम्)
(iii) …………. अपक्वम् फलम्
(iv) मञ्जूषा- अभ्युदीरयेत्, भुङ्क्ते, धर्मप्रदाम्, परित्यज्य
उत्तर
(i) धर्मप्रदाम्
(ii) अभ्युदीरयेत्
(iii) परित्यज्य
(iv) भुङ्क्ते

अथवा
मञ्जूषायाः साहाय्येन श्लोकस्यभावार्थे रिक्तस्थानानि पूरयित्वा पुनः लिखत।
काकः कृष्णः पिकः कृष्णः को भेदः पिककाकयोः।
वसन्तसमये प्राप्ते काकः काकः पिक: पिकः।।
भावार्थ:- अस्य भावोऽस्ति यत्
(i) ………..वर्णः कृष्णः वर्तते पिकस्य अपि वर्णः
(ii) ……….. एव अस्ति। अतः पिके काके च कः भेदः अस्ति अर्थात् वर्णदृष्ट्या तयोः कश्चिद् भेदो न दृश्यते। परन्तु यदा
(iii) ……. समयः आगच्छति तदा तयोः स्वरैः ज्ञायते यत् कः
(iv) …….. कश्च पिको वर्तते। मञ्जूषा- वसन्तस्य, काकस्य, काकः, कृष्णः
उत्तर
अस्य भावोऽस्ति यत् काकस्य वर्णः कृष्णः वर्तते पिकस्य अपि वर्णः कृष्णः एव अस्ति। अतः तयोः पिके काके च कः भेदः अस्ति अर्थात् वर्णदृष्ट्या तयोः कच्चिद् भेदो न दृश्यते! परन्तु यदा वसन्तस्य समय: आगच्छति तदा तयोः स्वरैः ज्ञायते यत् कः काकः अस्ति कश्च पिको वर्तते।

प्रश्न 19.
अधोलिखित-कथांशं समुचितक्रमेण लिखत। (1/2 x 8 = 4)
(i) एकः कृषकः आसीत्।
(ii) पुत्रस्य दैन्यावस्थां दृष्ट्वा सुरभिः दुःखिता अभवत्।
(iii) सुरभेः इमाम् अवस्थां दृष्ट्वा सुराधिपः ताम् अपृच्छत्- ‘अयि शुभे! किमेवं रोदिषि’ इति।
(iv) कृषक: तं दुर्बलं वृषभ तोदनेन नुद्यमानः अवर्तत।
(v) तस्य समीपे द्वौ बलीवदौ आस्ताम्।
(vi) क्रुद्धः कृषकः तमुत्थापयितुं बहुवारं यत्नमकरोत्।
(vii) सः वृषभः हलम् ऊढ्वा गन्तुम् अशक्तः क्षेत्रे पपात।
(viii) तयोः बलीवर्दयोः एकः शरीरेण दुर्बलः आसीत्।
उत्तर
(i) एकः कृषकः आसीत्।
(ii) तस्य समीपे द्वौ बलीवौ आस्ताम्।
(iii) तयोः बलीवर्दयोः एकः शरीरेण दुर्बलः आसीत्।
(iv) कृषक: तं दुर्बलं वृषभं तोदनेन नुद्यमानः अवर्तत।
(v) सः वृषभः हलम् ऊढवा गन्तुम् अशक्तः क्षेत्रे पपात।।
(vi) क्रुद्धः कृषक: तमुत्थापयितुं बहुवारं यत्नमकरोत्।
(vii) पुत्रस्य दैन्यावस्थां दृष्ट्वा सुरभिः दुःखिता अभवत्।
(vii) सुरभेः इमाम् अवस्थां दृष्ट्वा सुराधिपः ताम् अपृच्छत्–’अयि शुभे! किमेवं रोदिषि’ इति।

Coordination Compounds Class 12 Important Extra Questions Chemistry Chapter 9

Here we are providing Class 12 Chemistry Important Extra Questions and Answers Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds.  Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions are the best resource for students which helps in Class 12 board exams.

Class 12 Chemistry Chapter 9 Important Extra Questions Coordination Compounds

Coordination Compounds Important Extra Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Give an example of linkage isomerism. (CBSE Delhi 2010)
Answer:
[Co (NH3)5 (N02)] Cl2 and [Co (NH3)5 (ONO)]Cl2

Question 2.
Give an example of coordination isomerism. (CBSE Delhi 2010)
Answer:
[CO(NH3)6] [Cr(CN)6] and [Cr(NH3)6] [Co (CN)6]

Question 3.
Which of the following is more stable complex and why? (CBSE Delhi and Al 2014)
[CO(NH3)6]3+ and [Co(en)3]3+
Answer:
[Co(en)3]3+ because bidentate ligand (ethylenediamine) forms chelate which is more stable.

Question 4.
A coordination compound with molecular formula CrCl3.4H20 precipitates one mole of AgCl with AgN03 solution. Its molar conductivity is found to be equivalent to two ions. What is the structural formula and name of the compound? (CBSE Sample Paper 2017-18)
Answer:
[CrCl2(H20)4]Cl: Tetraaquadichloridochrom ium(III) chloride.

Question 5.
What is coordination isomerism? Give one example. (CBSE Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Coordination isomerism arises when both the cation and anion are complexes and the ligands are exchanged. For example, [CO(NH3)6] [Cr(CN)6] and [Cr(NH3)6] [Co(CN)6]

Question 6.
Write IUPAC name of the complex [Co(en)2(H20)(CN)]2+
OR
Using IUPAC norms, write the formula of Ammonium tetrafluoride cobaltates (II). (CBSE AI 2019)
Answer:
Aquacyanidobis (ethane-1,2-diamine) cobalt (III) ion
OR
(NH4)2[Co F4]

Question 7.
Write the IUPAC name of the complex K3[Cr(C204)3].
OR
Using IUPAC norms write the formula of Hexaamminecobalt(III) sulphate. (CBSE AI 2019)
Answer:
Potassium trioxalatochromate(III)
OR
[Co(NH3)6]2 (S04)3

Question 8.
Write IUPAC name of the complex [Co(en)2CI2]
OR
Using IUPAC norms, write the formula of Sodium tetrachloridonickelate(II). (CBSE AI 2019)
Answer:
Dichloridobis (ethylenediamine) cobalt(III) ion.
OR
Na2[NlCl4]

Question 9.
Predict the number of unpaired electrons in the square planar [Pt(CN)4]2- ion. (CBSE 2019C)
Or
Amongst [Fe(C204)3]3- and [Fe(NH3)6]3+ which is more stable and why?
Answer:
The Pt (II) ion has 5d8 electronic configuration. For square planar geometry, dsp2 hybridisation is involved. For this, one empty d-orbital is needed for hybridisation. Therefore, the pairing of electrons takes place in the remaining d-orbitals. Hence, there are no unpaired electrons in [Pt(CN)4]2- ion and it is diamagnetic.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 1
OR
[Fe(C204)3]3- is more stable because it is a chelate. C2042- is a didentate ligand.

When a didentate or a polydentate ligand uses its two or more donor atoms to bind to the same central metal atom or ion forming a ring structure it is called chelation.

The resulting complex has a ring structure and the ligand coordinating through two or more donor groups is called a chelating ligand. Some common examples of chelating ligands are carbonate ion, oxalate ion (ox2-), ethylenediamine (en), ortho-phenanthroline (ph) and ethylenediaminetetraacetate ion (EDTA).

Chelate ligands form more stable complexes than similar ordinary complexes in which the ligand acts as monodentate. This is called a chelate effect.

Coordination Compounds Important Extra Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Write IUPAC name of the complex [Pt(en)2Cl2]. Draw structures of geometrical isomers for this complex.
OR
Using IUPAC norms write the formulae for the following:
(i) Hexaamminecobalt(III) sulphate
(ii) Potassium trioxalatochromate(III) (CBSE Delhi 2019)
Answer:
Dichlorido bis(ethane-1,2-diamine) platinum (II)
Geometrical isomers.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 2
OR
(i) [CO(NH3)6]2(S04)3
(ii) K3[Cr(ox)]3

Question 2.
Out of [COF6]3- and [Co(en)3]3+, which one complex is
(i) paramagnetic
Answer:
[CoF6]3- is paramagnetic due to the presence of 4 unpaired electrons.

(ii) more stable
Answer:
[Co(en)3]3+ is more stable because of chelation.

(iii) inner orbital complex and
Answer:
[Co(en)3]3+ forms inner orbital complex involving d2sp3 hybridisation.

(iv) high spin complex (Atomic no. of Co = 27) (CBSE Delhi 2019)
Answer:
[COF6]3- forms a high spin complex (sp3d2 hybridisation).

Question 3.
(i) Write down the IUPAC name of the following complex: (CBSE Delhi 2015)
[Cr(NH3)2Cl2 (en)]Cl
(en = ethylenediamine)
Answer:
Diamminedichlorido(ethane-1,2,- diamine)chromium(III) chloride

(ii) Write the formula for the following complex:
Pentaamminenitrito-O-cobalt (III).
Answer:
[Co(NH3)5 (ONO)]2+

Question 4.
(i) Write down the IUPAC name of the following complex [Co(NH3)5(N02)] (N03)2
Answer:
Pentaamminenitrito-N-cobalt(III) nitrate

(ii) Write the formula for the following complex: Potassium tetracyanonickelate (II) (CBSE 2015)
Answer:
K2[Ni(CN)4]

Question 5.
When a coordination compound CrCl3.6H20 is mixed with AgN03, 2 moles of AgCI are precipitated per mole of the compound. Write (CBSE Delhi 2016)
(i) Structural formula of the complex.
Answer:
For one mole of the compound, two moles of AgCI are precipitated with AgN03, which indicates two ionisable chloride ions in the complex. Hence structural formula is [CrCl(H20)5]Cl2. H20

(ii) IUPAC name of the complex.
Answer:
Pentaaquachloridochromium (III) chloride hydrate

Question 6.
(i) For the complex [Fe(CN)6]3-, write the hybridisation type, magnetic character and spin nature of the complex. (At. number: Fe = 26).
Answer:
[Fe(CN)6]3-:
The oxidation state of Fe = +3
Fe(III)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 3
Hybridisation: d2sp3
Magnetic character: Paramagnetic
Spin type: Low spin complex

(ii) Draw one of the geometrical isomers of the complex [Pt(en)2Cl2]2+ which is optically active. (CBSE Delhi 2016)
Answer:
cis- form is optically active
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 4

Question 7.
When a coordination compound NiCl2.6H20 is mixed with AgNO3, 2 moles of AgCI are precipitated per mole of the compound. Write (CBSE 2016)
(i) Structural formula of the complex
(ii) IUPAC name of the complex
Answer:
For one mole of the compound, 2 moles of AgCI are precipitated with AgNO3, which indicates 2 ionisable Cl” ions in the complex.

  1. Structural formula: [Ni (H20)6]Cl2
  2. IUPAC name: Hexaaquanickel (II) chloride

Question 8.
Write IUPAC name of the complex [Cr(NH3)4Cl2]+. Draw structures of geometrical isomers for this complex.
OR
Using IUPAC norms write the formulae for the following:
(i) Pentaamminenitrito-O-cobalt(III) chloride
(ii) Potassium tetracyanidonickelate(II) (CBSE Delhi 2019)
Answer:
IUPAC name: Tetramminedichloridochromi um(III) ion.
Geometrical isomers:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 5
OR
(i) [CO(NH3)5(ONO)]Cl2
(ii) K2[Ni(CN)4]

Question 9.
Write the hybridisation and magnetic character of the following complexes:
(i) [Fe(H2O)6]2+
(ii) [Fe(CO)5] (Atomic no. of Fe = 26) (CBSE Delhi 2019)
Answer:
[Fe(H20)6]2+
Hybridisation: sp3d2
Magnetic character: Paramagnetic due to 4 unpaired electrons.
Fe(C0)5
Hybridisation: dsp3
Magnetic character: It is diamagnetic.

Question 10.
Draw one of the geometrical isomers of the complex [Pt(en)2Cl2]2+ which is optically inactive. Also, write the name of this entity according to the IUPAC nomenclature.
Or
Discuss the bonding in the coordination entity [Co(NH3)6 ]3+ on the basis of valence bond theory. Also, comment on the geometry and spin of the given entity. (Atomic no. of Co= 27) (CBSE Sample Paper 2019)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 6
IUPAC Name of the entity:
Dichloridobis(ethane – 1,2-diamine) platinum(IV) ion
Or
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 7

Coordination Compounds Important Extra Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
(a) Draw the structures of geometrical isomers of [Fe(NH3)2 (CN)4]
(b) [NiCl4]2- is paramagnetic while [Ni(CO)4] is diamagnetic though both are tetrahedral. Why? [Atomic number of Ni = 28]
OR
Define the following:
(a) Ambidentate ligands
(b) Spectra chemical series
(C) Heteroleptic complexes
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 8

(b) In the presence of strong field ligand CO, the unpaired d-electrons of Ni pair up so [Ni(CO)4] is diamagnetic but Cl being a weak ligand is unable to pair up the unpaired electrons, so [Ni(Cl4)]2- is paramagnetic.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 9
and
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 10
OR
Answer:
(a) Ambidentate ligands: The monodentate ligands which can coordinate with the central atom through more than one site are called ambidentate ligands.
These ligands contain more than one coordinating atoms in their molecules.
For example, NO2 can coordinate to the metal atom through N or 0 as
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 11
Similarly, CN can coordinate through C or N as
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 12
Thiocyanato (SCN) can coordinate through S or N
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 13

(b) The arrangement of ligands in the increasing order of crystal field splitting is called spectrochemical series. This is shown below:
I < Br < SCN < Cl < F < OH < Ox2- < O2- < H20 < NCS < py = NH3 <en <NO2 < CN < CO.

Weak field ligands are those which cause less crystal field splitting. These form high spin complexes. For example, Cl, F, etc.

Strong field ligands are those which cause greater crystal field splitting. These form low spin complexes. For example, CN, NO2, CO.

(c) The complexes in which the metal is bound to more than one kind of donor groups (ligands) are called heteroleptic complexes. Some common examples of heteroleptic complexes are [NiCl2(H2O)4], [CoCl2(NH3)4]+, etc.

Question 2.
Write the structures and names of all the stereoisomers of the following compounds:
(i) [Co(en)3]Cl3
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 14

(ii) [Pt(NH3)2Cl2]
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 15

(iii) [Fe(NH3)4Cl2]Cl (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 16

Question 3.
Write the name, stereochemistry and magnetic behaviour of the following:
(i) K4[Mn(CN)6]
(ii) [Co(NH3)2 C1]Cl2
(iii) K2[Ni(CN)4] (CBSE Delhi 2011)
Answer:

Complex Name Stereochemistry Magnetic behaviour
(i) K4[Mn(CN)6] Potassium hexacyanomanganate (I) Octahedral Paramagnetic
(ii) [Co(NH3)5Cl]Cl2 Pentaamminechtorido cobalt (III) chloride Octahedral Diamagnetic
(iii) K2[Ni(CN)4) Potassium tetracyanonicketate (II) Square planar Diamagnetic

Question 4.
For the complex [Fe(en)2Cl2]Cl identify the following:
(i) Oxidation number of iron
Answer:
III.

(ii) Hybrid orbitals and shape of the complex
Answer:
d2sp3 hybridisation, octahedral

(iii) Magnetic behaviour of the complex
Answer:
Paramagnetic due to one unpaired electron

(iv) Number of its geometric isomers
Answer:
Two

(v) Whether there may be optical isomer also
Answer:
One optical, an isomer of cls-geometrical isomer.

(vi) Name the complex. (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
Dichloridobis(ethylenediamine) iron (III) chloride.

Question 5.
Give the formula of each of the following coordination entities:
(i) CO3+ ion is bound to one Cl, one NH3 molecule and two bidentate ethylene diamine (en) molecules.
(ii) Ni2+ ¡on is bound to two water molecules and two oxalate ions. Write the name and magnetic behaviour of each of the above coordination entitles. (At. nos. CO = 27, Ni = 28) (CBSE 2012)
Answer:
(i) [Co(NH3) (Cl) (en)2]2+ Amminechtoriðo bls-(ethane -1, 2-diamine) cobalt (III) ion Co(27):
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 17
Since there are no unpaired electrons,
complex is diamagnetic.

(ii) [Ni(H2O)2 (C2O4)2]2- Diaquadioxatatonickelate (II) ion Ni(28):
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 18
The complex has two unpaired electrons, therefore, it will be paramagnetic.

Question 6.
State a reason for each of the following situations:
(i) CO2+ is easily oxidised to CO3+ in presence of a strong ligand.
Answer:
The configuration of CO2+ is t2g6 eg1 and for CO3+, it is t2g6. The crystal field stabilisation energy is more than compensated for the third ionisation enthalpy. Therefore, CO2+ is easily oxidised to CO3+ in the presence of a strong ligand.

(ii) CO is a stronger complexing reagent than NH3.
Answer:
CO is a stronger complexing ligand than NH3 because it contains both σ and π character and can form a back bond (M → CO) also. Therefore, CO forms a stronger bond with the metal. It is also called a strong field ligand.

(iii) The molecular shape of Ni(CO)4 is not the same as that of [Ni(CN)4]2-. (CBSE Delhi 2012)
Answer:
The molecular shape of [Ni(C0)4] is tetrahedral because this complex nickel involves sp3 hybridisation. In [Ni(CN)4]2-, nickel involves dsp2 and its shape is square planer.

Question 7.
Name the following coordination entities and draw the structures of their stereoisomers:
(i) [Co(en)2Cl2]+(en = ethane-1, 2-diamine)
Answer:
(Co(en)2Cl2]+
Name: Dichloridobis (ethane-1, 2-diamine) cobalt(III) ion. It shows two geometrical isomers cis- and trAnswer:c/s-shows optical isomerism.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 19
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 20
c/s-[Co(en)2Cl2]+ is optically active.

(ii) [Cr(C204)3]3-
Answer:
[Cr(C204)3]3-
Name: trioxalatochromate(III) ion. This complexion shows optical isomerism and their dextro and laevo forms are shown below:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 21

(iii) [CO(NH3)3Cl3]
(Atomic numbers Cr = 24, CO = 27) (CBSE 2012)
Answer:
[Co(NH3)3Cl3]
Name Triamminetrichloridocobalt (III) It shows two geometrical isomers known as facial (fac) and meridional or merisomer as shown below:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 22

Question 8.
Name the following coordination entities and describe their structures:
(i) [Fe(CN)6]4-
(ii) [Cr(NH3)4Cl2]+
(iii) [Ni(CN)4]2-
(Atomic numbers Fe = 26, Cr = 24, Ni = 28) (CBSE 2012)
Answer:
(i) [Fe(CN)6]4-: Hexacyanoferrate (II) ion.
Structure. In this case, iron is in a +2 oxidation state having the outer electronic configuration 3d6. To account for the diamagnetic character, all the electrons get paired leaving two vacant orbitals.

The hybridisation scheme and bonding are as shown below:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 23

(ii) [Cr(NH3)4Cl2]+: Tetraamminedichlorido chromium (III) ion.

The chromium (Z = 24) has the electronic configuration 3d5 4s1. The chromium in this complex is in + 3 oxidation state and the ion is formed by the loss of one 4s and two of the 3d-electrons as shown in Fig. The inner d-orbitals are already vacant and two vacant 3d, one 4s and three 4p-orbitals are hybridised to form six d2sp3-hybrid orbitals. Six pairs of electrons one from each NH3 molecule and Cl- ions (shown by xx) occupy the six vacant hybrid orbitals. The molecule has octahedral geometry.

Since the complex contains three unpaired electrons, it is paramagnetic.
Cr (III):
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 24

(iii) [Ni(CN)4]2-: Tetracyanonickelate (II) ion.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 8

Question 9.
Write the IUPAC names of the following compounds:
(i) [Cr(NH3)3Cl3]
Answer:
Triamminetrichloridochromium (III)

(ii) K3[Fe(CN)6]
Answer:
Potassium hexacyanoferrate (III)

(iii) [CoBr2(en)2]+, (en = ethylenediamine) (CBSE Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Dibromidobis(ethylenediamine) cobalt (III) ion

Question 10.
Write the types of isomerism exhibited by the following complexes:
(i) [Co(NH3)5Cl]S04
Answer:
ionisation isomerism

(ii) [Co(en)3]3+
Answer:
optical isomerism

(iii) [Co(NH3)6] [Cr(CN)6] (CBSE Delhi 2013)
Answer:
coordination isomerism

Question 11.
For the complex [NiCl4]2-, write
(i) the IUPAC name.
(ii) the hybridisation type.
(iii) the shape of the complex (Atomic no. of Ni = 28)
Or
What is meant by crystal field splitting energy? On the basis of crystal field theory, write the electronic configuration of d4 in terms to f2g and eg in an octahedral field when
(i) Δo > P
(ii) Δo < P (CBSE 2013)
Answer:
(i) Tetrachloridonickelate(II)ion
(ii) sp3 hybridisation
(iii) tetrahedral
OR
The difference between two sets of energy levels when the five degenerate d-orbitals splits in the presence of the electrical field of Ligands is called crystal field splitting energy. In the octahedral field, it is represented as Δo.

Electronic configurations of d4

  • When Δo >P;t2g4
  • When Δo < P; t2g3 eg1

Question 12.
Write the IUPAC name of the complex [Cr(NH3)4Cl2]. What type of Isomerism does it exhibit? (CBSE Delhi 2014)
Answer:
Tetraammlnedlchloridochromium( III) ion. It shows cis and trans isomerism and cis form shows optical isomerism.

Question 13.
(i) Write the IUPAC name of the complex [Cr(NH3)4 Cl2] Cl.
(ii) What type of Isomerism is exhibited by the complex [Co(en)3]3+?
(en = ethane-1, 2-diamine)
(iii) Why Is [NIC(412 paramagnetic but [Ni(CO)4] Is diamagnetic?
(At. nos.: Cr = 24, Co = 27, Ni = 28) (CBSE 2014)
Answer:
(i) TetraamminedichLorìdochromium (III) chloride.
(ii) Optical isomerism
(iii) In [NICl4]2- complexion, nickel is in +2 oxidation state and the configuration is 3d8. Since the molecule is tetrahedral, it involves sp3 hybridisation as shown below:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 25
The molecule is paramagnetic because it contains two unpaired electrons. In [Ni(CO)4], nickel is in O oxidation state and has the configuration 4s2 3d8 or 3d10. The molecule is tetrahedral and involves sp3-hybridisation as given below:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 26

Each CO donates a pair of electrons forming four Ni—CO bond. The compound is diamagnetic since it contains no unpaired electron.

Question 14.
(i) Draw the geometrical isomers of the complex [Pt(NH3)2Cl2].
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 27
(ii) On the basis of crystal field theory, write the electronic configuration for d4 ion if Δ0 < P.
Answer:
t2g3 eg1

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 28

(iii) Write the hybridization and magnetic behaviour of the complex [Ni(CO)4]. (At.no. of Ni = 28) (CBSE Delhi 2015)
Answer:
[Ni(CO)4] involves sp3 hybridization of nickel and the complex is tetrahedral. Magnetic behaviour: Diamagnetic
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 8

Question 15.
(i) Draw the geometrical isomers of complex [Co(en)2Cl2]+.
Answer:
Geometrical isomers of complex [Co(en)2Cl2]+:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 29
(ii) On the basis of crystal field theory, write the electronic configuration for d4 ion if Δ0 > P.
Answer:
t2g4
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 30

(iii) [NiCl4]2- is paramagnetic while [Ni(CO)4] is diamagnetic, though both are tetrahedral. Why? (Atomic number of Ni = 28) (CBSE 2015)
Answer:
In [NiCl4]2- complexion, nickel is in +2 oxidation state and the configuration is 3d8. Since the molecule is tetrahedral, it involves sp3 hybridisation as shown below:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 31
The molecule is paramagnetic because it contains two unpaired electrons.

In [Ni(CO)4], nickel is in 0 oxidation state and has the configuration 4s2 3d4 or 3d10. The molecule is tetrahedral and involves sp3-hybridisation as given below :
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 32
Each CO donates a pair of electrons forming four Ni-CO bonds. The compound is diamagnetic since it contains no unpaired electron.

Question 16.
What type of isomerism is shown by the complex
(i) [Co (NH3)5 (SCN)]2+ (CBSE AI 2017)
Answer:
Linkage isomerism

(ii) [Co (NH3)6] [Cr (CN)6] (CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Coordination isomerism

(iii) [Co (en)3] Cl3 (CBSE AI 2014)
Answer:
Optical isomerism

Question 17.
A metal ion Mn+ having d4 valence electronic configuration combines with three bidentate ligands to form a complex compound. Assuming Δo > P:
(i) Write the electronic configuration of the d4 ion.
Answer:
t2g4 eg0

(ii) What type of hybridisation will Mn+ ion have?
Answer:
d2sp3

(iii) Name the type of isomerism exhibited by this complex. (CBSE Sample Paper 2017 – 18)
Answer:
Optical isomerism

Question 18.
Write the state of hybridisation, the shape and the magnetic behaviour of the following complex entities :
(a) [Cr(NH3)4Cl2] Cl
(b) [Co(en)3]Cl3
(c) K3[Ni(CN)4] (CBSE AI 2011)
Answer:

Complex Hybridisation Shape Magnetic behaviour
(a) [Cr(NH3)4Cl2]Cl d2sp3 Octahedral Paramagnetic
(b) [Co(en)3]Cl3 d2sp3 Octahedral Diamagnetic
(c) K2[Ni(CN)4] dsp2 Square planar Diamagnetic

Question 19.
(a) Give one chemical test as evidence to show that [Co(NH3)5Cl] S04 and [Co(NH3)55(S04)]Cl are ionisation isomers.
Answer:
When [Co(NH3)5(S04)]Cl is treated with silver nitrate solution, a white precipitate of AgCl is formed. But [Co(NH3)5Cl]S04 does not give white ppt with AgN03 solution.
[Co(NH3)5S03 ]Cl+AgN03 (Ag) → AgCl White ppt
[Co(NH3)5 Cl]S04 + AgN03 (Ag) → No white ppt

(b) [NiCl4]2- is paramagnetic while [Ni(C0)4] is diamagnetic though both are tetrahedral. Why? (Atomic no. of Ni = 28)
Answer:
In [NiCl4]2-, the oxidation state of nickel is +2 and it has the electronic configuration: 3d8
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 33

Cl ion is a weak field ligand and it causes the pairing of electrons. Since it has two unpaired electrons, it is paramagnetic. It undergoes sp3 hybridisation forming a tetrahedral structure.

In Ni (CO)4, the oxidation state of nickel is 0 and it has the electronic configuration: 3d8 4s2. CO is a strong field ligand and therefore, it causes the pairing of electrons as
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 34
Since it has no unpaired electron, it is diamagnetic. It also undergoes sp3 hybridisation resulting in tetrahedral geometry of the complex,

(c) Write the electronic configuration of Fe(III) on the basis of crystal field theory when it forms an octahedral complex in the presence of (i) strong field ligand, and (ii) weak field ligand. (Atomic no. of Fe = 26) (CBSEAI2019)
Answer:
Fe (III): 3d5
(i) Strong field ligand: t2g5 eg0
(ii) Weak field ligand: t2g3 eg2

Question 20.
A metal complex having the composition Cr (NH3)4Cl2Br has been isolated in two forms A and B. Form A reacts with AgN03 to give a white precipitate readily soluble in dilute aqueous ammonia whereas B gives a pale yellow precipitate soluble in concentrated ammonia.
(i) Write the formulae of isomers A and B.
Answer:
Isomer A: [Cr(NH3)4 BrCl]Cl
Isomer B: [Cr (NH3)4 Cl2]Br

(ii) State the hybridisation of chromium in each of them.
Answer:
The hybridisation of Cr in isomer A and B is d2sp3.

(iii) Calculate the magnetic moment (spin only value) of the isomer A. (CBSE Sample Paper 2018)
Answer:
The number of unpaired electrons in Cr3+(3d3) is 3.
Magnetic moment = \(\sqrt{n(n+2)}\)
= \(\sqrt3(3 + 2)\) = 3.87 BM

Question 21.
(a) Write the formula of the following coordination compound: Iron(III) hexacyanoferrate(II)
Answer:
Fe4[Fe (CN)6]3

(b) What type of isomerism is exhibited by the complex [Co(NH3)5Cl]S04?
Answer:
Ionisation isomerism

(c) Write the hybridisation and number of unpaired electrons in the complex [COF6]3-. (Atomic No. of Co = 27) (CBSE 2018)
Answer:
sp3d2, 4

Question 22.
Write the IUPAC names of the following :
(a) [Ag(NH3)2][Ag(CN)2]
Answer:
diamminesilver(I)
dicyanidoargentate(I)

(b) K3[Fe(C204)3]
Answer:
potassium trioxalatoferrate(III)

(c) [CoCl2(en)2]Cl
Answer:
dichloridobis (ethane-1, 2-diamine) cobalt (III) chloride

(d) K3[Cr(C204)3]
Answer:
potassium trioxalatochromate(III)

(e) K4[Ni(CN)4]
Answer:
potassium tetracyanidonickelate (0)

(f) [Pt(NH3)2Cl(N02)]
Answer:
diamminechloridonitrito-N-platinum(II)

(g) [CoBr2(en)2]+ (CBSE Delhi 2012)
Answer:
dibromidobis (ethylenediamine) cobalt(III) ion

(h) [Co(NH3)5ONO]Cl2
Answer:
pentaamminenitrito-O-cobalt(III) chloride

(i) [Co(NH3)5(N02)](N03)2 (CBSE Al 2015)
Answer:
pentaamminenitrito-N-cobalt(III) nitrate

(j) [Cr(NH3)2Cl2 (en)]Cl (CBSE Delhi 2015)
Answer:
diamminedichlorido(ethane-1, 2-diamine)chromium (III) chloride

Question 23.
Write the formulae of the following coordination compounds:
(a) hexaamminecobalt(III) sulphate
Answer:
[CO(NH3)6]2(S04)3

(b) potassium tetrachloridopalladate(II)
Answer:
K2[PdCl4]

(c) diamminechloridonitrito -N- platinum(II)
Answer:
[Pt(NH3)2Cl(N02)]

(d) pentaamminenitrito -N- cobalt(III)
Answer:
[CO(N02)(NH3)5]2+

(e) pentaamminenitrito – 0- cobalt(III) (CBSE Delhi 2015)
Answer:
[CO(ONO)(NH3)5]2+

(f) sodium dicyanidoaurate(I) (CBSE AI 2017)
Answer:
Na [Au (CN)2]

(g) tetraamminechloridonitrito-N- platinum(IV) sulphate (CBSE AI 2017)
Answer:
[Pt(NH3)4Cl (N02)] S04

(h) potassium tetracyanidonickelate(II) (CBSE AI 2015)
Answer:
K2[Ni(CN)4]

(i) potassium trioxatatachromate(III)
Answer:
K3[Cr(ox)3]

(j) tetracarbonylnickel(O)
Answer:
[Ni(C0)4]

Question 24.
Write IUPAC names of the following :
(i) K3[AI(C204)3]
Answer:
Potassium trioxalatoaluminate (III)

(ii) [Ni(CO)4]
Answer:
tetracarbonylnickel(O)

(iii) Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3
Answer:
iron hexacyanidoferrate(III)

(iv) [CoCI(NH3)5]Cl2
Answer:
pentaamminechloridocobalt (III) chloride

(v) [PtCl2(C5H5N)(NH3)]
Answer:
amminedichlorido (pyridine) platinum(II)

(W) Na[PtBrCI(N02)(NH3)]
Answer:
sodium amminebromidochloridonitri- to-N-platinate(II)

(v/i) [Cr(NH3)3Cl3] (CBSE Delhi 2013)
Answer:
triamminetrichloridochromium (III)

(viii) K3[Fe(CN)6] (CBSE Delhi 2013)
Answer:
potassium hexacyanoferrate (III)

(ix) Na3[AlF6]
Answer:
sodium hexafluoridoaluminate (III).

(x) [Co(en)3]2(S04)3 (CBSE Delhi 2013)
Answer:
tris(ethylenediamine)cobalt(III) sulphate

Question 25.
For the complex [Fe(en)2Cl2]Cl, identify the following:
(i) Oxidation number of iron.
Answer:
III.

(ii) Hybrid orbitals and shape of the complex.
Answer:
d2sp2 hybridisation, octahedral.

(iii) Magnetic behaviour of the complex.
Answer:
Paramagnetic due to one unpaired electron.

(iv) Number of its geometrical isomers.
Answer:
Two.

(v) Whether there may be optical isomer also?
Answer:
An optical isomer of cis-geometrical isomer.

(vi) Name of the complex. (CBSE Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Dichloridobis (ethane-1, 2-diamine) iron (III) chloride.

Units and Measurements Class 11 Important Extra Questions Physics Chapter 2

Here we are providing Class 11 Physics Important Extra Questions and Answers Chapter 2 Units and Measurements Important Questions for Class 11 Physics with Answers are the best resource for students which helps in Class 11 board exams.

Class 11 Physics Chapter 2 Important Extra Questions Units and Measurements

Units and Measurements Important Extra Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
If the size of the atom were enlarged to the tip of the sharp pin, how large would the height of Mount Everest be?
Answer:
1010 m.

Question 2.
What does the LASER mean?
Answer:
It stands for Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation.

Question 3.
If the Universe were shrunk to the size of the Earth, how large would the Earth be on this scale?
Answer:
1o-11 m (size of an atom.).

Question 4.
A research worker takes 100 careful readings in an experiment. If he repeats the same experiment by taking 400 readings, then by what factor will the probable error be reduced?
Answer:
By a factor of 4.

Question 5.
What is the number of significant figures in 0.06070?
Answer:
4.

Question 6.
Which of the following reading is most accurate?
(a) 7000m,
(b) 7 × 102 m,
(c) 7 × 103 m
Answer:
(a) i.e. 7000 m.

Question 7.
The density of a cube is calculated by measuring the length of one side and its mass. If the maximum errors in the measurement of mass and length are 3% and 2% respectively, then what is the maximum possible error in the measurement of density?
Answer:
3% + 3 × 2% = 9%.

Question 8.
The mass of a body as measured by two students is given as 1.2 kg and 1.23 kg. Which of the two is more accurate and why?
Answer:
The second measurement is more accurate as it has been made to the second decimal point.

Question 9.
Do the inertial and gravitational masses of ordinary objects differ in magnitude?
Answer:
No.

Question 10.
Are S.I. units Coherent? Why?
Answer:
Yes, because all the derived units in this system can be obtained by multiplying or dividing a certain set of basic units.

Question 11.
Do A.U. And Å represents the same magnitudes of distance?
Answer:
No, 1 A.U. = 1.496 × 1011 m and 1 Å = 1010 m.

Question 12.
What does SONAR stand for?
Answer:
It stands for Sound Navigation and Ranging.

Question 13.
What is the atomic mass unit (a.m.u.)?
Answer:
It is defined as \(\frac{1}{12}\)th of the mass of one 6C12 atom
i.e. 1 a.m.u. = \(\frac{1}{12} \times \frac{12}{6.023 \times 10^{23}}\) = 1.66 × 10-27 kg

Question 14.
Which is the most accurate clock?
Answer:
Cesium atomic clock.

Question 15.
Write the S.I. units of the following physical quantities:
(a) Luminous intensity
Answer:
Candela (cd)

(b) Temperature
Answer:
Kelvin (K)

(c) Electric current
Answer:
Ampere (A)

(d) Amount of substance
Answer:
Mole (mol)

(e) Plane angle
Answer:
Radian (rd)

(f) Solid angle
Answer:
Steradian (sr)

(g) Pressure.
Answer:
Nm-2 = pascal (pa).

Question 16.
What is the difference between mN, Nm, and nm?
Answer:

  • mN means.milli-newton, 1 mN = 10-3N.
  • Nm means newton-meter, 1 Nm = 1 J
  • nm means namometer, 1 nm = 10-9 m.

Question 17.
If x = a + bt + ct2 where x is in meter and t in seconds, what is the unit of c?
Answer:
The unit on the left-hand side is a meter so the units of ct2 should also be a meter. Since t2 has units of s2, so the unit of c is ms-2

Question 18.
Will the dimensions of a physical quantity be the same, whatever be the units in which it is measured? Why?
Answer:
Yes, the dimensions don’t depend on the system of units chosen.

Question 19.
Write the dimensions of:
(i) gravitational constant
Answer:
[M-1 L3 T2]

(ii) Plank’s constant
Answer:
[M L2 T-1]

(iii) torque
Answer:
[M L2 T2]

(iv) surface tension
Answer:
[M L0 T-2]

(v) angular momentum.
Answer:
[M L2 T-1]

Question 20.
Name at least two physical quantities each having dimensions:
(a) [M L-1 T-2]
Answer:
Pressure and stress,

(b) [M L2 T-1]
Answer:
Plank’s constant and angular momentum.

Question 21.
State the principle of homogeneity of dimensions?
Answer:
It states that the dimensions of each term on both sides of an equation are the same.

Question 22.
Which are the main types of errors in a physical measurement?
Answer:
Main errors are systematic error, random error, gross error, relative error, and percentage error.

Question 23.
Which one is large, the number of microseconds in a second or the number of seconds in a year?
The number of seconds in a year = 107s and the number of microseconds in a second = 106μs. So the number of seconds in a year is larger than microseconds in a second.

Question 24.
Do significant figures change if the physical quantity is measured in different systems of units?
Answer:
No, significant figures don’t depend on the system of units. e.s. 250 g = 2.50 × 10-1 kg.
Both have 3 significant figures.

Question 25.
Suggest a distance corresponding to each of the following order of length:
(a) 10-4 m
Answer:
Size of the atomic nucleus

(b) 10-9 m
Answer:
Size of the oil molecule

(c) 104 m
Answer:
Height of Mount Everest

(d) 107 m
Answer:
Radius of Earth

(e) 109 m.
Answer:
The radius of Sun.

Question 26.
What do you understand by the following?
(a) Century
Answer:
It is the largést unit of time, 1 century = 100 years.

(b) Shake
Answer:
It is the smallest unit of time, 1 shake = 10-8s.

(c) Lunar month
Answer:
It is the time taken by the moon to complete one revolution around the Earth, 1 lunar month = 27.3 days.

(d) Leap year
Answer:
A year that is divisible by four and in which the month of February is of 29 days is called a leap year.

(e) Tropical year.
Answer:
The year in which the total solar eclipse takes place is called a tropical year.

Question 27.
What is the role of power (index) of a measurable in the formula used for calculation of a quantity in regard to the error in the quantity as determined in the given experiment?
Answer:
The error in the quantity becomes power times the error,
i.e. if x = pa qb. Then
\(\frac{\Delta x}{x}=a \frac{\Delta p}{p}+b \frac{\Delta q}{q}\)

Question 28.
How will you find the size of a liquid molecule?
Answer:
Using the formula, t = \(\frac{\mathrm{nV}}{500 \mathrm{~A}}\) we can find the size of the liquid molecule.
where V = volume of liquid (say oleic acid),
n = no. of drops in the solution of \(\frac{1}{500}\) concentration
A = area of the film of oleic acid left
t = thickness of the film.

Question 29.
What do you mean by the term measurement?
Answer:
Measurement means the comparison of a physical quantity with its unit to find out how many times the unit is contained in the given physical quantity.

Question 30.
Sort out the incorrect representation of units and write them
(i) m/sec
Answer:
ms-1

(ii) Newton
Answer:
newton

(iii) kelvin
Answer:
kelvin

(iv) m.m.
Answer:
mm

(v) Jk-1
Answer:
JK-1

(vi) kg/m3
Answer:
kgm-3

(vii) wH
Answer:
Wh

(viii) gms-2
Answer:
gs2

(ix) length = 5M
Answer:
length = 5 m

(x) B = 4g (B = magnetic field intensity).
Answer:
B = 4G

Question 31.
Define light year.
Answer:
It is defined as the distance traveled by light in one year.
1 L.Y. (ly) = 3 × 108 ms-1 × 365 × 24 × 60 × 60s ≈ 9.46 × 1015 m.

Question 32.
Define Astronomical distance.
Answer:
It is defined as the distance between the Earth and Sun.
1 A.U. = 1.496 × 1011 m~ 1.5 × 1011 m.

Question 33.
What is the limit of
(i) accuracy
Answer:
The least count of the measuring instrument is the limit of accuracy with which a physical quantity can be measured.

(ii) error?
Answer:
The error in measurement is taken equal to half the least count.

Question 34.
What do you mean by ‘Order of magnitude’?
Answer:
Order of magnitude is defined as the approximation to the nearest power of 10 used to express the magnitude of a physical quantity under consideration, e.g.

  1. The order of magnitude of the time interval of 1.2 × 10-6 s is -6.
  2. The order of magnitude of the distance of 4.5 × 106 is +6.

Question 35.
Find the order of magnitude of a light-year.
Answer:
I light year = 9.46 × 1015 m ≈ 1016m
∴ The order of magnitude of light-year is +16.

Question 36.
Derive the dimensional formula of:
(a) Angular velocity
Answer:
Angular velocity = \(\frac{\text { Angle }}{\text { Time }}=\frac{1}{\mathrm{~T}}\) = [M0 L0 T-1]

(b) Angular momentum
Answer:
Angular momentum = momentot inertia × Angular velocity
= mass x (radius of rotalion)2 (Time)-1
= [M L2 T-1].

Question 37.
Derive the dimensional formula of:
(a) Impulse
Answer:
Impulse = Force x Time
= [M L T-2][T]
= [M L2 T-1].

(b) Surface energy
Answer:
Surfäce energy = \(\frac{\text { Energy }}{\text { Surface area }}\)
= \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{ML}^{2} \mathrm{~T}^{-2}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{L}^{2}\right]}\)
= [M L0 T-2].

Question 38.
Derive the dimensional formula of
(a) Specific gravity
Answer:
Specific gravity = \(\frac{\text { Density of substance }}{\text { Density of water at } 4^{\circ} \mathrm{C}}\)
= \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{ML}^{3} \mathrm{~T}^{0}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{ML}^{-3} \mathrm{~T}^{0}\right]}\)
= [M0 L0 T0]

(b) Coefficient of viscosity .
Answer:
Coefficient of viscosity = \(\frac{\text { Force } \times \text { Distance }}{\text { Area } \times \text { velocity }}\)
= \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{MLT}^{-2}\right][\mathrm{L}]}{\left[\mathrm{L}^{2}\right]\left[\mathrm{LT}^{-1}\right]}\)
= [M L-1 T-1]

Question 39.
Derive the dimensional formula of:
(a) Universal gas constant
Answer:
Universal gas constant = \(\frac{\text { Pressure } \times \text { Volume }}{\text { Temperature }}\)
= \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{ML}^{-1} \mathrm{~T}^{-2}\right]\left[\mathrm{L}^{3}\right]}{[\mathrm{K}]}\)
= [M L T2 K-1]

(b) Specific heat.
Answer:
Specific heat = \(\frac{\text { Heat }}{\text { Mass } \times \text { Temperature }}\)
= \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{ML}^{2} \mathrm{~T}^{-2}\right]}{[\mathrm{MK}]}\)
= [M0 L2 T-2 K-1].

Question 40.
Derive the dimensional formula of:
(a) Coefficient of elasticity
Answer:
Coefficient of elasticity = \(\frac{\text { Stress }}{\text { Strain }}\)
= \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{ML}^{-1} \mathrm{~T}^{-2}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{M}^{0} \mathrm{~L}^{0} \mathrm{~T}^{0}\right]}\)
= [M L-1 T-2]

(B) Boltzmann’s constant
Answer:
Boltzmann’s constant = \(\frac{\text { Energy }}{\text { Temperature }}\)
= \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{ML}^{2} \mathrm{~T}^{-2}\right]}{[\mathrm{K}]}\)
= [M L2 T-2 K-1]

Question 41.
Define dimensions of a physical quantity.
Answer:
They are defined as the powers to which the fundamental units of mass, length, and time have to be raised to obtain its units, e.g. derived unit of area is [M0 L2 T0]. Thus its dimensions are 1 zero in mass, 2 in length, and zero in time.

Question 42.
Define the dimensional formula of a physical quantity.
Answer:
It is defined as an expression that shows which of the fundamental units and with what powers appear into the derived unit of a physical quantity.
e.g. dimensional formula of force is [M1 L1 T2].

Question 43.
Define dimensional equation of a physical quantity.
Answer:
It is defined as the equation obtained by equating the symbol of a physical quantity with its dimensional formula, e.g. [F] = [M L T-2] is the dimensional equation of force.

Question 44.
Define one kilogram.
Answer:
It is the mass of platinum-iridium cylinder (90% Pt + 10% Ir) having its diameter equal to its height (both equal to 3.9 cm) kept in the International Bureau of Weights and Measures of Sevres near Paris.

Question 45.
Define one second.
Answer:
It is defined as the time interval occupied by 9, 192, 631, 770 vibrations corresponding to the transition between two hyperfine levels of cesium -133 (Cs133) atom in the ground state.

Question 46.
Define one ampere.
Answer:
It is defined as that constant current which when flowing through two parallel, straight conductors of the infinite length of negligible cross-section held one meter apart in a vacuum produces a force of 2 × 10-7 N/m between them.

Question 47.
Define Kelvin.
Answer:
It is defined as \(\frac{1}{273.16}\) fraction of the thermodynamic temperature at the triple point of water.

Question 48.
Define radian.
Answer:
It is defined as the angle made at the center of a circle by an arc of length equal to the radius of the circle.

Question 49.
Define steradian.
Answer:
It is defined as the solid angle made at the center of a sphere by an area cut from its surface whose area is equal to the square of the radius of the sphere.

Question 50.
Define one mole.
Answer:
It is defined as the amount of substance that contains the same number of elementary units {i.e. atoms) as there are atoms in 0.012 kg of carbon-12.

Question 51.
Define standard meter.
Answer:
It is defined to be equal to exactly 1650763.73 wavelengths of orange-red light emitted in vacuum by krypton-86 atom i.e. kr86.
i. e. 1 metre = 16,50,763.73 wavelengths.
Or
It is also defined as the distance traveled by light in \(\frac{1}{299792458}\) second.

Here 299792458 ms-1 is the exact value of the velocity of light.

For all practical purposes, c = 2.9 × 108 ms-1 = 3.0 × 108 ms-1.

Units and Measurements Important Extra Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
If the size of a nucleus is scaled up to the tip of a sharp pin, what roughly is the size of an atom?
Answer:
The size of a nucleus is in the range of 10-15 m to 10-14 m. The tip of a sharp pain may be taken to be in the range of 1o-5 m to 10-4 m. Thus we are scaling up the size of the nucleus by a factor of 10-5/10-15 = 1010. An atom roughly of size 10-10 m will be scaled up to a rough size of 10-10 × 1010 = 1 m. Thusanucleus in an átom is as small in size as the tip of a sharp pin placed at the center of a sphere of radius about a meter.

Question 2.
(a) What do you mean by physical quantity?
Answer:
It is defined as a quantity that can be measured, e.g. mass, length, time, etc.

(b) What do you understand by:
(i) Fundamental physical quantities?
Answer:
They are defined as those quantities which cannot be expressed in terms of other quantities and are independent of each other, e.g. mass, length, time.

(ii) Derived physical quantities?
Answer:
They are defined as the quantities which can be expressed in terms of fundamental quantities, e.g. velocity, acceleration, density, pressure, etc.

Question 3.
(a) Define the unit of a physical quantity.
Answer:
It is defined as the reference standard used to measure a physical quantity.

(b) Define:
(i) Fundamental units.
Answer:
They are defined as the units of fundamental quantities. They are independent of each other and are expressed by writing the letter of the fundamental quantity in a parenthesis.
e.g. Fundamental units of mass, length and time are [M], [L], [T] respectively.

(ii) Derived units.
Answer:
They are defined as those units which can be derived from fundamental units. They are expressed by writing the symbol of a derived quantity in a parenthesis.
e.g. D.U. of velocity = [u]
acceleration = [a]
pressure = [P]
work = [W] and so on.

Question 4.
Define one Candela.
Answer:
It is defined as the luminous intensity in a perpendicular direction of a surface of \(\frac{1}{600,000}\) square meter area of a black body at a temperature of freezing platinum (1773°C) under a pressure of 101,325 N/m2.

It is the S.I. unit of luminous intensity.

Question 5.
What is the advantage of choosing wavelength of light radiation as standard of length?
Answer:

  1. It can be easily made available in any standard laboratory as Krypton is available everywhere.
  2. It is well defined and does not change with temperature, time, place or pressure, etc.
  3. It is invariable.
  4. It increases the accuracy of the measurement of length (1 part in 109).

Question 6.
Which type of phenomenon can be used as a measure of time? Give two examples of it.
Answer:
Any phenomenon that repeats itself regularly at equal intervals of time can be used to measure time.

The examples are:

  1. Rotation of earth – the time interval for one complete rotation is called a day.
  2. Oscillations of a pendulum.

Question 7.
Find the number of times the heart of a human being beats in 10 years. Assume that the heartbeats once in 0.8s.
Answer:
In 0.8 s, the human heart makes one beat.

∴ In 1 s, the human heart makes = \(\frac{1}{0.8}=\frac{10}{8}\) beats.

∴ In 10 years, the human heart makes
= \(\frac{10}{8}\) × 365 × 24 × 60 × 60 beats.
= 3.942 × 108 beats.

Question 8.
Why it is not possible to establish a physical relation involving more than three variables using the method of dimensions?
Answer:
The dimensional analysis fails to derive a relation involving more than three unknown variables. The reason is that there will be more than three unknown factors in that case whose values cannot be determined from the three relations which we get by comparing the powers of M, L, and T.

Question 9.
What is the difference between accurate and precise measurement?
Answer:
A given measurement is said to be accurate in relation to other similar measurements if the error involved in it is least.

A given measurement is said to be precise in relation to other similar measurements if it is taken with an instrument with the minimum least count.

Question 10.
Pick up the most accurate and most precise measurement out of (a) 50.0 m, (b) s.oe m, (e) 5.00 cm, (f) 5.00 mm.
Answer:
The following table gives the relative error in count of the given measurement:

l Δl Δl/l
50.00 m 0.01 m 0.01/50 = 0.2 × 10-3
5.00 m 0.01 m 0.01/5 = 0.2 × 10-2
5.00 cm 0.01 cm 0.01/5 = 0.2 × 10-2
5.00 mm 0.01 mm 0.01/5 = 0.2 × 10-2

Clearly, the first measurement is most accurate because the relative error in it is minimum. The fourth measurement is most precise because it is taken with an instrument having the minimum least count among the v given measurements.

Question 11.
Define one parsec.
Answer:
It is defined as the distance at which an arc of length equal to y one astronomical unit subtends an angle of one second at a point.
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 1
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 2
Note: 1 L.Y. = 6.3 × 104 A.U.
1 parsec = 3.26 L.Y.

Question 12.
Define annual parallax.
Answer:
It is defined as the angle (θ) subtended by the basis at the object (0). It is also called the parallactic angle.
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 3
∴ Parallactic angle = \(\frac{\text { Length of arc }}{\text { Radius }}\)
Or
θ = \(\frac{b}{s}\)

∴ s = \(\frac{b}{θ}\)

The parallax method is used to measure the distance of stars.
Here, b = basis = E1E2 distance where E1 and E2 are the two observation points on earth. θ = angle made by the star at point O. To find θ, let us observe the star 0’ simultaneously and let Φ1 and Φ2 be the angles made at E1 and E2.
∴ θ = Φ1 + Φ2
∴ s = \(\frac{b}{\phi_{1}+\phi_{2}}\)

Question 13.
Give Avogadro’s method to measure distances of the order of 10-10 m.
Answer:
It is the indirect method of measuring the distances of the order of 10-10 m which is the size of an atom i.e. small distances. An atom is a tiny sphere. When such atoms lie packed in any substance; empty spaces are left in between. According to Avogadro’s hypothesis, the volume of all atoms in one gram of substance is \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the volume occupied by one gram of the substance.

i.e. V’ = \(\frac{2}{3}\)V ….(i)
Where V = actual volume of one gram mass.
V’ = volume occupied by atoms in I gram mass.
ρ = density of the substance.
∴ V = \(\frac{1}{ρ}\) …(ii)

Let m = atomic weight of the substance.
N = Avogadro’s number

∴Number of atoms in I gram of the substance = \(\frac{N}{M}\)
If r be the radius of each atom, then
V’ = no. of atoms in I gram x volume of each atom
Or
V’ = \(\frac{N}{M}\) x \(\frac{4}{3}\) 4πr3 …. (iii)

∴ From (i), (ii), and (iii), we get
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 4
Thus, r the radius of an atom can be calculated from equation (iv).

Question 14.
What arè the characteristics of a standard unit?
Answer:
The characteristics of a standard unit are as follows:

  1. It should be well defined.
  2. It should be of the proper size.
  3. It should be easily accessible.
  4. It should be reproducible in all places.
  5. It should not change with time, place, and physical conditions such as pressure, tèmperature, etc.
  6. It should be widely accepted.

Question 15.
What are the advantages of the S.I. system?
Answer:
Following are the main advantages of the S.I. system over other systems of units i.e. (C.G.S, FPS, and MKS).
1. It is a coherent system of units i.e. a system based on a certain set of fundamental units from which all derived units are obtained by multiplication or division without introducing numerical factors i.e. units of a given quantity are related to one another by the power of 10. So the conversions are easy.

2. S.I. is a rational system of units as it assigns only one unit to a particular physical quantity e.g. Joule is the S.I. unit for all types of energies while MKS units of mechanical energy, heat energy, and electrical energy are Joule, calorie, and watt-hour respectively.

3. It is an absolute system of units: There are no gravitational units on the system. The use of factor ‘g’ is thus eliminated.

4. It is a metric system i.e. the multiples and submultiples of units are expressed as powers of 10.

Question 16.
Point out the measurable likely to create the maximum error in the following experimental measurement.
Young’s modulus ‘Y’ of the material of the beam is calculated using the relation Y = mgl3/4bd3δ
When w = mg, δ = depression, I, b, d = length, breadth, thickness.
Answer:
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 5
Thus clearly m, l, b, d and 8 introduce the maximum error in the measurement of Y.

Question 17.
Classify the physical quantities on basis of their dimensional formula.
Answer:
They are divided into the following four categories:
1. Dimensional variables: They are defined as the physical quantities which possess dimensions and have variable values e.g. Area, velocity, force, etc.

2. Non-dimensional variables: They are defined as the physical quantities which have no dimensions but have variable values, e.g. Angle, specific gravity, strain, sin0, cos0 (i.e. trigonometric functions).

3. Dimensional constants: They are defined as the physical quantities which have both dimensions and constant values, e.g. Plank’s constant, speed of light in vacuum, gravitational constant.

4. Dimensionless constants: They are defined as the physical quantities which do not have dimensions but have constant values, e.g. n, e, pure numbers 1, 2, 3, …… etc.

Question 18.
What are the limitations of dimensional analysis?
Answer:
Following are the limitations of dimensional analysis:

  1. Dimensionless constants involved in the physical relationship can not be determined.
  2. It fails to derive the relations involving plus or minus signs like s = ut + \(\frac{1}{2}\)at2,
    v = u + at,
    v2 — u2 = 2as etc.
  3. It fails to derive a relation involving more than three physical quantities.
  4. This method does not help to derive the relations containing exponential and trigonometrical functions.
  5. This method gives no information on whether a quantity is a scalar or vector.
  6. It does not tell about the physical correctness of a relation.

Question 19.
Define significant figures. State the rules for determining the number of significant figures in a given measurement.
Answer:
They are defined as the number of digits up to which we are sure about their accuracy. In other words, they are defined as those digits that are known correctly in an experimental observation plus one more digit that is uncertain.

Following are the rules for determining significant figures:

  1. All non-zero digits are significant.
  2. All zeros occurring between non-zero digits are significant.
  3. All zeros to the right of the last non-zero digit are not significant.
  4. All zeros to the right of a decimal point and to the left of a non¬zero digit are not significant, e.g. 0.000879 has (3) significant figures.
  5. All zeros to the right of a decimal point and to the right of a non-zero digit are significant, e.g. 0.2370 contains (4) sig-fig.
  6. All zeros to the right of a non-zero digit and to the left of an expressed decimal are significant, e.g. 21900. has (5) sig-fig.

Question 20.
Mankind has existed for about 106 years whereas the s. the universe is about 1010 years old. If the age of the universe is taken to be one day, how many seconds has mankind existed?
Answer:
Since
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 6
Mankind has existed for 8.64s on the new chosen scale.

Question 21.
State and explain the rule for finding the maximum possible error in a result.
Answer:
The maximum possible error is found in different ways in different types of results as follows:
(a) When the result involves the sum of two quantities,
i. e. if x = p + q
then, maximum possible error = maximum absolute error in first quality + maximum absolute error in the second quality. i.e. Δx = Δp + Δq

(b) When the result involves the difference of the quantities
i.e. if x = p – q
then, maximum possible error in x = maximum absolute error in p + maximum possible error in q
i.e. Δx = Δp + Δq

(c) When the result involves the multiplication of two quantities i.e. x = pq; then maximum relative error in x is given by
\(\frac{\Delta x}{x}=\frac{\Delta p}{p}+\frac{\Delta q}{q}\)

(d) When the result involves the quotient of tw«j observed quantities i.e. when x = p/q, then Maximum relative error in x is given by
\(\frac{\Delta x}{x}=\frac{\Delta p}{p}+\frac{\Delta q}{q}\)

(e) When the result involves some power oFa physical quantity, i.e. when x = pa qb, then maximum absolute e> u r in x is given by
\(\frac{\Delta x}{x}=a \frac{\Delta p}{p}+b \frac{\Delta q}{q}\)

i.e. maximum possible relative error in x = power × relative . error in p + power × relative error in q.

Thus the error is always additive in nature and maximum, permissible error is equal to the sum of maximum possible error in the i. individual quantities of that quantity.

Question 22.
How do you represent very large and very small physical y quantities? Write the prefixes, multiple, submultiple, and their symbols in a tabular form.
Answer:
The very long and very small quantities are written in powers of 10. The prefixes are tabled below:

S.No. Power of 10 Prefix Symbol
1. 1012 Tera (Trillion) T
2. 109 Giga (billion) G
3. 106 mega(million) M
4. 103 kilo K
5. 102 Hecta h
6. 101 Deca da
7. 10-1 Deci d
8. 10-2 Centi c
9. 10-3 mull m
10. 10-6 micro u
11. 10-9 nano n
12. 10-12 pico p
13. 10-15 femto f
14. 10-18 Atto a

Question 23.
Explain the importance of reference frames in measurements.
Answer:
(a) All measurements are made with reference to a point or portion i.e., a frame of reference.
(b) The number of time units contained in a physical quantity gets changed with a change in the reference frame.
(c) The same physical quantity may have different values in different reference frames.

Question 24.
Briefly describe the various techniques to measure time.
Answer:
The various techniques to measure time are:
(a) The synchronous motor run on a.c. of frequency 50 hertz is used to measure time as its rotation provides a time scale.

(b) Electronic oscillations: The semiconductor oscillators produce high-frequency oscillations i.e. of a very small time period. These oscillations thus can be used to measure the small time intervals.

(c) Quartz-crystal clocks: These clocks work on the piezoelectric effect. The oscillations so produced can be used to measure time intervals.

(d) Atomic clock: These are usually Cs-133 atom clocks whose electrons make a definite number of repeated jumps between two energy levels. These are very precise and are used to define second, so time can be measured.

(e) Decay of elementary particles: The study of decay can provide a scale for the measurement of very small intervals of time as unstable elementary particles decay between 10-16 to 10-24 seconds.

(f) Radioactive dating: Very long intervals of time can be measured by comparing them with the techniques of radioactive dating. The half-life period of decay of carbon is a standard time frame to determine the age of fossils etc.

Question 25.
Explain the rules for finding significant figures in the sum, difference, product, and quotients of true numbers.
Answer:
The rules for counting significant figures in algebraic operations are given below:
1. Addition and Subtraction: The sum or the difference of two numbers has significant figures only in those places where these are in the least precise amongst the given number. For example, if we subtract 45.7 from 46.9267 the result is 1.2267. But it should be written only 1.2 because the least precise of the two numbers is 45.7 and there is only one digit after the decimal.

Similarly in the sum of numbers 4205, 112.39, 77.93, and 213.2532, the correct result is 824.0 to the significant figures. So, in addition, or subtraction the same number of the decimal. places are retained in the result as are present in the number with the minimum amount of decimal places.

2. Multiplication and Division: The product or quotient of two numbers does not have more significant figures than are present in the least precise of the given numbers. e.g. in the product of two quantities 0.025 with 40, we get 1.000 but the answer is to be written as 1.0 because there are two significant figures in 40 the least of the two numbers. Similarly in a quotient when we divide 16.775 by 2.5, we get 6.71. The result of the significant figure will be 6.7.

Question 26.
Is it possible for an equation to be dimensionally correct still to be wrong? If so indicate the number of ways in which this might happen.
Answer:
It is possible that an equation may be dimensionally correct but physically it is wrong. For example the displacement of a particle moving with velocity u and acceleration ‘a’ after time t is given by
s = ut + 1/2at2

However, s = 1/2at2 is dimensionally correct, as [L] = [LT2][T2]2 shows dimensions on LHS = dimensions on RHS. Therefore, in certain circumstances, an equation may be dimensionally correct but actually, it is not physically correct. This happens especially in equations involving the sum and difference of two or more terms and in functions involving trigonometric functions. For example, the displacement y maybe y = a where a is the amplitude. This is dimensionally correct but does not give the full picture of the physical phenomenon.

The correct equation is

y = a sin wt or y = a sin \(\frac{2 \pi}{\lambda}\) (vt + x) etc.

Question 27.
Show that bigger is the unit smaller is the numerical value of physical quantity and vice-versa.
Answer:
In any system of unit, the following relations hold good
n1u1 = n2u2

Where n1 and n2 are the numerical values, u1 and u2 represent the unit of a physical quantity. This relation is based on the simple thing that the magnitude of a physical quantity remains the same in different systems of units.
Thus nu = constant or n ∝ \(\frac{1}{u}\)

If larger the n smaller will be the unit (u) and smaller the numerical value (n) Larger will be u. E.g. if the length of a rod l be 1 m in the S.I. system. Then it is 100 cm in the C.G.S. system i.e.

l = 1 m = 100 cm. Here clearly 1 < 100 and m > cm. Hence proved.

Question 28.
The difference in the order of magnitude of the longest and shortest distances and most massive and least massive objects are quite different. Write the same and compare them.
Answer:
The size of the nucleus is of the order 10-15 m and the intergalactic distance is of the order of 1022 m. So, the ratio between the longest and the shortest distance is:
\(\frac{10^{22} \mathrm{~m}}{10^{-15} \mathrm{~m}}\) = 1037

The smallest mass is the mass of an electron of the order of 10-30 kg and the longest mass is the mass of the galaxy of the order of 1042 kg. So, the ratio of maximum to minimum mass is
\(\frac{10^{42} \mathrm{~kg}}{10^{-30} \mathrm{~kg}}\) = 1072

Now the ratio between the mass ratio and distance ratio is
\(\frac{10^{72}}{10^{37}}\) = 1035

The ratio betwe< n minimum mass and minimum distance is
\(\frac{10^{-30} \mathrm{~kg}}{10^{-15} \mathrm{~m}}\) = 10-15

The ratio between maximum mass and minimum distance is
\(\frac{10^{42} \mathrm{~kg}}{10^{22} \mathrm{~m}}\) = 1020

Question 29.
Define the terms
(i) mean absolute error
Answer:
The arithmetic means of all the absolute errors is known as mean absolute error.
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 7
(ii) relative error and
Answer:
The relative error is the ratio of mean absolute error to the mean or true value of the quantity measured.
Relative error = \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{a}_{\text {mean }}}{\mathrm{a}_{\text {mean }}}\)

(iii) percentage error.
Answer:
Percentage error is the relative error expressed in percent
Percentage error = \(\frac{\Delta \mathrm{a}_{\text {mean }}}{\mathrm{a}_{\text {mean }}}\) × 100

Question 30.
State the rules applied in rounding off measurements.
Answer:
While rounding off measurements, the following rules are applied:
1. If the digit to be dropped is smaller than 5, then the preceding digit should be left unchanged.
e.g. 7.93 is rounded off to 7.9.

2. If the digit to be dropped is greater than 5, then the preceding digit should be raised by 1.
e.g. 17.26 is rounded off to 17.3.

3. If the digit to be dropped in 5 followed by digits other than zero, then the preceding digit should be raised by 1.
e.g. 7.351 on being rounded off to first decimal becomes 7.4.

4. If the digit to be dropped in 5 or 5 followed by zeros, then the preceding digits are not changed if it is even.
e.g. (a) 3.45 on being rounded off becomes 3.4.
(b) 3.450 on being rounded off becomes 3.4.

5. If the digit to be dropped in 5 or 5 followed by zeros, then the preceding digit is raised by one if it is odd.
e.g. (a) 3.35 on being rounded off becomes 3.4.
(b) 3.50 on being rounded off becomes 3.4.

Note: Rules (iv) are based on the convention that the number is to be rounded off to the nearest even number.

Units and Measurements Important Extra Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
State the rules for writing the units of physical quantities in the S.I. system.
Answer:
While writing the units of physical quantities following rules are followed with S.L units:
(1) The S.l. units are written in the form of symbols after the number i.e., number of time, the unit is contained in the physical quantity so that physical quantity = nu

With symbols, certain rules are laid down:

  • Units in symbols are never written in plural i.e., meters is only m and not ms, years is y.
  • The units based on the name of the scientists are written beginning with small letters and with capital letters in symbolic form viz, weber (Wb), newton (N), etc.
  • No full stop is used at the end of the symbol.
  • Symbols of units not based on the name of scientists are written as small letters viz. kilogram (kg), second (s), etc.

(2) Bigger and smaller number of units are represented with symbols corresponding to the power of 10 viz. 106 is mega (M), 1012 is Tera (T), 10-3 is milli (m), 10-9 is nano (n), etc.

(3) All units are written in numerator viz. kg/m3 is kg m, Nm2c2.

(4) The units are written within parenthesis in graphs below the corresponding taxes viz. (ms-1) and (s) in the velocity-time graph.

(5) Units of a similar physical quantity can be added or subtracted.

Question 2.
Explain the Triangular method.
Answer:
It is used to measure the distance of an accessible or inaccessible hill or a tower by measuring the angle which the object makes at point P (say)

Let x = distancy of point P from the foot of tower = PA .
∴ h = x tan θ

It is also used to measure the distance of an inaccessible object eg. a tree on the other bank of a river.
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 8
Let h = height of the inaccessible object.
Let θ1, θ2 = be the angle made at P and Q by the object.
Let PA = d, PQ = x.

∴ In ΔPAB and ΔQAB,
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 9
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 10

Question 3.
What are the uses of dimensional analysis? Explain each of them.
Answer:
Dimensional analysis is used for:
(a) checking the dimensional correctness of the given physical equation or relation.
(b) converting one system of units to another system.
(c) deriving the relationship between various physical quantities.

(a) checking of the dimensional correctness of a physical relationship is done by using the principle of homogeneity of dimensions. If the dimensions of M, L, T of each term on R.H.S. are equal to the dimensions of M, L, T of each term on L.H.S., then the given- physical relation is dimensionally correct, otherwise wrong.

(b) conversion: It is based on the fact that the magnitude of a physical quantity remains the same whatever may be the system of units, i.e. n1u1 = n2u2.
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 11
are the units of M, L, T in the first and second system of units of a physical quantity having dimensions of M, L, T, and a, b, c respectively.
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 12
Thus if fundamental units of both systems, dimensions of the quantity, and its numerical value n1 in one system, are known then we can easily calculate n2 in another system.

(c) Derivation of a relationship between various physical quantities is based on the principle of homogeneity of dimensions.

Following are the steps used:

  1. We must Know the physical quantities (say p, q, r) upon which a physical quantity say x depends.
  2. We must know the dimensions of p, q, r say a, b, c respectively.
  3. Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 13
  4. Now, write the dimensions of each physical quantity on both sides of the equation
  5. and compare the powers of M, L, T to find a, b, c. Putting values of a, b, c in the equation
  6. we get the required relation.

Numerical Problems:

Question 1.
The average distance from Earth to the Sun is 1.49 × 1011 m. Find out the value of 1 percent in m.
Answer:
According to the definition of parsec,
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 14

Question 2.
The parallax of a heavenly body measured from two points: diametrically opposite on the Earth’s equator is 60 seconds. If the radius of the Earth is 6.4 × 106 m, determine the distance of the heavenly body from the center of Earth. Convert this distance in AU.
Answer:
Here
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 15
∴ The distance of the heavenly body from Earth is given by
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 16

Question 3.
Find the height of a rock mountain if on moving 100 m towards the rock in the horizontal direction through the base of
the rock, the angle of elevation of itš top increases from 300 to 45°.
Answer:
Here d = 100 m, θ1 = 30°, θ2 = 45°, h =?
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 17

Question 4.
Find the number of air molecules in a room of volume 12 m3. Given 1 mole of air at N.T.P. occupies a volume of 22.4 liters.
Answer:
No. of atoms in I mole of air = N
= 6.023 × 1023

∴ Also at N.T.P., 1 mole of air occupies 22.4 liters of volume
= 22.4 × 10-3 m3

∴ No. of molectiles ir 22.4 × 10-3 m3 volume = 6.023 × 1023
∴ No. of molecules in 12 m3 volume = \(\frac{6.023 \times 10^{23}}{22.4 \times 10^{-3}}\) × 12
= 3.23 × 1026

Question 5.
(a) Convert ION into dyne using dimensional analysis.
Answer:
Newton (N) and dyne are the S.I. and C.G.S. units of force having dimensional formula [MLT-2]
∴ a = 1, b = 1, c = – 2

S.I. system
n1 = 10
M1 = 1 kg
L1 = 1 m
T1 = 1 s

C.G.S. system.
n2 = ?
m2 = 1 g
L2= 1 cm
T2 = 1 s
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 18
(b) Find the units of length, mass, and time of the unit of force, velocity, and energy are 100 dynes, 10 cms-1, and 500 erg respectively.
Answer:
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 19
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 20

Question 6.
Check the dimensional correctnesïof the relation
V = \(\sqrt{\frac{2 G M}{R}}\)
Answer:
It is done using the principle of homogeneity of dimensions i.e. if the dimensions of each term of both sides of the equation are the same, Then it is dimensionally correct.
Now dimensions of V = [LT-1].
G = [M-1 L3 T2]
M = [M]
R = [L]

∴ Dimensions of L.H.S. = [V] = [LT-1] …(f)
Dimensions of R.H.S = \(\sqrt{\frac{G M}{R}}\)
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 21

Now from equations (i) and (ii), it is clear that the dimensions of L.H.S = R.H.S, so the given relation is dimensionally correct.

Question 7.
Suppose that the oscillatións of a simple pendulum depend on
(i) mass of the bob (m),
(ii) length of the string (1),
(iii) acceleration due to gravity (g) and (iv) angular displacement
(iv) Dimensionally show which of the above factors here an influence upon the period and in what way?
Answer:
Let t ∝ ma lb gc θd
or t = k’ ma lb gc qd ….(i)
here k’ is a dimensionless constant.

Since q is dimensionless, hence equation (i) reduces to
t = K ma lb gc …(ii)

where K. = k1d is another dimensionless constant.
Now writing the dimensional formula of each physical quantity on both sides of equation (ii), we get
[M0 L0 T-1] = [M]a [L]b [LT2]c = [Ma Lb-c T-2c]

Comparing dimensions of
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 22
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 23
Thus from equation (vii), we see that the period of the pendulum is directly proportional to the square root of the length of string, and inversely proportional to the square root of acceleration due to gravity and is independent of the mass of the bob.

Question 8.
Given that the period T of oscillation of a gas bubble from an explosion underwater depends on P, d, and E, where the symbols are pressure, density, and total energy of the explosion. Find dimensionally a relation for T.
Answer:
Let T ∝pa db Ec
or
T = k pa db Ec …(i)
where k is a dimensionless constant.

Writing dimensional formula of each physical quantity on both sides of equation (i), we get
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 24
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 25

Question 9.
If the velocity of light c, the constant of gravitation G, and Plank’s constant h be chosen as fundamental units, find the value of a gram, a centimeter, and a second in terms of new units of mass, length, and time respectively.
Given c = 3 × 1010 cms-1
G = 6.67 × 10-8 dyne cm2 g-2
h = 6.6 × 10-27 ergs.
Answer:
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 26
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 27
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 28

Question 10.
Assuming that the mass m of the largest stone that can be moved by a flowing river depends on the velocity y density p and acceleratión due to gravity g. Show that m varies as the sixth power of the velocity of flow.
Answer:
Let, m ∝ va
m ∝ρbb
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 29
where k is a dimensionless constant.

Writing dimensions of each physical quantity on both sides of equation (i), we get
[M1 L0 T0] = [LT-1] [ML-3]b [LT-2]c
[Mb L a-3b+2c T-a-2c]

Comparing powers of:
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 30

Question 11.
The radius of Earth is 6.37 × 106 m and its average density is 5.517 × 103 kg m-3. Calculate the mass of Earth to correct significant figures.
Answer:
M = pV
Here, R = 6.37 × 106 m,
ρ = 5.517 × 103 kg m3
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 31
Here R has 3 significant figures and the density has four. Thus the final result should be rounded off to 3 significant figures.

Hence, M = 5.97 × 1024 kg.

Question 12.
The length, breadth, and thickness of a block of metal were measured with the help of Vernier Callipers. The measurements are:
l = (5.250 ± 0.001) cm
b = (3.450 ± 0.001) cm,
t = (1.740 ± 0.001) cm.
Find the percentage error in the volume of the block.
Answer:
The volume of the block is given by:
V = lbt

∴ The relative percentage error in V is given by:
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 32

Question 13.
An experiment measures quantities a, b, c, and x is calculated from the relation:
x = ab2/c3
The percentage errors in a, b, c are ± 1%, ± 3%, and ± 2% respectively what is the % error in x?
Answer:
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 33

Question 14.
The radius of the proton is about 10-9 microns and the radius of the universe is about 1028 cm. Name a physical object whose size is approximately halfway between these two extremes on the logarithmic scale.
Answer:
Radius of proton, x1 = 10-9 microns = 10-9 × 106m .
= 10-15m

Radius of universe, x2 = 1028 cm = 1026m.

If x be the size halfway between these two extremes on the logarithmic scale is:
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 34
Since 106m is the order of the size of the Earth. So the physical object is Earth.

Question 15.
The velocity v (cms-1) of a particle is given in terms of time t (s) by the equation y = at + \(\frac{b}{t+c}\). What are the dimensions of a, b and c?
Answer:
v = at + \(\frac{b}{t+c}\).

L.H.S. is velocity, so according to principle of homogeneity t, of dimensions, at and must have the dimensions of \(\frac{b}{t+c}\) velocity.
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 35

Question 16.
The young’s modulus (Y) of a material is given by the relation Y = \(\frac{\mathbf{M g L}}{\pi \mathbf{r}^{2} \boldsymbol{l}}\). If the percentage error in W(= mg), L, r and l are 0.5%, 1%, 3% and 4% respectively, what is the percentage error in Y? If the calculated value of Y is 18.79 × 1011 dyne cm-2, to what value should we round off the result?
Answer:
The total percentage error in Y is given by:
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 36
Since Y = 18.79 × 1011 dyne cm-2, it can be rounded off to
Y = 19 × 1011 dyne cm-2

The total percentage error in this result is:
\(\frac{19 \times 11.5}{100}\) = 2.2

So, the result of Y can be quoted as (19 ± 2.2) × 1011 dyne cm-2

Question 17.
The refractive index as measured by relation:
μ = \(\frac{\text { real depth }}{\text { apparent depth }}\) was found to have values 1.29, 1.33, 1.34, 1.35, 1.32, 1.36, 1.30, 1.33.
Find the mean value of μ, the mean value of the absolute error, the relative error, and the percentage error.
Answer:
Mean value of μ
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 37

Question 18.
Derive the dimensions of a/b in the relation:
F = a\(\sqrt{x}\) + bt2
where F is the force, x is the distance and t is the time.
Answer:
Here, F= a\(\sqrt{x}\) + bt2 …(i)

According to the principle of homogeneity of dimensions, a \(\sqrt{x}\) and bt2 should have dimensions of F.
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 38

Question 19.
Calculate the number of seconds in a:
(i) day
(ii) year
and express them in orders of magnitude.
Answer:
(i) No.of seconds in a day = 24 × 60 × 60s
= 86400s
= 8.64 × 104s
= 0.864 × 105s
∴ order of magnitude = 5

(ii) No.of seconds in a year = 365 days
= 365 × 0.864 × 105s
= 315360 × 105s
= 31536 × 107s
∴ order of magnitude = 7.

Question 20.
A stone is lying in a fluid stream. The force F acting on it depends on the density of the fluid δ, the velocity of flow v, and the maximum area of cross-section A perpendicular to the direction of flow. Find the relation between the force F and the velocity v.
Answer:
Let, F ∝ ρa
∝ vb
∝ Ac
or
F ∝ pa vb Ac
or
F = k pa vb Ac …(i)

Now writing the dimensional formula of each physical quantity on both sides of equation (i), we get:
[MLT-2] = [ML-3]a [LT-1]b [L2]c
= [Ma L-3a+b+2c T-b] …(ii)

Comparing dimensions of M, L, T on both sides of equation (ii), we get:
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 39

Question 21.
If we suppose the velocity of light (c), acceleration due to gravity (g), and pressure (p) as the fundamental units, then And the dimensional formula of mass in this system of units.
Answer:
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 40
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 41

Question 22.
The density p of a piece of metal of a mass m of and volume V is given by the formula, ρ = m/V.
If, m = 325.32 ± 0.0lg
V = 136.41 ± 0.01 cm3.
Find the percentage error in p:
Answer:
Here, m = 325.32g, Δm = 0.01 g
V = 136.41 cm3, ΔV = 0.01 cm3
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 42
Question 23.
The specific resistance σ of a circular wire of radius r cm, resistance R Ω and and length L is given by:
σ = \(\frac{\pi r^{2} R}{L}\)
If, r = 0.20 ± 0.02 cm
R = 20 ± 1Ω
L = 80 ± 0.01 cm, then find the % error in σ.
Answer:
% error in σ is given by:
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 43

Question 24.
If S2 = a t4, where S is in meters, t in second, then find the unit of a.
Answer:
Here, S2 = a t4
According to the principal of homogeneity of dimensions,
at4 = m2
∴ a = \(\frac{\mathrm{m}^{2}}{\mathrm{t}^{4}}\) = m2 s-4

Question 25.
Calculate the value of 600m. + 600mm with due regard to the significant digits.
Answer:
Here, because there is no significant digit after the decimal point in 600m, so 600m + 600mm.
= 600m + 600 × 10-3m
= 600m + 0.600m
= 600.6m = 601m.

Value-Based Type:

Question 1.
The teacher of class XI asked Madan and Prathiva to find the distance of the moon from the Earth. Pratibha said it is impossible to find. But Madan was excited to know. He observed the moon from two diametrically opposite points A and B on Earth. The angle q subtended at the moon by the two directions of observation is 1°54′. Given the diameter of the Earth to be about (1.276 × 107 m).
(i) Which values arc depicted by Madan?
Answer:
The values depicted by Madan are :
(a) Curiosity
(b) Sincerity
(c) Willing to know and implement the scientific ideas.

(ii) Which mathematical concept is used in the above problem?
Answer:
Parallax method

(iii) Compute the distance of the moon from the Earth?
Answer:
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 44
We have
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 45

Question 2.
Muesli went to London to his uncle who is a doctor over there. He found that the currency is quite different from India. He could not understand the pound and how it is converted into rupees. He asked an English man that how far is central London from here.

He replied that it is about 20 miles. Mukesh was again confused as he never used these units in India. When his uncle came back from his clinic he curiously inquired all about it. His uncle told him about the unit system used in England. He explained that here F.P.S system is used.

It means distance is measured in the foot, Mass in the pound, and time in seconds. But in India, it is an MKS system.
(i) What values are depicted by Mukesh?
Answer:
(a) Curiosity
(b) Willing to know
(c) Intelligence

(ii) How many types of unit systems are there?
Answer:
The unit system is:
(a) CGS (centimeter, gram and second) system
(b) FPS (foot, pound and second) system
(c) MKS (meter, kilogram, and second) system

Question 3.
Two friends Sachin and Dinesh are confused as a book with many printing errors contains four different formulas of the displacement ‘y’ of a particle undergoing a certain periodic motion.
(a) y=asin 2πt/T
(b) y = asinvt
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 46
[a = Maximum displacement of the particle,
v = Speed of the particle, T = time-period of motion]

Sachin told that he has no idea whereas Dinesh ruled out the wrong formulas on dimensional grounds.
(i) which values are displayed by Dinesh?
Answer:
the values displayed by Dinesh are:
(a) Sincerity
(b) Curiosity
(c) application of knowledge

(ii) which one of the above is correct? Give justification to support your answer.
Answer:
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 47
Class 11 Physics Important Questions Chapter 2 Units and Measurements 48
L.H.S = R.H.S ; Hence the equation is correct.

Electromagnetic Induction Class 12 Important Extra Questions Physics Chapter 6

Here we are providing Class 12 Physics Important Extra Questions and Answers Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction. Important Questions for Class 12 Physics with Answers are the best resource for students which helps in Class 12 board exams.

Class 12 Physics Chapter 6 Important Extra Questions Electromagnetic Induction

Electromagnetic Induction Important Extra Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
What is the function of a step-up transformer? (CBSE AI 2011C)
Answer:
The function of a step-up transformer is to step-up the alternating voltage.

Question 2.
State Lenz’s law. (CBSE AI 2012C)
Answer:
It states that the direction of induced emf is such that it opposes the cause of its production.

Question 3.
How can the self-inductance of a given coil having ‘N’ number of turns, area of cross-section of ‘A’ and length T be increased? (CBSE AI 2012C)
Answer:
By inserting a core of high permeability inside the coil.

Question 4.
How does the mutual inductance of a pair of coils change when
(a) the distance between the coils is increased and
(b) the number of turns in the coils is increased? (CBSE AI 2013)
Answer:
(a) decreases
(b) increases.

Question 5.
The motion of the copper plate is damped when it is allowed to oscillate between the two poles of a magnet. What is the cause of this damping? (CBSE AI 2013)
Answer:
Production of eddy current.

Question 6.
Why is the core of a transformer laminated? (CBSE Delhi 2013C)
Answer:
To reduce the effects of eddy currents.

Question 7.
A metallic piece gets hot when surrounded by a coil carrying a high-frequency alternating current. Why? (CBSE Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
Due to the production of eddy current which generates heat.

Question 8.
Name any two applications where eddy currents are used to advantage. (CBSE Delhi 2016C)
Answer:

  1. Electromagnetic damping
  2. Induction furnace.

Question 9.
A long straight current-carrying wire passes normally through the centre of the circular loop. If the current through the wire increases, will there be an induced emf in the loop? Justify. (CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Yes, as there will be a change in magnetic flux.

Question 10.
Predict the polarity of the capacitor in the situation described below. (CBSE AI 2017)
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 1
Answer:
The upper plate will be positive with respect to the lower plate in the capacitor.

Question 11.
In the figure given, mark the polarity of plates A and B of a capacitor when the magnets are quickly moved towards the coil. (CBSE AI 2017C)
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 2
Answer:
Plate A will be positive with respect to plate B in the capacitor.

Question 12.
A long straight current-carrying wire passes normally through the centre of the circular loop. If the current through the wire increases, will there be an induced emf in the loop? Justify. (CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
Yes, as there will be a change in magnetic flux.

Question 13.
An air-cored solenoid has self-inductance 2.8 H. When the core is removed, the self-inductance becomes 2 mH. What is the relative permeability of the core used? (CBSE Delhi 2017C)
Answer:
μr = 2.8 / 2 × 10-3 = 1.4 × 103

Question 14.
A choke and a bulb are in series to a dc source. The bulb shines brightly. How does its brightness change when an iron core is inserted inside the choke coil?
Answer:
There is no change in the brightness as the inductive reactance is zero for dc.

Question 15.
Why does the acceleration of a magnet falling through a long solenoid decrease?
Answer:
It decreases because of the opposing induced emf produced in the soLenoid due to the rate of change of magnetic flux.

Question 16.
Why is the core of a transformer laminated?
Answer:
It is done to reduce the effect of Eddy Currents.

Question 17.
A vertical metallic pole falls down through the plane of the magnetic meridian. Will any emf be Induced between Its ends?
Answer:
No emf will be induced because the pote neither intercepts the vertical component nor the horizontal component of the earth’s magnetic field.

Question 18.
A magnet Is moved towards a coil and an electric charge is induced in it. If the resistance of the coil is increased, how will the induced charge change?
Answer:
On increasing the resistance of the colt, the magnitude of induced charge decreases.

Question 19.
Can a transformer be used In a dc circuit?
Answer:
No, because there is no change in magnetic flux.

Question 20.
Why does a metallic piece become very hot when it is surrounded by a coil carrying high-frequency alternating current?
Answer:
The high-frequency coil induces eddy currents in the metallic piece. These eddy currents produce heat hence the metalLic piece becomes hot.

Question 21.
The figure shows a horizontal solenoid PQ connected to a battery and a switch. A copper ring R is placed on a frictionless track, the axis of the ring being along the axis of the solenoid. What would happen to the ring as the switch S is closed.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 3
Answer:
The ring WilL be repelled due to opposing induced emf produced in it.

Question 22.
An air-core solenoid is connected to an ac source and a bulb. If an iron core Is inserted in the solenoid, how does the brightness of the bulb change? Give reasons for your answer.
Answer:
Insertion of an iron core In the solenoid increases its inductance. This in turn increases the value of inductive reactance. This decreases the current and hence the brightness of the bulb.

Question 23.
A magnet is moved in the direction indicated by an arrow between two coils AB and CD as shown in the figure. Suggest the direction of current in each coil,
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 4
Answer:
In coil AB induced current flows from A to B and in colt CD current flows from C to D.

Question 24.
Predict the directions of induced currents in metal rings 1 and 2 lying in the same place where current I in the wire is increasing steadily. (CBSE Delhi 2012)
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 5
Answer:
1 -clockwise, 2-anticlockwise.

Question 25.
The electric current flowing in a wire In the direction from B to A is decreasing. Find out the direction of the induced current in the metallic loop kept above the wire as shown. (CBSE AI 2014)
Answer:
Clockwise.

Question 26.
Predict the polarity of plate A of the capacitor, when a magnet is moved towards it, as is shown In the figure. (CBSE AI 2014C)
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 6
Answer:
Positive.

Question 27.
The figure below shows two positions of a loop PQR in a perpendicular uniform magnetic field. In which position of the coil is there induced emf?
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 7
Answer:
In position b.

Question 28.
If the self-inductance of an air-core inductor increases from 0.01 mH to 10 mH on introducing an iron core into it, what is the relative permeability of the core used?
Answer:
We know that µ = \(\frac{L}{L_{0}}=\frac{10}{0.01}\) = 1000

Electromagnetic Induction Important Extra Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
An induced current has no direction of its own, comment.
Answer:
Yes, it is perfectly correct to say that an induced current has no fixed direction of its own. The direction of induced current depends upon the change in magnetic flux because in accordance with Lenz’s law the induced current always opposes the change in magnetic flux.

Question 2.
How are eddy currents produced? Mention two applications of eddy currents?
Answer:
Eddy currents are the currents induced in the body of a thick conductor when the magnetic flux linked with the conductor changes. When a thick conductor is moved in a magnetic field, magnetic flux linked with it changes. In situations like these, we can have induced currents that circulate throughout the volume of a material.

Because their flow patterns resemble swirling eddies in a river, therefore they are called eddy currents.

  • Electromagnetic braking, and
  • Induction furnace.

Question 3.
Name and define the unit used for measuring the coefficient of mutual inductance. State the relation of this unit with the units of magnetic flux and electric current.
Answer:
In SI the unit of mutual inductance is henry (H). Now from the expression
ε = – \(\frac{d \phi}{d t}\) = – M \(\frac{d l}{d t}\)
we have M = ε l \(\frac{d l}{d t}\).

Let ε = 1 volt and dl/dt = 1 As-1, then
M = 1 volt/1 As-1 = 1 henry.

The mutual-inductance of a coil is said to be 1 henry if a rate of change of current of 1 ampere per sec in the neighbouring coil induces in at an emf of 1 volt.

Question 4.
What are eddy currents? Write any two applications of eddy currents. (CBSE A! 2011)
Answer:
Eddy currents are the currents induced in the body of a thick conductor when the magnetic flux linked with a bulk piece of conductor changes.

  1. Dead Beat Galvanometer, and
  2. Induction furnace.

Question 5.
(a) Obtain the expression for the magnetic energy stored in a solenoid in terms of the magnetic field B, area A and length l of the solenoid.
(b) How is this magnetic energy per unit volume compared with the electrostatic energy per unit volume stored in a parallel plate capacitor? (CBSE Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
The magnetic field stored in a solenoid is given by the expression U = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)Ll2.

But for a solenoid B = μ0nl
or
l = B / μ0 n

Substituting in the above expression we have
U = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (μ0n2Al)\(\left(\frac{B}{\mu_{0} n}\right)^{2}\) as L = μ0 n2 A l

U = \(\frac{1}{2}\)\(\frac{B^{2} A l}{\mu_{0}}\)

We know that the energy stored per unit volume in a parallel plate capacitor is
UE = \(\frac{1}{2}\)ε0E2

It is clear that in both cases the energy stored per unit volume is proportional to the square of the field intensity.

Question 6.
State Lenz’s Law.
A metallic rod held horizontally along the east-west direction is allowed to fall under gravity. Will there be an emf induced at its ends? Justify your answer. (CBSE Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Lenz’s law states that the polarity of the induced emf is such that it tends to oppose the cause of its production.

Yes, as it will cut the horizontal component of the earth’s magnetic field.

Question 7.
Starting from the expression for the energy W = 1/2Ll2, stored in a solenoid of self-inductance L to build up the current l, obtain the expression for the magnetic energy in terms of the magnetic field B, area A and length l of the solenoid having n number of turns per unit length. Hence show that the energy density is given by 8z/2m0. (CBSE Delhi 2013C)
(i) The magnetic energy is
U = \(\frac{1}{2}\)LI2 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)L\(\left(\frac{B}{\mu_{0} n}\right)^{2}\) since B = μ0nl

Now L = μ0n2 Al, therefore we have
UB = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(μ0n2 Al)\(\left(\frac{B}{\mu_{0} n}\right)^{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2 \mu_{0}} B^{2} A l\)

(ii) The magnetic energy per unit volume is
UB = \(\frac{U_{B}}{V}=\frac{U_{B}}{A l}=\frac{B^{2}}{2 \mu_{0}}\)

Question 8.
Define mutual inductance. A pair of adjacent coils has a mutual inductance of 1.5 H. If the current in one coil changes from 0 to 20 A in 0.5 s, what is the change of flux linkage with the other coil? (CBSE Delhi 2016)
Answer:
Mutual inductance is numerically equal to the magnetic flux linked with a coil when the unit current passes through the neighbouring coil.
Given M = 1.5 H, dl = 20 – 0 = 20 A,
dt = 0.5 s, Φ = ?
Φ = – M\(\frac{d l}{d t}\)
or
Φ = – 1.5 × \(\frac{20}{0.5}\) = – 60 Wb

Question 9.
Explain the principle on which the metal detector is used at airports for security reasons.
Answer:
The metal detectors used in airport security checkpoints operate by detecting eddy currents induced in metallic objects. The detector generates an alternating magnetic field. This induces eddy currents in the conduction object carried through the detector. The eddy currents in turn produce an alternating magnetic field. This field induces a current in the detectors receiver coil.

Question 10.
A current is induced in coil C1, due to the motion of current-carrying coil C2.
(i) Write any two ways by which a large deflection can be obtained in the galvanometer G.
(ii) Suggest an alternative device to demonstrate the induced current in place of a galvanometer. (CBSE Delhi 2011)
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 8
Answer:
(ii) The two ways are
(a) Passing a large current through coil C2 and
(b) Moving coil C2 quickly towards the coil.
(ii) A magnetic compass can be placed at the centre of coil C1. Whenever current will be induced it will show a deflection.

Question 11.
Consider a cube EFGHIJKL of side ‘a’ placed in a magnetic field B acting perpendicular to the face FJKG as shown in the figure. Write magnetic flux through the following faces (a) EFGH (b) EFJI (c) EILH (d) FJKG
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 9
Answer:
The magnetic flux depends upon the angle (q) between the magnetic field and area vector.
(a) Here θ = 90°, therefore magnetic flux Φ = BA cos θ = BA cos 90° = 0
(b) Here θ = 90°, therefore magnetic flux Φ = BA cos θ = BA cos 90° = 0
(c) Here θ = 180°, therefore magnetic flux Φ = BA cos 180° = -BA
(d) Here θ = 0°, therefore magnetic flux Φ = BA cos 0° = BA

Question 12.
A metallic rod of ‘L’ length is rotated with an angular frequency of ‘ω’ with one end hinged at the centre and the other end at the circumference of a circular metallic ring of radius L, about an axis passing through the centre and perpendicular to the plane of the ring. A constant and uniform magnetic field B parallel to the axis is present everywhere. Deduce the expression for the emf between the centre and the metallic ring. (CBSE Delhi 2012, 2013)
Answer:
Let the rod move from OP to OQ through a small sector of angle θ.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 10
The small area covered by the rod is
dA= πL2 × \(\frac{\theta}{2 \pi}=\frac{1}{2}\)L2θ

where L is the radius of the circle in which the rod rotates. Hence the induced emf is
ε = \(\frac{d \phi}{d t}=\frac{d B A}{d t}=\frac{B d A}{d t}=B \frac{d}{d t}\left[\frac{1}{2} L^{2} \theta\right]\)

ε = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)L2B\(\frac{d \theta}{d t}=\frac{1}{2}\)BωL2

Question 13.
A metallic rod of length l length is rotated with a frequency ω, with one end hinged at the centre and the other end at the circumference of a circular metallic ring of radius R = l, about an axis passing through the centre and perpendicular to the plane of the ring. A constant and uniform magnetic field B parallel to the axis is present everywhere. Deduce the expression for the emf induced in the rod. If r is the resistance of the rod and the metallic ring has negligible resistance, obtain the expression for the power generated. (CBSE AI 2013C)
Answer:
For the first part refer above question.
The power generated is given by
P = \(\frac{\varepsilon^{2}}{r}=\frac{B^{2} \omega^{2} l^{4}}{2 r}\)

Question 14.
A rectangular loop PQMN with movable ‘ arm PQ of length 10 cm and resistance 4 Ω is placed in a uniform magnetic field of 0.25 T acting perpendicular to the plane of the loop as is shown in the figure. The resistances of the arms MN, NP and MQare negligible.
Calculate the
(i) emf induced in the arm PQand
(ii) current induced in the loop when arm PQ is moved with velocity 20 m s-1. (CBSE Delhi 2014C)
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 11
Answer:
Given L = 10 cm = 0.1 m, B = 0.25 T, v = 20 m s-1
(a) ε = BLv = 0.25 × 0.1 × 20 = 0.5 V
(b) l = ε/R = 0.5/4 = 0.125 A

Question 15.
In the given diagram a coil B is connected to a low voltage bulb L and placed parallel to another coil A as shown. Explain the following observations
(i) Bulb lights, and
(ii) Bulb gets dimmer if coil B is moved upwards.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 12
Answer:
(a) When ac is applied across coil A an induced emf is produced in coil B due to mutual induction between the two coils. This makes the lamp light up.
(b) When coil B is moved upwards the mutual induction and hence induced emf in coil B decreases. This makes the lamp dimmer.

Question 16.
A horizontal straight wire of length L extending from east to west is falling with speed v at right angles to the horizontal component of Earth’s magnetic field B.
(a) Write the expression for the instantaneous value of the emf induced in the wire.
Answer:
ε = BLv

(b) What is the direction of the emf?
Answer:
west to east

(c) Which end of the wire is at the higher potential? (CBSEAI2011)
Answer:
East.

Question 17.
Two concentric circular coils one of small radius r1 and the other of large radius r2, such that r1 << r2, are placed co-axially with centres coinciding. Obtain the mutual inductance of the arrangement. (NCERT)
Answer:
Let a current l2 flow through the outer circular coil. The field at the centre of the coil is B2 = \(\frac{\mu_{0} I_{2}}{2 r_{2}}\). Since the other coaxially placed coil has a very small radius, B2 may be considered constant over its cross¬sectional area. Hence,
Φ = πr1²B2 = \(\frac{\mu_{0} \pi r_{1}^{2} l_{2}}{2 r_{2}}\) = M12l2

Thus M12 = \(\frac{\mu_{0} \pi r_{1}^{2}}{2 r_{2}}\)

But M12 = M21, therefore M12 = M21 = \(\frac{\mu_{0} \pi r_{1}^{2}}{2 r_{2}}\)

Note that we calculated M12 from an approximate value of Φ1 assuming the magnetic field B2 to be uniform over the area πr1². However, we can accept this value because r1 << r2.

Question 18.
Consider a magnet surrounded by a wire with an on/off switch S (figure). If the switch is thrown from the off position (open circuit) to the on position (closed circuit), will a current flow in the circuit? Explain. (NCERT Exemplar)
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 13
Answer:
There is no relative motion between the magnet and the coil. This means that there is no change in magnetic flux, hence no electromotive force is produced and hence no current will flow in the circuit.

Question 19.
A wire in the form of a tightly wound solenoid is connected to a DC source and carries a current. If the coil is stretched so that there are gaps between successive elements of the spiral coil, will the current increase or decrease? Explain. (NCERT Exemplar)
Answer:
The current will increase. As the wires are pulled apart the flux will leak through the gaps. Lenz’s law demands that induced e.m.f. resist this decrease, which can be done by an increase in current.

Question 20.
A solenoid is connected to a battery so that a steady current flows through it. If an iron core is inserted into the solenoid, will the current increase or decrease? Explain. (NCERT Exemplar)
Answer:
The current will decrease. As the iron core is inserted in the solenoid, the magnetic field increases and the flux increases. Lenz’s law implies that induced e.m.f. should resist this increase, which can be achieved by a decrease in current.

Electromagnetic Induction Important Extra Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
11 kW of electric power can be transmitted to a distant station at (i) 220 V or (ii) 22,000 V. Which of the two modes of transmission should be preferred and why? Support your answer with possible calculations.
Answer:
1. Consider that 11000 watt of energy has to be transmitted. First at 220 V and then at 22000 V. When the power is transmitted at 220 V then the current flowing through the wires is 11000/220 = 50 A

2. When power is transmitted at 22000 V then the current through the wires is 11000 / 22000 = 0.5 A. If R is the resistance of the line wire then the energy dissipated in the two cases is 2500R joule per sec and 0.25R. joule per sec.

This shows that if energy is transmitted at low voltages there is more loss in energy than when it is transmitted at high voltages. Furthermore, if power is to be transmitted at low voltage then the resistance of the line wire should be low, as such thick wires will be required. To support these thick wires strong poles situated close to each other will be needed. This will increase the cost of transmission. But at high voltages, even thin wires will do.

Question 2.
A coil A is connected to a voltmeter V and the other coil B to an alternating current source D. If a large copper sheet C is placed between the two coils, how does the induced emf in coil A change due to current in coil B. Justify your answer.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 14
Answer:
In the absence of sheet C, an induced emf is set up in coil due to mutual induction phenomenon when an alternating current is passed through coil B.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 15
However, when induced copper sheet C is placed, eddy currents are set up in the sheet due to a change in flux.

Thus, now coil A has a positive effect due to coil B and a negative effect due to eddy currents in C. Consequently, the flux of coil A and hence the induced emf in coil A is decreased, i.e. the reading of voltmeter V is reduced.

Question 3.
A bar magnet is dropped so that it falls vertically through coil C. The graph obtained for the voltage produced across the coil versus time is as shown in figure (b).
(i) Explain the shape of the graph and
(ii) why is the negative peak longer than the positive peak?
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 16
Answer:
(a) As the magnet approaches the coil, an emf is induced in it. As the magnet approaches the coil the magnetic flux linked with the coil increases. As a result the induced emf increases. When the magnet enters the coil, the change in magnetic flux linked with the coil begins to decrease and becomes zero when the magnet is completely inside the coil. This starts decreasing the emf and makes it zero.

When the magnet comes out of the coil the direction of induced emf changes direction and begins to increase in the opposite direction. When the magnet moves far away from the coil the induced emf becomes zero.

As the magnet comes out of the coil with a speed greater than the speed at which it approaches the coil, therefore the induced emf is more in the second case. Hence the longer negative peak.

Question 4.
(a) State Lenz’s law: Using this law indicate the direction of the current in a closed loop when a bar magnet with the North Pole is brought close to it. Explain briefly how the direction of the current predicted wrongly results in the violation of the law of conservation of energy.
(b) A rectangular loop and circular loop are moving out of a uniform magnetic field region with a constant velocity v as shown in the figure. In which loop do you expect the induced emf to be constant during the passage out of the field region? The field is normal to the loops. (CBSE AI 2011C)
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 17
Answer:
(a) Lenz’s law states that the direction of the induced emf is such that it opposes the cause of its production. When the north pole of the magnet is brought near the coil, the upper end of the coil will acquire north polarity so as to oppose the approaching North Pole (by repelling). This means that the direction of current must be anticlockwise as seen from the side of the magnet.

If the current is wrongly predicted as clockwise, then the upper face will acquire south polarity which will attract the North Pole. This means the current is being produced without doing any work. This leads to the violation of the law of conservation of energy.

(b) It is expected that the induced emf will be constant in the rectangular coil. In the case of the rectangular coil, when pulled out of the magnetic field, the rate of change of magnetic flux will be constant because the rate of change of area is constant. This is not so in the case of the circular coil.

Question 5.
The current through two inductors of self-inductance 15 mH and 25 mH is increasing with time at the same rate. Draw graphs showing the variation of the
(a) emf induced with the rate of change of current
(b) energy stored in each inductor with the current flowing through it. Compare the energy stored in the coils, if the power dissipated in the coils is the same. (CBSE AI 2017C)
Answer:
Given L1 = 15 mH, L2 = 25 mH.
(a) The emf induced across an inductor is given by the expression ε = – L\(\frac{d i}{d t}\) since di/dt is the same for both coils therefore induced emf will depend upon the value of inductance. Hence the graphs are as shown
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 18
(b) The energy stored in an inductor is given by U = \(\frac{1}{2}\)Ll2
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 19
(c) The power dissipated P = l2XL
or
l2 = Pl XL and U = \(\frac{1}{2}\)Ll<sup>1</sup> = \(\frac{1}{2} \frac{L P}{X_{L}}=\frac{1}{2} \frac{P L}{\omega L}=\frac{P}{2 \omega}\)

Since power dissipated is same and co is also same therefore energy stored in the coils will also be the same.

Question 6.
A rectangular frame of wire is placed in a uniform magnetic field directed outwards, normal to the paper. AB is connected to a spring which is stretched to AB and then released at time t = 0. Explain qualitatively how induced e.m.f. in the coil would vary with time. (Neglect damping of oscillations of spring) (CBSE AI 2018C)
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 20
Answer:
As the spring is released AB is pulled out of the field. This increases the area of the loop inside the magnetic field. This increases flux and hence an induced emf is produced. The portion AB does not stop at Ab but moves outwards. Now the spring will push AB inwards. This will decrease the area of the loop thereby decreasing the induced emf. This continues and hence the emf increases and decreases periodically.

Question 7.
Define mutual inductance between a pair of coils. Derive an expression for the mutual inductance of two long coaxial solenoids of the same length wound one over the other. (CBSE AI 2017)
Answer:
The mutual inductance of two coils is numerically equal to the magnetic flux linked with one coil when a unit current flows through the neighbouring coil.

As shown in the figure consider two long co-axial solenoids S1 and S2 with S2 wound over S1.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 21
Let l = length of each solenoid r1, r2 = radii of the two solenoids

A = πr1² = area of cross-section of inner solenoid S1
N1, N2 = number of turns in the two solenoids First we pass a time-varying current l2 through S2. The magnet field set up inside S2 due to l2 is
B2 = μo n2 l2

where n2 = N2/l = the number of turns per unit length of S2.

Total magnetic flux linked with the inner solenoid S1 is
Φ1 = B2AN1 = μ0 n2 l2 × AN1

Mutual inductance of coil 1 with respect to coil 2 is
M12 = \(\frac{\phi_{1}}{l_{2}}\) = μ0n2AN1 = \(\frac{\mu_{0} A N_{1} N_{2}}{l}=\frac{\mu_{0} \pi r^{2} N_{1} N_{2}}{l}\)

The mutual inductance of any two coils is always proportional to the product N1 N2 of their number of turns. This is termed the reciprocity theorem.

Question 8.
Define mutual inductance and write its SI unit.
A square loop of side ‘a’ carrying a current l2 is kept at distance x from an infinitely long straight wire carrying a current l1 as shown in the figure. Obtain the expression for the resultant force acting on the loop. (CBSE Delhi 2019)
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 22
Answer:
(a) Mutual inductance equals the magnetic flux associated with a coil when unit current flows in its neighbouring coil. (b) Force per unit length between two parallel straight conductors
\(\frac{F}{L}=\frac{\mu_{o} I_{1} I_{2}}{2 \pi r}\)

Force on the part of the loop which is parallel to infinite straight wire and at a distance x from it F = \(\frac{\mu_{o} l_{1} l_{2} a}{2 \pi x}\)(away from the infinitely 2KX long wire)

Force on the part of the loop which is at a distance (x + a) from it
F2 = \(\frac{\mu_{0} I_{1} I_{2} a}{2 \pi(x+a)}\) (towards the infinite long wire)

Net force F = F1 – F2
F = \(\frac{\mu_{o} l_{1} l_{2} a^{2}}{2 \pi(x+a)}\) (away from the infinite straight line)

Question 9.
What are the possible causes of energy loss in a transformer? How are these minimised?
Answer:
The possible causes of energy losses in transformers are:
(a) Flux leakage: There is always some flux leakage. It can be reduced by winding the primary and secondary coils one over the other.
(b) Copper: The copper wires used for the windings have some resistance and hence some energy is lost due to heat produced in the wire. It can be minimised by taking thick wire.
(c) Eddy currents: The alternating magnetic flux induces eddy currents in the iron core, which results in loss of electrical energy. To minimise it we use a laminated iron core.
(d) Hysteresis loss: As the magnetisation cycle of the iron core is repeated again and again some loss of energy takes place due to magnetic hysteresis. To minimise it we prefer a soft iron core for which hysteresis loss is less.

Question 10.
Discuss how Faraday’s law of e.m.f induction is applied in an ac generator for converting mechanical energy into electrical energy. Draw graphs to show the ’phase relationship’ between the instantaneous
(a) magnetic flux (Φ) linked with the coil and
(b) induced emf (ε) in the coil. (CBSE Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
In an ac generator, the change in magnetic flux is brought about by rotating the coil in a magnetic field. According to Faraday’s law, induced emf is set up in the coil on changing the magnetic flux linked with it. Hence mechanical energy, which is supplied to rotate the coil, gets converted into electrical energy.

Let the coil be rotated with a constant angular speed, co, the angle 0 between magnetic field 8, and area vector A of the coil at any instant is θ = ωt

Therefore magnetic flux at any instant is Φ = BA cos ωt

From Faraday’s law, induced emf is
ε = – n\(\frac{d \phi}{d t}\) = -nBA\(\frac{d}{d t}\)cos ωt
ε = nBAa sin ωt

Magnetic flux is given by Φ = BA cos ωt, therefore the graph will be a cosine curve as shown
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 23
The induced emf is given by ε = nBA sin ωt, therefore the graph will be a sine curve as shown.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 24
Question 11.
(a) Define self-inductance of a coil. Obtain an expression for the energy stored in a solenoid of self-inductance ‘L’ when the current through it grows from zero to l.
(b) A square loop MNOP of the side 20 cm is placed horizontally in a uniform magnetic field acting vertically downwards as shown in the figure. The loop is pulled with a constant velocity of 20 cm s-1 till it goes out of the field.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 25
(c) Depict the direction of the induced current in the loop as it goes out of the field. For how long would the current in the loop persist?
(d) Plot a graph showing the variation of magnetic flux and induced emf as a function of time. (CBSE AI 2015)
Answer:
(a) Let i be the current at some instant through a pure inductor. If di / dt is the rate of change of current through the inductor then the voltage between the terminals of the inductor at this instant is
V=L di / dt

Therefore instantaneous power in the inductor is
P = Vab i = Li \(\frac{d i}{d t}\)

The energy dU supplied to the inductor during an infinitesimal time interval dt is
dU = P dt, so dU = Li di

The total amount of energy supplied while the current increases from zero to a final value l is
U = L ∫o1 i di = \(\frac{1}{2}\)L l2

(b) (i) Direction of induced current – clockwise (MNOP), the duration of induced current is 1s.
(ii) The graph is as shown.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 26
Question 12.
(a) Define mutual inductance and write its SI units.
Answer:
The mutual inductance of two coils is numerically equal to the magnetic flux linked with one coil when a unit current flows through the neighbouring coil. It is measured in henry.

(b) Derive an expression for the mutual inductance of two long co-axial solenoids of the same length wound one over the other.
Answer:
The mutual inductance of two coils is numerically equal to the magnetic flux linked with one coil when a unit current flows through the neighbouring coil.

As shown in the figure consider two long co-axial solenoids S1 and S2 with S2 wound over S1.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 21
Let l = length of each solenoid r1, r2 = radii of the two solenoids

A = πr1² = area of cross-section of inner solenoid S1
N1, N2 = number of turns in the two solenoids First we pass a time-varying current l2 through S2. The magnet field set up inside S2 due to l2 is
B2 = μo n2 l2

where n2 = N2/l = the number of turns per unit length of S2.

Total magnetic flux linked with the inner solenoid S1 is
Φ1 = B2AN1 = μo n2 l2 × AN1

Mutual inductance of coil 1 with respect to coil 2 is
M12 = \(\frac{\phi_{1}}{l_{2}}\) = μ0n2AN1 = \(\frac{\mu_{0} A N_{1} N_{2}}{l}=\frac{\mu_{0} \pi r^{2} N_{1} N_{2}}{l}\)

The mutual inductance of any two coils is always proportional to the product N1 N2 of their number of turns. This is termed the reciprocity theorem.

(c) In an experiment, two coils c1 and c2 are placed close to each other. Find out the expression for the emf induced in the coil c1 due to a change in the current through the coil c2. (CBSE Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Consider the experimental set up as shown.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 27
When the key K is pressed in coil C1 a magnetic flux linked with C2 changes.

The magnetic flux linked with coil C2 is given by
f2 = M l1 where M is the mutual inductance between the two coils.

But by Faraday’s flux rule we have
ε2 = – \(\frac{d \phi}{d t}\) therefore we have
ε2 = – \(\frac{d M l_{1}}{d t}\) = – M \(\frac{d l_{1}}{d t}\)

Question 13.
(a) When a bar magnet is pushed towards (or away) from the coil connected to a galvanometer, the pointer in the galvanometer deflects. Identify the phenomenon causing this deflection and write the factors on which the amount and direction of the deflection depend. State the laws describing this phenomenon.
(b) Sketch the change In flux, emf and force when a conducting rod PQ of resistance R and length I moves freely to and fro between A and C with speed v on a rectangular conductor placed in the uniform magnetic field as shown in the figure. (CBSE AI 2016)
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 28
Answer:
(a) Phenomenon: electromagnetic induction

Factors:

  • Strength of the magnetic field of the magnet
  • speed of motion of bar magnet.

Direction depends upon

  • the motion of magnet whether inward or outward
  • the direction of the north/south pole.

Law: The magnitude of the induced emf in a circuit is equal to the time rate of change of magnetic flux through the circuit.

(b) The sketch is as shown below.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 29
Question 14.
What is induced emf? Write Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction. Express it mathematically. A conducting rod of length ‘L’ with one end pivoted is rotated with a uniform angular velocity ‘ω’ in a vertical plane, normal to a uniform magnetic field ‘B’. Deduce an expression for the emf induced in this rod.
Answer:
It is the emf induced when the magnetic flux linked with a coil changes.

Faraday put forward the following laws called Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction.

  • Law 1. Whenever the magnetic flux linked with a coil changes an induced emf is produced.
  • Law 2. The induced emf lasts as long as the change in magnetic flux continues.

The expression for induced emf in rotating rod: Let the rod move from OP to OQ through a small sector of angle θ.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 30
The small area covered by the rod is
dA = πL2 × \(\frac{\theta}{2 \pi}=\frac{1}{2}\)L2θ

where L is the radius of the circle in which the rod rotates. Hence the induced emf is
ε = \(\frac{d \phi}{d t}=\frac{d B A}{d t}=\frac{B d A}{d t}=B \frac{d}{d t}\left[\frac{1}{2} L^{2} \theta\right]\)
Or
ε = \(\frac{1}{2} L^{2} B \frac{d \theta}{d t}=\frac{1}{2}\)BωL2

Question 15.
How is the mutual inductance of a pair of coils affected when:
(a) the separation between the coils is increased?
Answer:
When the separation between the two coils is increased the mutual inductance decreases. It is because the flux linked with the secondary due to a current in the primary decreases.

(b) the number of turns of each coil is increased?
Answer:
When the number of turns of each coil is increased the mutual inductance increases because M12 (= M21) ∝ N1N2,

i.e. mutual inductance is directly proportional to the number of turns. The linkage of flux increases with an increase in the number of turns in the coils.

(c) a thin iron sheet is placed between the two coils, other factors remaining the same? Explain your answer in each case.
Answer:
When a thin iron sheet is placed between the coils the permeability of the medium between the coil increases. As mutual inductance is directly proportional to the permeability, therefore the mutual inductance increases.

Question 16.
A rectangular coil of area A, having a number of turns N, is rotated at f revolutions per second in a uniform magnetic field B, the field being perpendicular to the coil. Prove that the maximum emf induced in the coil is 2π f N B A.
Answer:
Consider an armature of the ac generator having n turns and placed in a uniform magnetic field B.

Suppose at any instant t the normal to the plane of the coil makes an angle 0 with the direction of the magnetic field. If ro is the uniform angular velocity with which, the coil rotates then θ = ωt.

The flux through the loop equals its area A multiplied by B = Bcos θ, the component of magnetic field B perpendicular to the area, hence

Φ = n B A cos Φ = n B A cos ω t …(1)
where is the number of turns in the armature?

By Faraday’s flux rule,
ε = – \(\frac{d \phi}{d t}=-\frac{d}{d t}\) n B A cos ω t
= – n B A \(\frac{d}{d \phi}\)cos ω t = – n B A (- ω sin ω t) ….(2)
Or
ε = n B A ω sin ω t

The induced emf is maximum when sin ωt = maximum = 1, therefore the maximum induced emf is given by
ε0 = n B A ω sin ω t …(3)

Since ω = 2πf, therefore equation (3) becomes ε0 = 2πf nBA

Question 17.
State Lenz’s law. Explain by giving examples that Lenz’s law is a consequence of the law of conservation of energy. (CBSE Delhi 2017C)
Answer:
It states that the direction of induced emf in a coil is such that it opposes the cause of its production. Lenz’s law is a consequence of the law of conservation of energy. To show it, let us consider a bar magnet pushed towards a conducting loop. When N-pole moves towards the loop, the face of the loop facing the North Pole develops north polarity as per Lenz’s law so as to oppose the motion of the magnet.

Again, when N-pole moves away from the loop, the nearby face develops south polarity, thus opposing the motion of the magnet away from the loop. It means that the motion of the magnet is automatically opposed every time. Hence, some work is to be done on the magnet to move it and this mechanical work is transformed into electrical energy. Thus, the conservation law of energy is followed.

Question 18.
Define the term ‘self-inductance’ and write its SI unit.
Obtain the expression for the mutual inductance of two long co-axial solenoids S1 and S2 wound one over the other, each of length L and radii r1 and r2 and n1 and n2 number of turns per unit length when a current I is set up in the outer solenoid S2. (CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
The mutual inductance of two coils is numerically equal to the magnetic flux linked with one coil when a unit current flows through the neighbouring coil.

As shown in the figure consider two long co-axial solenoids S1 and S2 with S2 wound over S1.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 21
Let l = length of each solenoid r1, r2 = radii of the two solenoids

A = πr1² = area of cross-section of inner solenoid S1
N1, N2 = number of turns in the two solenoids First we pass a time-varying current l2 through S2. The magnet field set up inside S2 due to l2 is
B2 = μo n2 l2

where n2 = N2/l = the number of turns per unit length of S2.

Total magnetic flux linked with the inner solenoid S1 is
Φ1 = B2AN1 = μo n2 l2 × AN1

Mutual inductance of coil 1 with respect to coil 2 is
M12 = \(\frac{\phi_{1}}{l_{2}}\) = μon2AN1 = \(\frac{\mu_{0} A N_{1} N_{2}}{l}=\frac{\mu_{0} \pi r^{2} N_{1} N_{2}}{l}\)

The mutual inductance of any two coils is always proportional to the product N1 N2 of their number of turns. This is termed the reciprocity theorem.

Question 19.
Obtain the expression for the magnetic energy stored in an ideal inductor of self-inductance L when a current l passes through it. Hence obtain the expression for the energy density of magnetic field B produced in the inductor. (CBSE Delhi 2016C)
Answer:
Let i be the current at some instant through a pure inductor. If di / dt is the rate of change of current through the inductor then the voltage between the terminals of the inductor at this instant is
V=L di / dt

Therefore instantaneous power in the inductor is
P = Vab i = Li\(\frac{d i}{d t}\)

The energy di supplied to the inductor during an infinitesimal time interval dt is
dU = P dt, so dU = Li di

The total amount of energy supplied while the current increases from zero to a final value l is

U = L ∫01 di = \(\frac{1}{2}\)L l2

This gives the expression for the energy stored in an inductor.

The magnetic energy is
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 31
The magnetic energy per unit volume is
UB = \(\frac{U_{B}}{V}=\frac{U_{B}}{A l}=\frac{B^{2}}{2 \mu_{0}}\)

Question 20.
Derive the expression for the self-inductance of a solenoid.
Answer:
Consider a uniformly wound solenoid with N turns and length l. Let the length of the solenoid be large as compared to its radius and let the core of the solenoid have air. Due to this, we can take the interior field uniform. Therefore the magnetic field in the interior of the solenoid is given by

B = μ0 n l = μ0 \(\frac{N}{l}\) l …(1)

where n is the number of turns per unit length. The flux through each turn is given by
Φm = B A = μ0 \(\frac{N A}{l}\) l …(2)

where A Is the area of cross-section of the solenoid. But
L = \(\frac{N \Phi_{\mathrm{m}}}{I}\) …(3)

Therefore from equations (2) and (3) we have
L = \(\frac{N \Phi_{m}}{l}=\frac{\mu_{0} N^{2} A}{l}\) ….(4)

This shows that L depends on the geometric factors and is proportional to the square of the number of turns. Since N N = n l, we can therefore express the above result as
L = µ0\(\frac{(n l)^{2}}{l}\)A = µ0 n2 A l …(5)

Question 21.
(a) State Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic Induction.
Answer:
Faraday’s Laws of electromagnetic induction
First law: Whenever the magnetic flux (inked with a circuit (or coil) changes, an emf is induced in the circuit. The induced emf Lasts so Long as the change in the magnetic flux continues.

Second law:
The magnitude of induced emf in the circuit (or coil) is directly proportional to the rate of change of magnetic flux linked with the circuit.
i.e. e = – \(\frac{d \phi}{d t}\)

(b) Derive an expression for the emf induced across the ends of a straight conductor of length I moving at right angles to a uniform magnetic field B with a uniform speedy.
Answer:
Let a conductor ab of Length l be placed in a magnetic field \(\vec{B}\) shown by (x) directed towards the reader. When the conductor moves with velocity v perpendicular to B, the force on any free electron of this conductor is given
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 32
F = e vB sin 90° = evß

When this electron moves across the Length of the conductor, the work done by the electron
W = F × l = evBl

After some time when all the free electrons are shifted towards the end b, the end b becomes negative and end a becomes positively charged.

Hence the net induced emf in the conductor
e = \(\frac{W}{q}=\frac{e v B l}{e}=v B l\)
e = Blv

(c) Obtain the expression for the magnetic energy stored in a solenoid in terms of the magnetic field B, area A and length I of the solenoid through which a current j is passed. (CBSE 2019C)
Answer:
Energy stored in an inductor Considers an inductor of inductance L. Let I will be instantaneous current in the inductor and dl/dt be the rate of growth of current.

Induced emf, E = L\(\frac{dl}{dt}\) (in magnitude)

If the source sends a charge dq in time dt, then
dq = ldt

Small amount of work done by the source
dW = edq = eldt = L\(\frac{dl}{dt}\). ldt
or
dW = Ll dl

Total work was done during the growth of current in an Inductor by the external source
W = ∫dW =L∫01 ldl
= L \(\left[\frac{l^{2}}{2}\right]_{0}=\frac{1}{2}\)Ll2
W = \(\frac{1}{2}\) Ll2 …(1)

This work done is stored in the form of magnetic energy.
In a solenoid,
L = μ0n2Al
And B = μ0nl
∴ l = \(\frac{B}{\mu_{0} n}\)

So Eq. (1) becomes
W = \(\frac{1}{2}\)μ0n2Al\(\left(\frac{B}{\mu_{0} n}\right)^{2}=\frac{B^{2} A l}{2 \mu_{0}}\)

Question 22.
(a) A metallic rod of length ‘l’ and resistance ‘R’ is rotated with a frequency ‘v’ with one end hinged at the centre and the other end at the circumference of a circular metallic ring of radius ‘l’, about an axis passing through the centre and perpendicular to the plane of the ring. A constant and uniform magnetic field ‘B’ parallel to the axis is present everywhere.
(i) Derive the expression for the induced emf and the current in the rod.
(ii) Due to the presence of current in the rod and of the magnetic field, find the expression for the magnitude and direction of the force acting on this rod.
(iii) Hence, obtain an expression for the power required to rotate the rod.
(b) A copper coil l is taken out of a magnetic field with a fixed velocity. Will it be easy to remove it from the same field if its ohmic resistance is increased?
OR
(a) A rectangular coil rotates in a uniform magnetic field. Obtain an expression for induced emf and current at any instant. Also find their peak values. Show the variation of induced emf versus angle of rotation (ωt) on a graph.
(b) An iron bar falling through the hollow region of a thick cylindrical shell made of copper experiences a retarding force. What can you conclude about the nature of the iron bar? Explain. (CBSEAI 2019)
Answer:
(a) (/) Let the rod moves from OP to OQ through a small sector of angle θ.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 33
The small area covered by the rod is
dA = πl2 × \(\frac{\theta}{2 \pi}=\frac{1}{2}\)l2θ

where L is the radius of the circle in which the rod rotates. Hence the induced emf is
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 34

Now induced current is given by
i = \(\frac{\varepsilon}{R}=\frac{B \omega l^{2}}{2 R}\)

(ii) \(\vec{F}=i(\vec{l} \times \vec{B})\)
F = \(\frac{l^{3} \omega B}{2 R}\)

Direction of \(\vec{F}\) is perpendicular to both \(\vec{i}\) and \(\vec{B}\),

(iii) P = i2R
= \(\left(\frac{B l^{2} \omega}{2 R}\right)^{2}\)R = \(\frac{B^{2} l^{4} \omega^{2}}{4 R}\)

(b) Yes, since induced current will reduce, it will be a little easier to remove the coil.
Or
(a) Consider an armature of the ac generator having n turns placed in a uniform magnetic field B.

Suppose at any instant t the normal to the plane of the coil makes an angle θ with the direction of the magnetic field. If ω is the uniform angular velocity with which the coil rotates then θ = ωt.

The flux through the loop is Φ = n BA cos Φ = n BA cos ω t
where n is the number of turns in the armature.

By Faraday’s flux rule,
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 35
Now,i0 = \(\frac{\varepsilon_{0}}{R}=\frac{n B A \omega}{R}\)

The graph is as shown.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 36
(b) The bar is magnetic in nature. It experiences retardation in accordance with Lenz’s law.

Question 23.
State Lenz’s law. The energy f required to build up a steady current l, in a given coil, varies with l in the manner as shown. Calculate the self-inductance of the coil.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 37
A circular coil of radius r, is placed coaxially with another coil of radius R (R >> r) with the centre of the two coils coinciding with each other. Obtain an expression for the mutual inductance of the two coils.
Answer:
Lenz’s law states that the direction of induced emf is such that it opposes the cause of its production.
The energy stored in an inductor is given by the relation
E = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)Ll2

From the graph for a current of 200 mA the energy is 4 mJ, therefore self-inductance of the coil.
\(\frac{2 E}{l^{2}}\) = L
or
\(\frac{2 \times 4 \times 10^{-3}}{\left(200 \times 10^{-3}\right)^{2}}\) = 0.2 H
or
L = 200 mH

Consider the two coils of radius r and R placed coaxially, as shown in the figure.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 38
Let n1 and n2 be the number of turns per unit length in them.

If a current l2 is passed through the outer coil, there will a magnetic field
Bo = μo n1 l1 produced in it.

The flux associated with the inner coil will undergo variation as the field B0 grows.
The effective magnetic flux
Φ1 = Bo × Aeff = \(\frac{\mu_{0} l_{2}}{2 R}\) × πr²

Therefore mutual inductance of the coils is
M = \(\frac{\phi_{1}}{l_{2}}=\frac{\mu_{0} \pi r^{2}}{2 R}\)

Question 24.
(a) Describe a simple experiment (or activity) to show that the polarity of emf induced in a coil is always such that it tends to produce a current which opposes the change of magnetic flux that produces it.
(b) The current flowing through an inductor of self-inductance L is continuously increasing. Plot a graph showing the variation of
(i) Magnetic flux versus the current
(ii) induced emf versus dl/dt
(iii) Magnetic potential energy stored versus the current. (CBSE Delhi 2014)
Answer:
(a) Consider a coil C connected to a galvanometer. When the North Pole of a bar magnet is pushed towards the coil, the pointer in the galvanometer deflects, indicating the presence of electric current in the coil. When the magnet is pulled away from the coil, the galvanometer shows deflection in the opposite direction, which indicates a reversal of the current’s direction.

We see that the North Pole of a bar magnet is being pushed towards the closed coil. As the North Pole of the bar magnet moves towards the coil, the magnetic flux through the coil increases. Hence current is induced in the coil in such a direction that it opposes the increase in flux.

This is possible only if the current in the coil is in a counter-clockwise direction with respect to an observer situated on the side of the magnet. Similarly, if the North Pole of the magnet is being withdrawn from the coil, the magnetic flux through the coil will decrease. To counter this decrease in magnetic flux, the induced current in the coil flows in a clockwise direction and the South Pole faces the receding North Pole of the bar magnet. This would result in an attractive force that opposes the motion of the magnet and the corresponding decrease in flux.

(b) The graphs are as shown.
(i) Φ = Ll
Therefore the graph is
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 39
(ii) ε = – L\(\frac{dl}{dt}\)
Therefore the graph is
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 40
(iii) U = \(\frac{1}{2}\)Ll2
Therefore the graph is
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 41
Numerical Problems:

Formulae for solving numerical problems

  • Induced emf ε = –\(\frac{d \phi}{d t}\)
    or
    ε = \(\frac{-\left(\phi_{2}-\phi_{1}\right)}{t_{2}-t_{1}}\)
  • Emf induced in a rod of Length L is ε = Blv.
  • When a conducting rod of length L kept perpendicular to a uniform magnetic field B is rotated about one of its ends with uniform angular velocity, the emf induced between its ends has a magnitude
    \(\frac{1}{2}\)BωL2 = BπvL2.
  • When a current in a coil changes, it induces a back emf in the same coil. The self-induced emf is given by
    ε = – \(\frac{d \phi}{d t}\) = – L \(\frac{d l}{d t}\) inductance of the coil. It is a measure of the inertia of the coil against the change of current through it. Also Φ = L l
  • ε = – M\(\frac{d l}{d t}\) . Also Φ = Ml for mutual induction.
  • \(\frac{V_{s}}{V_{p}}=\frac{N_{s}}{N_{p}}=\frac{l_{p}}{l_{s}}\) = k.
  • Average power η = \(\frac{\varepsilon_{s} l_{s}}{\varepsilon_{p} l_{p}}\)

Question 1.
A square loop of side 10 cm with its sides parallel to X and Y axes is moved with a velocity of 8 cm s-1 in the positive X-direction containing a magnetic field in the positive Z-direction. The field is non-uniform and has a gradient of 10-3 T cm-1 along the negative X-direction (i.e. it increases by 10-3 T cm-1 as one move in the negative X-direction). Calculate the emf induced. (CBSE 2019C)
Answer:
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 42
Question 2.
In a ceiling fan, each blade rotates in a circle of radius 0.5 m. If the fan makes 2 rotations per second and the vertical component of the earth’s magnetic field is 8 × 10-5 T, calculate the emf induced between the inner and outer ends of each blade. (CBSE2019C)
Answer:
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Induction 43
Question 3.
A circular coil of radius 10 cm, 500 turns and resistance 2 Ω are placed with its plane perpendicular to the horizontal component of the earth’s magnetic field. It is rotated about its vertical diameter through 180° in 0.25 s. Estimate the magnitudes of the emf and the current induced in the coil. The horizontal component of the earth’s magnetic field at the place is 3.0 × 10-5 T. (NCERT)
Answer:
Initial flux through the coil
Φin = BA cos θ = 3.0 × 10-5 × π × 10-2 × cos 0°
= 3π × 10-7 Wb

Final flux after the rotation
Φf = BA cos θ = 3.0 × 10-5 × π × 10-2 × cos 180° = – 3π × 10-7 Wb

Therefore estimated value of induced emf is
ε = n\(\frac{d \phi}{d t}\) = 500 × (6π × 10-7)/ 0.25 = 3.8 × 10-3 V dt

Hence the current induced is
l = ε/R = 3.8 × 10-3 / 2 = 1.9 × 10-3 A

Question 4.
Kamla peddles a stationary bicycle. The pedals of the bicycle are attached to a 100 turn coil of area 0.10 m2. The coil rotates at half a revolution per second and is placed in a uniform magnetic field of 0.01 T perpendicular to the axis of rotation of the coil. What is the maximum voltage generated in the coil? (NCERT)
Answer:
Given n = 100, A = 0.10 m2, B = 0.01 T, f = 0.5 rps
Using the expression ε0 = nBAω

we have ε0 = 100 × 0.01 × 0.10 × 2 × 3.14 × 0.5 = 0.314 V

Question 5.
A rectangular wire loop of sides 8 cm and 2 cm with a small cut is moving out of a region of the uniform magnetic field of magnitude 0.3 T directed normal to the loop. What is the emf developed across the cut if the velocity of the loop is 1 cm s-1 in a direction normal to the (a) longer side, (b) shorter side of the loop? For how long does the induced voltage last in each case? (NCERT)
Answer:
Given L = 8 cm = 8 × 10-2 m, b = 2 cm = 2 × 10-2 m, 8 = 0.3 T, v = 1 cm s-1 = 0.01 m s-1 ε = ?
(a) Using the expression ε = B L v
ε = 0.3 × 8 × 10-2 × 0.01 = 2.4 × 10-4 V

This emf will last till the loop comes out of the magnetic field. Since the shorter side is moving out, therefore it will take 2 s to cover 2 cm with a velocity of 1 cm s-1.

(b) Using the expression e = B L v
ε = 0.3 × 2 × 10-2 × 0.01 = 0.6 × 10-4 V

This emf will last till the loop comes out of the magnetic field. Since the longer side is moving out, therefore it will take 8 s to cover 8 cm with a velocity of 1 cm s-1.

Question 6.
A 1.0 m long metallic rod is rotated with an angular frequency 400 rad s-1 about an axis normal to the rod passing through its one end. The other end of the rod is in contact with a circular metallic ring. A constant and uniform magnetic field of 0.5 T parallel to the axis exists everywhere. Calculate the emf developed between the centre and the ring. (NCERT)
Answer:
Given L = 1.0 m, ω = 400 rad s-1, B = 0.5 T,

ε = ? Using the relation ε = \(\frac{1}{2}\)BωL2

we have
ε = \(\frac{1}{2}\)0.5 × 400 × 12 =100 V

Question 7.
A circular coil of radius 8.0 cm and 20 turns is rotated about its vertical diameter with an angular speed of 50 rad s-1 in a uniform horizontal magnetic field of magnitude 3.0 × 10-2 T. Obtain the maximum and average emf induced in the coil. If the coil forms a closed loop of resistance 10 Ω, calculate the maximum value of current in the coil. Calculate the average power loss due to Joule heating. Where does this power come from? (NCERT)
Answer:
Given r = 8.0 cm = 8.0 × 10-2 m, n = 20, ω = 50 rad s-1 B = 3.0 × 10-2 T, ε0 = ?, εa = ? R= 10 Ω l = ?, P = ?
Using the relation
ε0 = nBAω
= 20 × 3 × 10-2 × 3.14 × (8 × 10-2)2 × 50 = 0.603 V

The average induced emf is given by
εa = 0 over one cycle.

Also l0 = ε0 / R
= 0.603 / l0
= 0.0603 A

Now P = 1 /2 ε0 × l0 = 1 /2 × 0.603 × 0.0603
= 0.018 W

The induced current causes a torque opposing the rotation of the coil. An external agent (rotor) must supply torque to counter this torque in order to keep the coil rotating uniformly. Thus the source of the power dissipated as heat in the coil is the external rotor.

Question 8.
Current in a circuit falls from 5.0 A to 0. 0 A in 0.1 s. If an average emf of 200 V induced, give an estimate of the self-inductance of the circuit (NCERT)
Answer:
Given dl = 5.0 – 0.0 = 5.0 A, dt = 0.1 s, ε = 200 V, L = ?

Using the relation ε = – L \(\frac{dl}{dt}\)
or
L = \(\frac{\varepsilon}{d l / d t}\)

L = \(\frac{200}{5 / 0.1}=\frac{200 \times 0.1}{5}\) = 4 H

Question 9.
A pair of adjacent coils has a mutual inductance of 1.5 H. If the current in one coil changes from 0 to 20 A in 0.5 s, what is the change of flux linkage with the other coil? (NCERT)
Answer:
Given dl = 20- 0.0 = 20 A, dt = 0.5 s, ε = ?,
M = 1.5 H,
Using the relation ε = – \(\frac{d \phi}{d t}\) = -M\(\frac{dl}{dt}\)
or
dΦ = Mdl = 1.5 × 20 = 30 Wb

Question 10.
A jet plane is travelling towards the west at a speed of 1800 km h-1. What is the voltage difference developed between the ends of the wing having a span of 25 m, if the earth’s magnetic field at the location has a magnitude of 5 × 10-4 T and the dip angle is 30°? (NCERT)
Answer:
Given v= 1800 km h-1, ε = ?, L = 25 m,
B = 5 × 10-4 T, δ = 30°
Now vertical component of earth’s magnetic field is
BV = B × sin 30°
= 5 × 10-4 × 0.5
= 2.5 × 10-4T
Now using the expression ε = B L v
ε = 2.5 × 10-4 × 25 × 500 = 3.125 V

Question 11.
1 MW power is to be delivered from a power station to a town 10 km away. One uses a pair of Cu wires of a radius of 0.5 cm for this purpose. Calculate the fraction of ohmic losses to the power transmitted if
(a) power is transmitted at 220 V. Comment on the feasibility of doing this.
(b) a step-up transformer is used to boost the voltage to 11000 V, power transmitted, then a step-down transformer is used to bring the voltage to 220 V. ρcu = 1.7 × 10-8 SI unit. (NCERT Exemplar)
Answer:
Given P = 1 MW, 2L = 20 km = 2 × 104 m, r = 0.5 cm = 0.5 × 10-2 m
(a) Resistance of the Cu wire used
R = \(\frac{\rho L}{A}=\frac{1.7 \times 10^{-8} \times 2 \times 10^{4}}{\pi \times\left(0.5 \times 10^{-2}\right)^{2}}\) = 4 Ω

Now current at 220 V is

l = \(\frac{P}{V}=\frac{10^{6}}{220}\) = 0.45 × 104 A

Therefore power loss
= l2R = (0.45 × 104)2 × 4 = 106W

This is a huge loss; therefore this method is not feasible.

(b) Now P = Vl’ or
l’ = \(\frac{P}{V^{\prime}}=\frac{10^{6}}{11000}=\frac{1}{1.1}\) × 102 A

Hence power loss
= l’2R = \(\frac{1}{1.21}\) × 4 × 104 = 3.3 × 104 W

Hence fraction of power loss
\(\frac{3.3 \times 10^{4}}{10^{6}}\) = 3.3%

Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers Class 12 Important Extra Questions Chemistry Chapter 11

Here we are providing Class 12 Chemistry Important Extra Questions and Answers Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers. Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions are the best resource for students which helps in Class 12 board exams.

Class 12 Chemistry Chapter 11 Important Extra Questions Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers Important Extra Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Arrange the following in increasing order of their boiling point:
CH3CH2OH, CH3CHO, CH3—O—CH3 (CBSE AI 2019)
Answer:
CH3—O—CH3 < CH3CHO < CH3CH2OH

Question 2.
Arrange the following in increasing order of their acidic character:
Ethanol, Phenol, Water (CBSE AI 2019)
Answer:
Ethanol <Water < Phenol

Question 3.
How will you convert ethanol to ethene? (CBSE 2011)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 1

Question 4.
Draw the structural formula of the 2-methylpropan-2-ol molecule. (CBSE Delhi 2012)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 2

Question 5.
Which of the following isomers is more volatile: (CBSE Delhi 2014)
o-nitrophenol or p-nitrophenol?
Answer:
o-nitrophenol

Question 6.
Write the IUPAC name of the given compound: (CBSE 2015)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 3
Answer:
2-Methylpropane-1, 3-diol

Question 7.
Write the IUPAC name of the given compound: (CBSE Delhi 2015)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 4
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 5 2, 5- Dinitrophenol

Question 8.
Arrange the following in increasing order of their acidic character: Benzoic acid, Phenol, Cresol (CBSE Al 2019)
Answer:
Cresol < Phenol < Benzoic acid

Question 9.
Rearrange the following compounds in the increasing order of their boiling points: (CBSE Al 2013)
CH3-CHO, CH3-CH2-OH, CH3-CH2-CH3
Answer:
CH3CH2CH3 < CH3CHO < CH3CH2OH

Question 10.
An alkoxide is a stronger base than a hydroxide ion. Justify. (CBSE Sample Paper 2012)
Answer:
Due to the presence of electron-donating alkyl group, there is high electron density in alkoxide ion as compared to hydroxide ion. Therefore, the alkoxide ion is more basic than the hydroxide ion.

Question 11.
Why is (±) butan-2-ol optically inactive? (CBSE Delhi 2013, CBSE AI 2013)
Answer:
(±)-Butan-2-ol represents a racemic mixture of (+)-butan-2-ol and (-)-2-butanol which rotate the plane polarized light in different directions but to an equal extent. Therefore, (±) compound is optically inactive.

Question 12.
Write the IUPAC name of the following compound: (CBSE Al 2017)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 6
Answer:
2-Methoxy-2-methylpropane

Question 13.
Write the IUPAC name of the following compound: (CBSE AI 2017)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 7
Answer:
3-Phenylprop-2-en-1-ol

Question 14.
Write the IUPAC name of the following: (CBSEAI 2018)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 8
Answer:
3, 3-Dimethylpentan-2-ol

Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers Important Extra Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Predict the major product obtained when t-butyl bromide reacts with sodium methoxide. Also, give its IUPAC name.
Or
(a) Show the chemical reaction with bond movements and arrows for the nucleophilic attack of water on carbocation in acid catalysed hydration of alkenes.
(b) Give IUPAC name for the following: (CBSE 2019C)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 9
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 10
OR
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 11
Mechanism: hydration of alkenes
The mechanism of the reaction involves the following steps:
Step 1. Alkene gets protonated to form a carbocation by the electrophilic attack of H3O+:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 12
Step 2. Nucleophile (H20) attacks the carbocation forming protonated alcohol.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 13
Step 3. Loss of H+ from oxygen (deprotonation) to form alcohol
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 14
(b) 2,6-dimethylphenol

Question 2.
How are the following conversions carried out?
(i) Propene to propan-2-ol
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 15

(ii) Ethyl magnesium chloride to propan-1-ol (CBSE Delhi 2010)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 16

Question 3.
How would you obtain:
(i) Picric add (2, 4, 6-trlnitrophenol) from phenol.
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 17
(ii) 2-Methyl propene from 2-methyl propanol? (CBSE Delhi 2011)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 18

Question 4.
Write the chemical equations involved in the following reactions:
(i) Kolbe’s reaction
(ii) Friedel-Crafts acetylation of anisole (CBSE Delhi 2016)
OR
How do you convert:
(i) Phenol to toluene
(ii) Formaldehyde to ethanol?
Answer:
(i) Kolbe’s reaction. Sodium phenoxide reacts with CO2 under pressure (6-7 atm) at 400 K to form sodium salicylate which upon acidification with HCL gives salicylic acid.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 19
(ii) Friedel-Crafts acetylation of anisole. On reacting anisole with acetyl chloride in the presence of anhyd. AlCl3, 2-methoxy acetophenone and 4-methoxy acetophenone are formed.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 20

(i) Phenol to toluene
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 21

(ii) Formaldehyde to ethanol
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 22

Question 5.
Explain the mechanism of the following reaction: (CBSE Delhi 2013, 2016)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 23
Answer:
The mechanism for the formation of diethyl ether from ethanol at 413 K is given below:
(i) Ethyl alcohol gets protonated in the presence of H+.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 25
(ii) Nucleophilic attack by another alcohol (unprotonated) molecule occurs on the protonated alcohol with the elimination of a molecule of water.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 26

(iii) Oxonium ion [oses a proton to form an ether.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 27

Question 6.
How will you convert:
(i) Propene to Propan-2-ol?
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 28
(ii) Phenol to 2, 4, 6 – trinitrophenol? (CBSE Delhi 2013)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 29
Question 7.
How will you convert:
(i) Propene to propan-1 -ol?
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 30

(ii)Ethanal to propan-2-ol?
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 31
Question 8.
Give chemical tests to distinguish between (CBSE Sample Paper 2011)
(i) Isopropyl alcohol and n-propyl alcohol
Answer:
Isopropyl alcohol gives the iodoform test. On heating with NaOH/l2 or NaOl, isopropyl alcohol forms a yellow precipitate of iodoform (CHI3).
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 32
(ii) Phenol and alcohol.
Answer:
Phenol reacts with neutral FeCl3 solution to give red-violet complex, whereas alcohol does not give this test.

Question 9.
(i) Arrange the following compounds in the increasing order of their acid strength:
p-cresol, p-nitrophenol, phenol
Answer:
p-cresol < phenol < p-nitrophenol

(ii) Write the mechanism (using curved arrow notation) of the following reaction:
(a) CH2 = CH2 Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 33 CH3-CH2 + H2O
OR
Write the structures of the products when butan-2-ol reacts with the following: (CBSE AI 2017)
(i) CrO3
(ii) SOCl2
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 34
Or
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 35
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 36

Question 10.
Alcohols are easily protonated in comparison to phenols. Explain. (CBSE AI 2016)
Answer:
In alcohols, the electron-releasing inductive effect (+ I effect) of the alkyl group attached to the carbon having the -OH group increases the electron density on the oxygen atom. Therefore, alcohols are easily protonated.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 37
On the other hand, in the case of phenol, the oxygen atom acquires a partial positive charge due to resonance.
Thus, it is not protonated.

Question 11.
Explain why ortho nitrophenol is more acidic than ortho methoxy phenol. (CBSE AI 2015)
Answer:
This is because -NO2 (nitro group) is an electron-withdrawing group and will increase the +ve charge on oxygen to make it more acidic. On the other hand, the -OCH3 group is an electron-releasing group and will decrease +ve charge on oxygen making it less acidic as the O-H bond will not break easily.

Question 12.
Anisole on reaction with HI gives phenol and CH3I as main products and not iodobenzene and CH3OH. Why? (CBSE AI 2016)
Answer:
It this reaction protonated anisole, i.e. methyl phenyl oxonium ion, is first formed and then the halide ion attacks this protonated anisole. Due to steric hindrance of the bulky phenyl group, the attack preferably occurs to the alkyl group forming methyl iodide and phenol.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 38

Question 13.
The boiling points of ethers are lower than their corresponding isomeric alcohols. Explain. (CBSE AI 2012)
Answer:
Ethers have low polarity and therefore, do not show any association by intermolecular hydrogen bonding. On the other hand, their isomeric alcohols have strong intermolecular hydrogen bonding and therefore, their boiling points are high.

Question 14.
Butan-1-ol has a higher boiling point than diethyl ether. Give reason.
Answer:
Butan-1-ol has intermolecular hydrogen bonding between their molecules. Therefore, it exists as associated molecules and a large amount of energy is required to break these bonds and hence its boiling point is high. But diethyl ether does not show any association by intermolecular hydrogen bonding. Hence, its boiling point is low.

Question 15.
Write the mechanism of acid dehydration of ethanol to yield ethene. (CBSE Sample Paper 2018)
Answer:
The reaction is believed to occur as follows:
(i) Formation of protonated alcohol: Alcohol combines with a proton to form a protonated alcohol.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 39
(ii) Formation of the carbocation: The protonated alcohol loses a water molecule to form a carbocation.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 40
(iii) Elimination of a proton to form alkene: The carbocation then eliminates a proton and undergoes rearrangement of electrons to form the alkene.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 41
The acid used in step (i) is released in step (iii). To drive the equilibrium reaction in the forward direction, ethene is removed as soon as it is formed.

Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers Important Extra Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
What happens when
(a) Sodium phenoxide is treated with CH3Cl?
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 42
(b) CH2 = CH – CH2 – OH is oxidised by PCC?
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 43
(c) Phenol is treated with CH3COCI/anhydrous AlCl3?
Write chemical equations in support of your answer.
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 44
Question 2.
(a) How will you convert the following:
(i) Phenol to benzoquinone
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 45

(ii) Propanone to 2-methyl propane-2-ol
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 46
(b) Why does propanol have a higher boiling point than that butane? (CBSE 2019C)
Answer:
The molecules of propanol are held together by intermolecular hydrogen bonding while butane molecules have only weak van der Waals forces of attraction. Since hydrogen bonds are stronger than van der Waals forces, therefore, propanol has a higher boiling point than butane.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 47

Question 3.
Identify the product formed when propan-1 -ol is treated with a cone. H2S04 at 413 K. Write the mechanism involved for the above reaction. (CBSE Sample Paper 2019)
Answer:
(a) 1-Propoxypropane is formed.
Mechanism involved:
Step 1: Formation of protonated alcohol. Propanol gets protonated in the presence of H+.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 48
Step 2: Nucleophilic attack. Due to the presence of a +ve charge on the oxygen atom, the carbon of the CH2 part becomes electron deficient. As a result, a nucleophilic attack by another alcohol molecule (unprotonated) occurs on the protonated alcohol with the elimination of a molecule of water.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 49
Step 3: Deprotonation. Oxonium ion loses a proton to form an ether.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 50

Question 4.
Write the equations involved in the following reactions: (CBSE 2013, 2014)
(i) Reimer-Tiemann reaction
Answer:
Reimer-Tiemann reaction: When phenol is refluxed with chloroform in the presence of aqueous caustic alkali at 340 K, an aldehydic group (CHO) gets introduced in the ring at a position ortho to the phenolic group. Ortho hydroxy benzaldehyde or salicylaldehyde is formed as the product of the reaction.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 51

(ii) Williamson’s ether synthesis
Answer:
Williamson’s ether synthesis. This is used to prepare symmetrical and unsymmetrical ethers by treating alkyl halide with either sodium alkoxide or sodium phenoxide.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 52
Aryl halides cannot be used for the preparation of alkyl-aryl ethers because of their low reactivity.

Question 5.
Draw the structure and name the product formed if the following alcohols are oxidised. Assume that an excess of the oxidising agent is used. (CBSE Delhi 2012)
(i) CH3CH2CH2CH2OH
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 53
(ii) 2-butenol
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 54
(iii) 2-methyl-1-propanol
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 55

Question 6.
Write the main product(s) in each of the following reactions: (CBSE Delhi 2016)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 56
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 57

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 58
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 59

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 60
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 61

Question 7.
Give reasons for the following: (CBSE Delhi 2016, Outside Delhi)
(i) Protonation of phenols Is difficult whereas ethanol easily undergoes protonation.
Answer:
In phenols, the oxygen atom acquires a partial positive charge due to resonance and therefore, it is not easily protonated. On the other hand, in ethanol, the alkyl group is an electron-releasing group and increases the electron density on 0 atoms. Therefore, ethanol is easily protonated.

(ii) Bolting point of ethanol is higher than that of dimethyl ether.
Answer:
The molecules of ethanol are held together by intermolecular hydrogen bonding while dimethyl molecules have only weak van der Waals forces of attractions. Since hydrogen bonds are stronger than van der Waals forces, ethanol has a higher boiling point than dimethyl ether.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 62

(iii) Anisole on reaction with Hl gives phenol and CH3-I as main products and not iodobenzene and CH3OH.
Answer:
This is because, during the reaction, the attack of halide ion occurs to the protonated anisole, i.e. methyl phenyl oxonium ion, which is formed during the protonation of anisole. Due to steric hindrance of the bulky phenyl group, the attack preferably occurs to the alkyl group forming methyl iodide and phenol.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 63

Question 8.
How do you convert the following: (CBSE Delhi 2015, Delhi)
(i) Phenol to anisole
(ii) Propan-2-ol to 2-methylpropan-2-ol
(iii) Aniline to phenol?
OR
(i) Write the mechanism of the following reaction:
2CH3CH2OH Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 64CH3CH2—O—CH2CH3
(ii) Write the equation involved In the acetylation of salicylic acid.
Answer:
(i) Phenol to anisole
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 65

Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 66

(iii) Aniline to phenol
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 67
Or
(i) The mechanism for the formation of ether from ethanol at 413 K is a nucleophilic bimolecular reaction as given below:
(a) Ethyl alcohol gets protonated in the presence of H+
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 68

(b) Due to the presence of a +ve charge on the oxygen atom, the carbon of CH2 part of CH3CH2 becomes electron deficient. As a result, nucleophilic attack by another alcohol molecule (unprotonated) occurs on the protonated alcohol with the elimination of a
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 69

(c) Oxonium ion loses a proton to form an ether.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 70
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 71

Question 9.
Give reasons for the following: (CBSE 2015, Outside Delhi)
(i) o-nitrophenol is more acidic than o-methoxyphenyl.
Answer:
This is because —NO2 (nitro group) is an electron-withdrawing group and will increase the +ve charge on oxygen to make it more acidic. On the other hand, the -OCH3 group is an electron¬releasing group and will decrease +ve charge on oxygen making it less acidic as O-H bond will not break easily.

(ii) Butan-1-oi has a higher boiling point than diethyl ether.
Answer:
Butan-1 -ol has intermolecular hydrogen bonding between their molecules. Therefore, it exists as associated molecules and large amount of energy is required to break these bonds and hence, its boiling point is high. But diethyl ether does not show any association by intermolecular hydrogen bonding. Hence, its boiling point is low.

(iii) (CH3)3C – O – CH3 on reaction with HI gives (CH3)3C – I and CH3 – OH as the main products and not (CH3)3C – OH and CH3 – I.
Answer:
The reaction:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 72
gives (CH3)3C – I and CH3OH as the main products and not (CH3)3COH and CH3I. This is because the reaction occurs by the SN1 mechanism and the formation of products is governed by the stability of carbocation formed from the cleavage of the C-0 bond in the protonated ether. Since tert. butyl carbocation, (CH3)3C+ is more stable than methyl carbocation, CH3, the cleavage of C-0 gives a more stable carbocation, [(CH3)3C]+ and methanol. Then, iodide ion, I attacks this tert. butyl carbocation to form tert. butyl iodide.

Question 10.
(i) Write the mechanism of the following reaction: (CBSE 2015, Outside Delhi)
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 73
Answer:
HBr → H+ + Br
(a) H+ attacks oxygen of O-H to form protonated alcohol
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 74
(b) Protonated alcohol Loses a molecule of water to form a carbocation.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 75
(C) Br attacks the carbocation to form bromoatkane
CH3CH2+ + Br → CH3CH2Br (Bromoethane)

(ii) Write the equation involved in the Reimer-Tiemann reaction.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 76

Question 11.
(A), (B) and (C) are three non-cyclic functional isomers of a carbonyl compound with molecular formula C4H80. Isomers (A) and (C) give positive Tollens’ test whereas isomer (B) does not give Tollens’ test but gives positive Iodoform test. Isomers (A) and (B) on reduction with Zn(Hg)/conc. HCl, give the same product (D).
(i) Write the structures of (A), (B), (C) and (D).
Answer:
A = CH3CH2CH2CHO
B = CH3COCH2CH3
C = (CH3)2CHCHO
D = CH3CH2CH2CH3

(ii) Out of (A), (B) and (C) isomers, which one is least reactive towards the addition of HCN? (CBSE 2018 C)
Answer:
B

Question 12.
(a) How will you convert the following:
(i) Phenol to benzene
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 77

(ii) Propene to propanol
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 78

(b) Why is ortho-nitrophenol more acidic than ortho-methoxy phenol? (CBSE 2018C) OH
Answer:
Due to the strong -R and -I effect of the -NO2 group, the electron density in the O-H bond decreases and hence the loss of a proton becomes easy.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 79
Moreover, the o-nitrophenoxide formed after the Loss of a proton is stabilised by resonance.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 80

o-nitrophenoxide ion is stabilised by resonance and hence o-nitrophenol is a stronger acid. On the other hand, due to the +R effect of the -OCH3 group, the electron density in the O-H bond increases and this makes the loss of proton difficult.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 81
Furthermore, after the Loss of proton o-methoxyphenoxide ion left is destabilised by resonance.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 82
The two negative charges repel each other and therefore, destabilise the o-methoxyphenoxide ion. Thus, o-nitrophenol is more acidic than o-methoxyphenyl.

Question 13.
(a) How will you convert the following:
(i) Ethanal to propan-2-ol
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 83
(ii) Phenol to 2-hydroxy acetophenone
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 84

(b) Why is phenol more acidic than ethanol? (CBSE 2019C)
Answer:
It is because phenoxide ion is more stable than ethoxide ion. Phenols are more acidic than alcohols. The greater acidic character of phenoLs as compared to alcohols can be explained on the basis of resonance. Phenol is a resonance hybrid of the following structures:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 85
It is clear that three structures of phenol (III, IV and V) have a +ve charge on the oxygen of the —OH group. This oxygen attracts the electron pair of O—H bond strongly towards itself, weakens the O—H bond and, therefore, facilitates the release of W. Similarly, the phenoxide ion is resonance stabilised as follows:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 86
Thus, we observe that both phenol and phenoxide ion are stabilised by resonance. Now if we carefully observe the resonance structures, we observe that phenoxide ion is more resonance stabilised than phenol. In phenol three contributing structures (III, IV and V) have both positive and negative charges and therefore, these will be unstable. These structures will require energy to separate the charge and therefore, will be unstable.

On the other hand, there is no structure in phenoxide ion which requires charge separation. Thus, the resonance hybrid of phenol is less stable than phenoxide ion and the reaction is very much in favour of the phenoxide ion. Therefore, the phenol is more acidic.

On the other hand, in the case of alcohols, neither the alcohol nor the alkoxide ion is stabilised by resonance.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 87
Thus, phenols are more acidic than alcohols.

Question 13.
(a) How do you convert the following?
(i) Phenol to Anisole
(ii) Ethanol to Propan-2-ol
(b) Write the mechanism of the following reaction:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 90
(c) Why phenol undergoes electrophilic substitution more easily than benzene?
OR
(a) Account for the following:
(i) o-Nitrophenol is more steam volatile than p-nitrophenol.
(ii) Tert-butyl chloride on heating with sodium methoxide gives 2-methylpropene instead of tert-butyl methyl ether.

(b) Write the reaction involved in the following:
(i) Reimer-Tiemann reaction
(ii) Friedel-Crafts Alkylation of Phenol

(c) Give a simple chemical test to distinguish between Ethanol and Phenol. (CBSE Delhi 2019)
Answer:
(i) Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 88
(ii) Ethanol to Propan-2-ol
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 89

(b) Mechanism CH3
(i) Ethanol combines with a proton to form protonated alcohol.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 91

(ii) Protonated alcohol loses a water molecule to form a carbocation.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 92

(iii) Carbocation eliminates a proton and undergoes rearrangement of electrons to form an alkene.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 93

(c) In phenol, the -OH group is an activating group and therefore, electrophilic substitution reaction undergoes more easily in phenol than benzene.
OR
(a) (i) o-Nitrophenol is more steam volatile than p-nitrophenol because of chelation due to intramolecular hydrogen bonding.

(ii) Tert-Butyl chloride reacts with sodium methoxide to give 2-methylpropene.
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 94
This is because alkoxides are not only nucleophiles but strong bases as well. They react with alkyl halides leading to an elimination reaction.

(b) Reimer-liemann reaction
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 95

(C) Phenols react with neutral Fecl3 to give violet colour, while ethanol does not give any colour.

Question 14.
(i) Write steps to carry out the conversion of phenol to aspirin.
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 96

(ii) What happens when benzene diazonium chloride Is heated with water?
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 97

(iii) Write the structures of the Isomers of alcohols with molecular formula C4H10O. Which of these exhibits optical activity?
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 98
(ii) is optically active.

Question 15.
How are the following conversions carried out?
(i) Benzyl chloride to benzyl alcohol
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 99

(ii) Methyl magnesium bromide to 2-methyl propane-2-ol
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 100

(iii) Propene to propan-2-ol
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 101

(iv) Ethylmagnesium chloride to propan-1-ol. (CBSE Delhi 2010, 2013)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 102

Question 16.
How will you convert:
(i) Phenol to 2, 4, 6-trlnftrophenot
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 103

(ii) Propan-2-ol to propanone
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 104

(iii) Phenol to 2, 4, 6-trlbromophenol
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 105

(iv) Propene to propan-1-ol
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 106

(v) Ethanal to propan-2-ol? (CBSE DelhI 2013)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 107

Question 17.
How will you convert
(i) Propan-2-ol to 2-methylpropan-2-ol (CBSE Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 108

(ii) Aniline to phenol (CBSE Delhi 2015)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 109

(iii) Ethanol to propane nitrile (CBSE AI 2015)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 110

(iv) Phenol to toluene (CBSE AI 2016)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 111

(v) Formaldehyde to ethanol? (CBSE AI 2016)
Answer:
Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 11 Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers 112

NCERT Solutions for Class 9 Sanskrit Shemushi Chapter 4 कल्पतरूः

We have given detailed NCERT Solutions for Class 9 Sanskrit Shemushi Chapter 4 कल्पतरूः Questions and Answers come in handy for quickly completing your homework.

Shemushi Sanskrit Class 9 Solutions Chapter 4 कल्पतरूः

Class 9 Sanskrit Shemushi Chapter 4 कल्पतरूः Textbook Questions and Answers

अभ्यासः

प्रश्न 1.
एकपदेन उत्तरं लिखत –

(क) जीमूतवाहनः कस्य पुत्रः अस्ति?
(ख) संसारेऽस्मिन् कः अनश्वरः भवति?
(ग) जीमूतवाहनः परोपकारैकफलसिद्धये कम् आराधयति?
(घ) जीमूतवाहनस्य सर्वभूतानुकम्पया सर्वत्र किं प्रथितम्?
(ङ) कल्पतरुः भुवि कानि अवर्ष?
उत्तर:
(क) जीमूतवाहनस्य
(ख) परोपकारः
(ग) कल्पपादपम्
(घ) यशः
(ङ) वसूनि

प्रश्न 2.
अधोलिखितानां प्रश्नानाम् उत्तर: संस्कृतभाषया लिखित –

(क) कञ्चनपुरं नाम नगरं कुत्र विभाति स्म?
(ख) जीमूतवाहनः कीदृशः आसीत्?
(ग) कल्पतरोः वैशिष्ट्यमाकर्ण्य जीमूतवाहनः किम् अचिन्तयत्?
(घ) हितैषिणः मन्त्रिणः जीमूतवाहनं किम् उक्तवन्तः?
(ङ) जीमूतवाहनः कल्पतरुम् उपगम्य किम् उवाच?
उत्तर:
(क) कञ्चनपुर नाम नगर हिमवतः सानोपरि विभाति स्म।
(ख) जीमूतवाहनः महान् दानवीरः सर्वभूतानुकम्पी च आसीत्।
(ग) कल्पतरोः वैशिष्ट्यमाकर्ण्य जीमूतवाहनः अचिन्तयत् यत् “अहो! ईदृशम् अमरपादपं प्राप्यापि पूर्वैः पुरुषैअस्माकं तादृशं फलं किमपि न प्राप्तम्। किन्तु केवलं कैश्चिदेव कृपणैः कश्चिदपि अर्थः अर्थितः। तदहमस्मात् कल्पतरोः
अभीष्टं साधयामि” इति।
(घ) हितैषिणः मन्त्रिणः जीमूतवाहनं उक्तवन्त:-“युवराज! योऽयं सर्वकामदः कल्पतरुः तवोद्याने तिष्ठति स तव सदा पुज्यः। अस्मिन् अनुकूले स्थिते सति शक्रोऽपि अस्मान् बाधितुं न शक्नुयात्।”
(ङ) जीमूतवाहन: कल्पतरुम् उपगम्य उवाच-“देव! त्वया अस्मत्पूर्वेषाम् अभीष्टाः कामाः पूरिताः तन्ममैक कामं पूरय। यथापृथिवीम् अदरिद्राम् पश्यामि तथा करोतु देव” इति।

प्रश्न 3.
अधोलिखितवाक्येषु स्थूलपदानि कस्मै प्रयुक्तानि?

(क) तस्य सानोरुपरि विभाति कञ्चनपुरं नाम नगरम्।
(ख) राजा सम्प्राप्तयौवनं तं यौवराज्ये अभिषिक्तवान्?
(ग) अयं तव सदा पूज्यः।
(घ) तात! त्वं तु जानासि यत् धनं वीचिवच्चञ्चलम्।
उत्तर:
(क) हिमवते (हिमालयाय)
(ख) राजपुत्राय (जीमूतवाहनाय)
(ग) कल्पतरवे
(घ) पित्रे (जीमूतकेतवे राज्ञे)

प्रश्न 4.
अधोलिखितानां पदानां पर्यायपदं पाठात् चित्वा लिखत –

(क) पर्वतः – ………………
(ख) भूपतिः – ………………
(ग) इन्द्रः – ………………
(घ) धनम् – ………………
(ङ) इच्छितम् – ………………
(च) समीपम् – ………………
(छ) धरित्रीम् – ………………
(ज) कल्याणम् – ………………
(झ) वाणी – ………………
(ज) वृक्षः – ………………
उत्तर:
(क) पर्वतः – नगेन्द्रः
(ख) भूपतिः – राजा
(ग) इन्द्रः – शक्रः
(घ) धनम् – अर्थः
(ङ) इच्छितम् – अभीष्टम्/अर्थितः
(च) समीपम् – अन्तिकम्
(छ) धरित्रीम् – पृथ्वीम्
(ज) कल्याणम् – स्वस्ति/सुखम्
(झ) वाणी – वाक
(ञ) वृक्षः – तरुः

प्रश्न 5.
‘क’ स्तम्भे विशेषणानि ‘ख’ स्तम्भे च विशेष्याणि दत्तानि। तानि समुचित योजयत –

‘क’ स्तम्भ – ‘ख’ स्तम्भ
कुलक्रमागतः – परोपकारः
दानवीरः – मन्त्रिभिः
हितैषिभिः – जीमूतवाहनः
वीचिवच्चञ्चलम् – कल्पतरुः
अनश्वरः – धनम्
उत्तर:
‘क’ स्तम्भः – ‘ख’ स्तम्भः
कुलक्रमागत: – कल्पतरु:
दानवीर: – जीमूतवाहनः
हितैषिभिः – मन्त्रिभिः
वीचिवच्चञ्चलम् – धनम्
अनश्वरः – परोपकारः

प्रश्न 6.
स्थूलपदान्यधिकृत्य प्रश्ननिर्माणं कुरुत –

(क) तरोः कृपया सः पुत्रम् अप्राप्नोत्।
(ख) सः कल्पतरवे न्यवेदयत्।
(ग) धनवृष्ट्या कोऽपि दरिद्रः नातिष्ठत्।
(घ) कल्पतरुः पृथिव्यां धनानि अवर्षत्।
(ङ) जीवानुकम्पया जीमूतवाहनस्य यशः प्रासरत्।
उत्तर:
(क) कस्य
(ख) कस्मै
(ग) कया
(घ) कस्याम्
(ङ) कया

प्रश्न 7.
(अ) “स्वस्ति तुभ्यम्” स्वस्ति शब्दस्य योगे चतुर्थी विभक्तिः भवति। इत्यनेन नियमेन अत्र चतुर्थी विभक्तिः
प्रयुक्ता एवमेव (कोष्ठकगतेषु पदेषु) चतुर्थी विभक्तिं प्रयुज्य रिक्तस्थानानि पूरयत –

(क) स्वस्ति …………… (राजा)
(ख) स्वस्ति …….. (प्रजा)
(ग) स्वस्ति ……………… (छात्र)
(घ) स्वस्ति ………. (सर्वजन)
उत्तर:
(क) राज्ञे।
(ख) प्रजाभ्यः प्रजाये।
(ग) छात्राय/छात्रेभ्यः।
(घ) सर्वजनेभ्यः ।

प्रश्न 7.
(आ) कोष्ठकगतेषु पदेषु षष्ठी विभक्तिं प्रयुज्य रिक्तस्थानानि पूरयत –

(क) तस्य ……… उद्याने कल्पतरुः आसीत्। (गृह)
(ख) सः ……………….. अन्तिकम् अगच्छत्।
(ग) ……………… सर्वत्र यशः प्रथितम्
(जीमूतवाहन)
(घ) अयं ………………” तरु:?(किम्)
उत्तर:
(क) गृहस्य
(ख) पितुः
(ग) जीमूतवाहनस्य
(घ) कस्य

Class 9 Sanskrit Shemushi Chapter 4 कल्पतरूः Additional Important Questions and Answers

अतिरिक्त कार्यम्

प्रश्न 1.
निम्नलिखितम् अनुच्छेद पठित्वा तदाधारितानां प्रश्नानाम् उत्तर: लिखत –

1. अस्ति हिमवान् नाम सर्वरलभूमिः नगेन्द्रः। तस्य सानोः उपरि विभाति कञ्चनपुर नाम नगरम्। तत्र जीमूतकेतुः इति श्रीमान् विद्याधरपतिः वसति स्म। तस्य गृहोद्याने कुलक्रमागतः कल्पतरुः स्थितः। स राजा जीमूतकेतुः तं कल्पतरुम् आराध्य तत्प्रसादात् च बोधिसत्वांशसम्भवं जीमूतवाहनं नाम पुत्रं प्राप्नोत्। सः जीमूतवाहनः महान् दानवीरः सर्वभूतानुकम्पी च अभवत्। तस्य गुणः प्रसन्नः स्वसचिवैश्च प्रेरितः राजा कालेन सम्प्राप्तयौवनं तं यौवराज्ये अभिषिक्तवान्। कदाचित् हितैषिणः पितृमन्त्रिणः यौवराज्ये स्थितं तं जीमूतवाहनं उक्तवन्त:-“युवराज! योऽयं सर्वकामदः कल्पतरुः तवोद्याने तिष्ठति स तव सदा पूज्यः। अस्मिन् अनुकूले स्थिते सति शक्रोऽपि अस्मान् बाधितुं न शक्नुयात्” इति।

(i) एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)

  1. श्रीमतः विद्याधरपतेः किं नाम आसीत्?
  2. स राजा कीदृशं पुत्रं प्राप्नोत्?
  3. जीमूतकेतोः उद्याने कीदृशः कल्पतरुः स्थितः आसीत्?

उत्तर:

  1. जीमूतकेतुः
  2. बोधिसत्त्वांशसम्भवम्
  3. कुलक्रमागतः

(ii) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)

  1. नृपस्य गृहीद्याने कः स्थितः आसीत्?
  2. पुत्रः कीदृशः अभवत्?

उत्तर:

  1. नृपस्य गृहोद्याने कुलक्रमागतः कल्पतरुः स्थितः आसीत्।
  2. पुत्रः महान् दानवीरः सर्वभूतानुकम्पी च अभवत्।

(iii) भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)

  1. अनुच्छेदे ‘सम्पूज्य’ इति पदस्य कः पर्याय: लिखितः?
  2. अनुच्छेदे ‘स राजा जीमूतकेतुः’ इत्यस्य कर्तृपदस्य क्रियापदं किं वर्तते?
  3. ‘हितैषिभिः पितृमन्त्रिभिः’ अनयोः पदयोः विशेषणपदं किम्?
  4. अवसत्’ इति पदस्य अर्थ किं पदं प्रयुक्तम्?

उत्तर:

  1. आराध्य
  2. प्राप्नोत्
  3. हितैषिभिः
  4. वसति स्म

2. एतत् आकण्यं जीमूतवाहनः अचिन्तयत्-“अहो ईदशम् अमरपादपं प्राप्यापि पूर्वः पुरुषैः अस्माकं तादशं फलं किमपि न प्राप्तम्। किन्तु केवलं कैश्चिदेव कृपणैः कश्चिदपि अर्थ: अर्थितः। तदहम् अस्मात् कल्पतरोः अभीष्ट साधयामि” इति। एवम् आलोच्य सः पितुः अन्तिकम् आगच्छत्। आगत्य च सुखमासीनं पितरम् एकान्ते न्यवेदयत्- “तात! त्वं तु जानासि एव बदस्मिन् संसारसागरे आशरीरम् इदं सर्व धनं वीचिवत् चञ्चलम्। एकः परोपकार एव अस्मिन् संसारे अनश्वरः यो युगान्तपर्यन्तं यशः प्रसूते। तद् अस्माभिः ईदृशः कल्पतरुः किमर्थ रक्ष्यते? पैश्च पूर्वरयं ‘मम मम’ इति आग्रहेण रक्षितः, ते इदानीं कुछ गताः? तेषां कस्यायम्? अस्य वा के ते? तस्मात् परोपकारैकफलसिद्धये त्वदाजया इमं कल्पपावपम् आराधयामि।

(i) एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)

  1. कः अन्तः अचिन्तयत्?
  2. आशरीरमिदं सर्वधनं कीदृशं चञ्चलं वर्तते?
  3. जीमूतवाहनः कस्य अन्तिकम् आगच्छत?

उत्तर:

  1. जीमूतवाहनः
  2. वीचिवत्
  3. पितुः

(ii) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)

  1. तस्मात् कस्मै/किमर्थं नृपस्य आज्ञया जीमूतवाहनः कल्पपादपम् आराधयति?
  2. कः एवास्मिन् संसारेऽनश्वरः यो युगान्तपर्यन्तं यशः प्रसूते।

उत्तर:

  1. तस्मात् मनोरथम् अभीष्टम् साधयितुं नृपस्य आज्ञया जीमूतवाहनः कल्पपादपम् आराधयति।
  2. परोपकारः एवास्मिन् संसारेऽनश्वरः यो युगान्तपर्यन्तं यशः प्रसूते।

(iii) भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)

  1. अनुच्छेदे ‘वृक्षम्’ इत्यस्य पदस्य कः पर्यायः आगतः?
  2. एतत् आकर्ण्य जीमूतवाहनः अचिन्तयत!।’ अत्र कर्तृपदं किम्?
  3. अनुच्छेदे ‘गत्वा’ इति पदस्य कः विपर्ययः लिखितः?
  4. श्रुत्वा’ ‘इत्यर्थे किं पदं प्रयुक्तम्?

उत्तर:

  1. पादपम्
  2. जीमूतवाहनः
  3. आगत्य
  4. आकर्ण्य

3. अथ पित्रा ‘तथा’ इति अभ्यनुज्ञातः स जीमूतवाहनः कल्पतरुम् उपगम्य उवाच-‘देव! त्वया अस्मत्पूर्वेषाम् अभीष्टाः कामाः पूरिताः, तन्ममैक काम पूरया यथा पृथिवीम् अवरिताम् पश्यामि तथा करोतु देव” इति। एवं वादिनि जीमूतवाहने “त्यक्तस्त्वया एषोऽहं यातोऽस्मि” इति वाक् तस्मात् तरोः उवभूत्। क्षणेन च स कल्पतरुः दिवं समुत्पत्य भुवि तथा वसूनि अवर्षत् यथा न कोऽपि दुर्गत आसीत्। ततस्तस्य जीमूतवाहनस्य सर्वजीवानुकम्पया सर्वत्र यशः प्रथितम्।

(i) एकपदेन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नद्वयमेव)

  1. कः कल्पतरुम् उपगम्य उवाच?
  2. क्षणेन सः कल्पतरुः किम् अवर्ष?
  3. सः पृथिवी कीदृशीम् पश्यति?

उत्तर:

  1. जीमूतवाहन:
  2. वसूनि
  3. अदरिद्राम्

(ii) पूर्णवाक्येन उत्तरत (केवलं प्रश्नमेकमेव)

  1. जीमूतवाहने एवं वादिनि कीदृशी/का वाक् तस्मात् तरोः उदभूत?
  2. जीमूतवाहनस्य सर्वजीवानुकम्पया किं अभवत्?

उत्तर:

  1. जीमूतवाहने एवं वादिनि “त्यक्तस्त्वया एषोऽहं यातोऽस्मि” इति वाक् तस्मात् तरोः उदभूत्।
  2. जीमूतवाहनस्य सर्वजीवानुकम्पया सर्वत्र यशः प्रथितम्।

(iii) भाषिककार्यम् (केवलं प्रश्नत्रयमेव)

  1. ‘अभीष्टाः कामाः’ अनयोः पदयोः विशेष्यपदं किमस्ति?
  2. अनुच्छेदे ‘वृक्षात्’ इत्यस्य पदस्य कः पर्यायः आगतः?
  3. अनुच्छेदे ‘अवर्षत्’ इति क्रियापदस्य कर्तृपदं किमत्र प्रयुक्तम्?
  4. ‘अकथयत्’ इत्यर्थे किं पदं प्रयुक्तम्?

उत्तर:

  1. कामाः
  2. तरोः
  3. कल्पतरुः
  4. उवाच

प्रश्न 2.
निम्नवाक्येषु रेखाङ्कित-पदानां स्थानेषु प्रश्नवाचकं पदं लिखत –

प्रश्न 1.
हिमवान् नाम सर्वरलभूमिः नगेन्द्रः अस्ति।
(क) क
(ख) केन
(ग) किम्
(घ) का
उत्तर:
(ग) किम्

प्रश्न 2.
तत्र जीमूतकेतुः इति विद्याधरः वसति स्म।
(क) कः
(ख) के
(ग) कानि
(घ) किम्
उत्तर:
(क) कः

प्रश्न 3.
तस्य गृहोद्याने कुलक्रमागतः कल्पतरुः स्थितः।
(क) कः
(ख) कथम्
(ग) कीदृशः
(घ) काः
उत्तर:
(ग) कीदृशः

प्रश्न 4.
सः महान् दानवीरः सर्वभूतानुकम्पी च अभवत्।
(क) का
(ख) कदा
(ग) काः
(घ) कस्मिन्
उत्तर:
(घ) कस्मिन्

प्रश्न 5.
तस्य गुणैः प्रसन्नः राजा तं यौवराज्ये अभिषिक्तवान्।
(क) कुत्र
(ख) के
(ग) क:
(घ) कदा
उत्तर:
(घ) कदा

प्रश्न 6.
स जीमूतवाहनः पितृमन्त्रिभिः उक्तः।
(क) केन
(ख) कैः
(ग) काभि
(घ) कीदृशः
उत्तर:
(ख) कैः

प्रश्न 7.
अयं कल्पतरुः तव सदा पूज्य:
(क) कः
(ख) काः
(ग) का
(घ) किम्
उत्तर:
(घ) किम्

प्रश्न 8.
एतत् आकर्ण्य जीमूतवाहनः अन्तः अचिन्तयत्।
(क) कुत्र
(ख) कः
(ग) केन
(घ) कान्
उत्तर:
(क) कुत्र

प्रश्न 9.
किन्तु केवलं कैश्चिदेव कृपणैः कश्चिदपि अर्थः अर्थितः।
(क) काः
(ख) का
(ग) क;
(घ) काः
उत्तर:
(ग) क;

प्रश्न 10.
तद् अहम् अस्मात् अभीष्टं मनोरथं साधयामि।
(क) किम्
(ख) कम्
(ग) काम्
उत्तर:
(ख) कम्

प्रश्न 11.
एवम् आलोच्य सः पितुः अन्तिकम् आगच्छत्।
(क) कस्य
(ख) का
(ग) कदा
(घ) कः
उत्तर:
(क) कस्य

प्रश्न 12.
अस्मिन् संसारसागरे सर्वधनं वीचिवत् चञ्चलम्।
(क) कुत्र
(ख) किम्
(ग) केन
(घ) कान्
उत्तर:
(ख) किम्

प्रश्न 13.
सः जीमूतवाहनः कल्पतरुम् उपगम्य उवाच।
(क) किम्
(ख) कीदृशः
(ग) कम्
(घ) कः
उत्तर:
(ग) कम्

प्रश्न 14.
यथा पृथ्वीम् अदरिद्रां पश्यामि।
(क) काम्
ख) केन
(ग) का
(घ) कीदृशः
उत्तर:
(क) काम्

प्रश्न 15.
इति वाक् तस्मात् तरोः उदभूत्।
(क) कस्मात्/कुत:
(ख) किम्
(ग) कथम्
(घ) कुत्र/कस्याम्
उत्तर:
(क) कस्मात्/कुत:

प्रश्न 16.
सः कल्पतरुः दिवं समुत्पत्य भुवि वसूनि अवर्षत्।
(क) केन
(ख) कानि
(ग) के
(घ) कुत्र/कस्याम्
उत्तर:
(घ) कुत्र/कस्याम्

प्रश्न 17.
तस्य सर्वजीवानुकम्पया सर्वत्र यशः प्रथितम्।
(क) कया
(ख) कः
(ग) किम्
(घ) काभि
उत्तर:
(क) कया

प्रश्न 18.
त्वया अस्मात् पूर्वेषाम् अभीष्टाः कामाः पूरिताः।
(क) कान्
(ख) केषाम्
(ग) कदा
(घ) केन
उत्तर:
(ख) केषाम्

प्रश्न 19.
त्वया त्यक्तः एषोऽहं यातोऽस्मि।
(क) कीदृशः
(ख) कैः
(ग) किम्
(घ) केन
उत्तर:
(घ) केन

प्रश्न 3.
निम्नवाक्यानि घटनाक्रमानुसार पुनर्लिखत –

प्रश्न 1.

  1. कञ्चनपुरस्य नगरस्य राजा जीमूतकेतुः आसीत्।
  2. एकदा तस्य नृपस्य मन्त्रिणः कथितवन्तः।
  3. हे युवराज! अयं कामदः कल्पतरुः सर्वैः फूज्यः वर्तते।
  4. नृपस्य पुत्र: जीमूतवाहनः महान् दानवीरः सर्वभूतानुकम्पी च अभवत्।
  5. एकदा सः पितरम् उपगम्य अवदत्-हे पितः! अहम् एतं कल्पतरूं परोपकाराय आराधयामि।
  6. नृपः सचिवानां परामर्शण पुत्रं यौवराज्येऽभिषिक्तवान्।
  7. अस्मिन् अनुकूले स्थिते शक्रोऽपि अस्मान् बाधितुं न शक्यते।
  8. तस्य गृहोद्याने कुलक्रमागतः एकः कल्पतरुः स्थितः आसीत्।

उत्तर:

  1. कञ्चनपुरस्य नगरस्य राजा जीमूतकेतुः आसीत्।
  2. तस्य गृहोद्याने कुलक्रमागतः एकः कल्पतरुः स्थितः आसीत्।
  3. नृपस्य पुत्रः जीमूतवाहनः महान् दानवीरः सर्वभूतानुकम्पी च अभवत्।
  4. नृपः सचिवानां परामर्शण पुत्रं यौवराज्येऽभिषिक्तवान्।
  5. एकदा तस्य नृपस्य मन्त्रिणः कथितवन्तः।
  6. हे युवराज! अयं कामदः कल्पतरुः सर्वैः पूज्यः वर्तते।
  7. अस्मिन् अनुकूले स्थिते शक्रोऽपि अस्मान् बाधितुं न शक्यते।
  8. एकदा सः पितरम् उपगम्य अवदत्-हे पितः! अहम् एतं कल्पतरूं परोपकाराय आराधयामि।

प्रश्न 2.

  1. पुत्रः जीमूतवाहनः कल्पतरुम् आराध्य अकथयत्।
  2. क्षणेन सः कल्पतरुः दिवम् उत्पत्य भुवि वसूनि अवर्षत्।।
  3. हे देव! यथा पृथ्वीम् अदरिद्रां पश्यामि तथा भवान् करोतु इति।
  4. त्वया अस्मत् पूर्वेषाम् अभीष्टाः कामाः पूरिताः तत् मम अपि एका कामना पूरय।
  5. तरु: जीमूतवाहनम् अवदत्-” त्वया त्यक्तः अहं गच्छामि इति”।
  6. जीमूतवाहनस्य यशः सर्वत्र प्रथितम्।
  7. तस्य पुत्रः जीमूतवाहनः अतीव महान् दानवीरः सर्वभूतानुकम्पी च आसीत्।
  8. हिमालये कञ्चनपुर नगरस्य राजा जीमूतकेतुः विद्याधरपतिः आसीत्।

उत्तर:

  1. हिमालये कञ्चनपुर नगरस्य राजा जीमूतकेतुः विद्याधरपतिः आसीत्।
  2. तस्य पुत्रः जीमूतवाहनः अतीव महान् दानवीरः सर्वभूतानुकम्पी च आसीत्।
  3. पुत्रः जीमूतवाहनः कल्पतरुम् आराध्य अकथयत्।
  4. हे देव! यथा पृथ्वीम् अदरिद्रां पश्यामि तथा भवान् करोतु इति।
  5. त्वया अस्मत् पूर्वेषाम् अभीष्टाः कामाः पूरिताः तत् मम अपि एका कामना पूरय।
  6. तरु: जीमूतवाहनम् अवदत्-“त्वया त्यक्तः अहं गच्छामि इति”।
  7. क्षणेन सः कल्पतरुः दिवम् उत्पत्य भुवि वसूनि अवर्षत्।
  8. जीमूतवाहनस्य यशः सर्वत्र प्रथितम्।

प्रश्न 3.
निम्न ‘क’ वर्गीय पदानाम् ‘ख’ वर्गीय पदेषु पर्यायमेलनम् –

‘क’ वर्ग: – ‘ख’ वर्ग:

  1. सानोः – प्रसिद्धम्
  2. प्रथितम् – याचितः
  3. वसूनि – समीपम्
  4. अर्थितः – इन्द्रः
  5. अन्तिकम् – अनुमतः
  6. शक्रः – धनानि
  7. यौवराज्ये – शिखरस्य
  8. अभ्यनुज्ञातः – युवराजपदे

उत्तर:

  1.  – शिखरस्य
  2.  – प्रसिद्धम्
  3. – धनानि
  4.  – याचितः
  5.  – समीपम्
  6. – इन्द्रः
  7.  – युवराजपदे
  8.  – अनुमतः

प्रश्न 4.
‘क’ स्तम्भे विशेषणानि ‘ख’ स्तम्भे विशेष्याणि दत्तानि। तानि समुचित योजयत –

‘क’ स्तम्भ – ‘ख’ स्तम्भ

  1. अभीष्टाः – पृथ्वीम्
  2. अदरिद्राम् – कामम्
  3. एकम् – राजा
  4. प्रसन्नः – सः
  5. पूज्यः – कल्पतरु:
  6. सर्वकामदः – कामाः
  7. वादिनि – तरोः
  8. तस्मात् – जीमूतवाहने

उत्तर:

  1.  – कामाः
  2.  – पृथ्वीम्
  3. – कामम्
  4.  – राजा
  5.  – सः
  6.  – कल्पतरुः
  7.  – जीमूतवाहने
  8.  – तरोः

प्रश्न 5.

निम्न ‘क’ वर्गीय पदानां ‘ख’ वर्गीय पदेषु विपर्ययचयनं कुरुत –

‘क’ पदानि – ‘ख’ विपर्ययाः

(क) अधः – अपूज्य:
(ख) तिरस्कृत्य – प्रतिकुले
(ग) राजा – बहिः
(घ) अकामाः – दुर्गम्य
(ङ) अनश्वरः – प्रजा
(च) प्रसन्नः – अपयशः
(छ) दानवीरः – पतित्वा
(ज) अदरिद्राम् – उपरि
(झ) उपगम्य – दरिद्राम्
(ञ) अनुकूले – मातरम्
(ट) समुत्पत्य – कामा:
(ठ) पितरम् – आराध्य
(ड) अन्तः – नश्वरः
(ढ) यशः – दुःखी
(ण) पूज्य – कृपणः
उत्तर:
(क) – उपरि
(ख) – आराध्य
(ग) – प्रजा
(घ) – कामाः
(ङ) – नश्वरः
(च) – दुःखी
(छ) – कृपणः
(ज) – दरिद्राम्
(झ) – दुर्गम्य
(ञ) – प्रतिकुले
(ट) – पतित्वा
(ठ) – मातरम्
(ड) – बहिः
(ङ) – अपयशः
(ण) – अपूज्यः

Electromagnetic Waves Class 12 Important Extra Questions Physics Chapter 8

Here we are providing Class 12 Physics Important Extra Questions and Answers Chapter 8 Electromagnetic Waves. Important Questions for Class 12 Physics with Answers are the best resource for students which helps in Class 12 board exams.

Class 12 Physics Chapter 8 Important Extra Questions Electromagnetic Waves

Electromagnetic Waves Important Extra Questions Very Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Name the part of the electromagnetic spectrum which has the longest wavelength and write its one use. (CBSE 2019C)
Answer:

  • In the electromagnetic spectrum, long radio waves have the longest wavelength.
  • Radio waves are used in communication systems.

Question 2.
The small ozone layer on the top of the stratosphere is crucial for human survival. Why?
Answer:
The ozone layer absorbs the ultraviolet rays, emitted by the sun, which are harmful to the living tissues of human beings.

Question 3.
Name the part of the electromagnetic spectrum which is used in the “greenhouse” to keep plants warm.
Answer:
Infrared rays.

Question 4.
How are radio waves produced? (CBSE AI 2011)
Answer:
They are produced by rapid acceleration and decelerations of electrons in aerials.

Question 5.
How are X-rays produced? (CBSE Al 2011)
Answer:
By the transition of inner-shell electrons.

Question 6.
How are microwaves produced? (CBSE AI 2011)
Answer:
By using a magnetron.

Question 7.
A plane electromagnetic wave travels in a vacuum along the z-direction. What can you say about the direction of electric and magnetic field vectors? (CBSE Delhi 2011)
Answer:
The electric and magnetic field vectors will be along the x and y directions.

Question 8.
What is the frequency of electromagnetic waves produced by the oscillating charge of frequency v? (CBSE Delhi 2011C)
Answer:
The frequency of electromagnetic waves produced by the oscillating charge of frequency v is also v.

Question 9.
What are the directions of electric and magnetic field vectors relative to each other and relative to the direction of propagation of electromagnetic waves? (CBSE AI 2012)
Answer:
The three are mutually perpendicular to one other.

Question 10.
Welders wear special goggles or face masks with glass windows to protect their eyes from electromagnetic radiation. Name the radiations and write the range of their frequency. (CBSE Al 2013)
Answer:
UV radiations, 1015 to 1017 Hz

Question 11.
To which part of the electromagnetic spectrum does a wave of frequency 5 × 1019 Hz belong? (CBSEAI 2014)
Answer:
X – rays

Question 12.
The available frequency AC source is connected to a capacitor. Will the displacement current change if the frequency of the AC source is decreased? (CBSE Al 2015C)
Answer:
No

Question 13.
Why microwaves are considered suitable for radar systems used in aircraft navigation? (CBSE Delhi 2016)
Answer:
They have a small wavelength and travel along a straight line with deflecting.

Question 14.
Do electromagnetic waves carry energy and momentum? (CBSE AI 2017)
Answer:
Yes.

Question 15.
How is the speed of em-waves in vacuum – determined by the electric and magnetic field? (CBSE Delhi 2017)
Answer:
c = \(\frac{E_{0}}{B_{0}}\)

Question 16.
Why is skywave propagation of signals restricted to a frequency of 30 MHz? (CBSE Al 2017 C)
Answer:
The atmosphere is transparent to frequencies higher than 30 MHz.

Question 17.
Name the electromagnetic radiations used for
(a) water purification
Answer:
UV radiation

(b) eye surgery. (CBSEAI 2018, Delhi 2018)
Answer:
Visible light

Question 18.
Write the range of frequencies of electromagnetic waves which propagate through sky wave mode. (CBSE Al 2018 C)
Answer:
A few MHz up to 30 to 40 MHz.

Question 19.
Optical and radio telescopes are built on the ground but X-ray astronomy is possible only from satellites orbiting the earth. Why?
Answer:
This is because of the fact that X-rays are absorbed by the atmosphere, whereas light and radio waves penetrate through it.

Question 20.
A charged particle oscillates about its mean equilibrium position with a frequency of 109 Hz. What is the frequency of the electromagnetic wave produced by the oscillator?
Answer:
Same as that of the oscillating charged particle, i. e. 109 Hz.

Question 21.
Why are infrared radiations referred to as heat waves also? Name the radiations which are next to these radiations in the electromagnetic spectrum having
(a) Shorter wavelength and
(b) Longer wavelength.
Answer:
This is because they produce a heating effect.
(a) Visible light and
(b) Microwaves.

Question 22.
What physical quantity are the same for X-rays of wavelength 10-10 m, the red light of wavelength 680 nm, and radio waves of wavelength 500 m?
Answer:
Since all of them are electromagnetic waves, their speed in a vacuum will be the same, i.e. 3 × 108 m s-1.

Question 23.
A charged particle oscillates about its mean equilibrium position with a frequency of 109 Hz. What is the frequency of the electromagnetic waves produced by the oscillator?
Answer:
The frequency of the electromagnetic waves produced by the oscillator is the same as its frequency of vibration, i.e. 109 Hz.

Question 24.
The amplitude of the magnetic field part of a harmonic electromagnetic wave in a vacuum is B0 = 510 nT. What is the amplitude of the electric field part of the wave?
Answer:
Given B0 = 510 nT = 510 × 10-9 T, E0 = ?

Using the relation E0 = c × B0, we have
E0 = 3 × 108 × 510 × 10-9 = 153 N C-1

Question 25.
Why does a microwave oven heat up a food item containing water molecules most efficiently?
Answer:
It is because the frequency of the microwave matches the resonant frequency of water molecules. This makes the molecules vibrate with maximum amplitude thereby producing heat.

Question 26.
Name the most energetic electromagnetic radiation and write its frequency range. (CBSE AI 2019 C)
Answer:
The most energetic radiations are Gamma Rays Frequency range of gamma rays is: 1018 Hz to 1023 Hz
Or
Name the electromagnetic radiations used in eye surgery or to kill germs in water purifiers. Write its frequency, range.
Answer:

  1. Radiations used for eye surgery or to kill germs are Ultraviolet Rays.
  2. The frequency range of ultraviolet rays: 105 Hz to 1017 Hz.

Electromagnetic Waves Important Extra Questions Short Answer Type

Question 1.
Radio waves and gamma rays both are transverse in nature and electromagnetic in character and have the same speed in a vacuum. In what respect are they different?
Answer:
The radio waves have an atomic origin, while gamma rays have a nuclear origin. Further owing to their very small wavelength, gamma rays are highly penetrating in comparison to radio waves.

Question 2.
Show that the average energy density of the electric field equals the average density of the magnetic field.
Answer:
The average density of the electric field is given by
Ue = \(\frac{1}{2}\)ε0E2 and the average energy density of the magnetic field is given by UB = \(\frac{B^{2}}{2 \mu_{0}}\).

But B = \(\frac{E}{c}\) and c = \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{\mu_{0} \varepsilon_{0}}}\) , hence the above equation becomes UB = \(\frac{B^{2}}{2 \mu_{0}}=\frac{E^{2}}{2 \mu_{0} c^{2}}\)

UB = \(\frac{E^{2}}{2 \mu_{0} \times \frac{1}{\mu_{0} \varepsilon_{0}}}=\frac{1}{2} \varepsilon_{0} E^{2}\). Hence the result.

Question 3.
State four properties of electromagnetic waves.
Answer:
(a) They do not require any material medium to travel.
(b) They are transverse in nature, i.e. electric and magnetic fields are perpendicular to each other and also to the direction of the propagation of the wave.
(c) The energy of the wave is divided equally amongst the electric and the magnetic field.
(d) They travel, in free space, with a velocity of 3 × 108 m s-1.

Question 4.
Electromagnetic radiations with wavelength
(a) λ1 are used to kill germs in water purifiers.
(b) λ2 are used in TV communication systems.
(c) λ3 plays an important role in maintaining the earth’s warmth.
Name the part of the electromagnetic spectrum to which these radiations belong. Arrange these wavelengths in decreasing order of their magnitude.
Answer:
(a) λ1 – Ultraviolet radiations.
(b) λ2 – Microwaves
(c) λ3 – Infrared rays
Their order is λ1 < λ3 < λ2.

Question 5.
Name the constituent radiation of the electromagnetic spectrum which
(a) is used in satellite communication.
Answer:
Microwaves.

(b) is used for studying crystal structure.
Answer:
X-rays

(c) is similar to the radiations emitted during the decay of a radioactive nucleus.
Answer:
Gamma rays

(d) is absorbed from sunlight by the ozone layer.
Answer:
UV rays

(e) produces an intense heating effect.
Answer:
Infrared rays

(f) has its wavelength range between 390 nm and 770 nm.
Answer:
Visible light.

Question 6.
Name the radiations of the electromagnetic spectrum which are used in
(a) warfare to look through the haze.
Answer:
Infrared rays

(b) radar and geostationary satellites
Answer:
Microwaves.

(c) studying the structure and properties of atoms and molecules.
Answer:
Gamma rays.

Question 7.
Why are microwaves used in RADAR?
Answer:
Microwaves are electromagnetic waves of very short wavelength. Such waves are used in RADAR due to the reason that they can travel in a particular direction in the form of a beam without being deflected.

Question 8.
Electromagnetic waves with wavelength
(a) λ1 are used to treat muscular strain.
(b) λ2 are used by an FM radio station for broadcasting.
(c) λ3 are used to detect fractures in bones.
(d) λ4 are absorbed by the ozone layer of the atmosphere.
Identify and name the part of the electromagnetic spectrum to which these radiations belong. Arrange
these wavelengths in decreasing order of magnitude.
Answer:
(a) Infrared radiations are used to treat muscular strain.
(b) Radio and microwave radiations are used for FM transmission.
(c) X-rays are used to detect fractures in bones.
(d) Ultraviolet radiation is absorbed by the ozone layer of the atmosphere.
The decreasing order of their wavelength is
λ2 > λ1 > λ4 > λ3.

Question 9.
(a) Draw a graph of a linearly polarised em wave propagating in the Z-direction showing the directions of the oscillating electric and magnetic fields.
Answer:
Graph of linearly polarised em wave propagating in the Z-axis.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 8 Electromagnetic Waves 1
(b) Write the relations (i) between the speed of light and the amplitudes of electric and magnetic fields, (ii) for the speed of em wave in terms of a permittivity e0, and magnetic permeability p0, of the medium. (CBSE 2019C)
Answer:
(i) Relation between speed of light and amplitudes of electric and magnetic field c = \(\frac{E_{0}}{B_{0}}\)

(ii) Speed of light in terms of ε<sub>0</sub> and μ0,
c = \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{\mu_{0} \varepsilon_{0}}}\)

Question 10.
Arrange the following electromagnetic waves in the order of their increasing wavelength:
(a) Gamma rays
(b) Microwaves
(c) X-rays
(d) Radio waves
How are infrared waves produced? What role does infrared radiation play in
(a) maintaining the Earth’s warmth and
(b) physical therapy? (CBSE Al 2015)
Answer:
Gamma(γ) rays, X-rays, Microwaves, Radio waves:
Infrared rays are produced by hot bodies/ vibration of atoms and molecules Infrared rays: (a) Maintain the earth’s warmth through the greenhouse effect, (b) produce heat

Question 11.
Name the parts of the electromagnetic spectrum which is
(a) suitable for radar systems used in aircraft navigation.
Answer:
Microwave: They are produced by oscillating circuits.

(b) used to treat muscular strain.
Answer:
Infrared rays: They are produced by the vibration of atoms and molecules.

(c) used as a diagnostic tool in medicine. Write in brief, how these waves can be produced. (CBSE Delhi 2015)
Answer:
X-rays: They are produced by bombarding high atomic number targets with electrons.

Question 12.
An e.m wave Y1 has a wavelength of 1 cm while another e.m wave, Y2 has a frequency of 1015 Hz. Name these two types of waves and write one useful application for each. (CBSE AI 2016 C)
Answer:
Y1 – Microwaves and
Y2 – Ultraviolet waves.

  • Microwaves: used for communication.
  • Ultraviolet waves: used for sterilization.

Question 13.
Identify the electromagnetic waves whose wavelengths vary as
(a) 10-12 m < λ < 10-8 m
Answer:
X – rays: a study of crystal structure

(b) 10-3 m < λ < 10-1 m. Write one of their uses. (CBSE Al 2017)
Answer:
Microwaves: radar and communication

Question 14.
Name the type of e.m waves having a wavelength range of 0.1 m to 1 mm. How are these waves generated? Write their two uses. (CBSE Al 2017 C)
Answer:

  • Microwaves: These are generated with the help of special vacuum tubes (called klystrons, magnetrons, and Gunn diodes).
  • Uses: Cooking, radar, and communication

Question 15.
(a) Give one use of electromagnetic radiations obtained in nuclear disintegrations.
Answer:
Treating cancer.

(b) Give one example each to illustrate the situation where there is
(i) displacement current but no conduction current and
Answer:
Between the plates of a capacitor

(ii) only conduction current but no displacement current.(CBSE Al 2018 C)
Answer:
Outside the plates of a capacitor

Question 16.
Scientists predict that a global nuclear war on the earth will be followed by a severe nuclear winter, with devastating effects on the earth. What is the basis of this prediction?
Answer:
The explosions will produce so much dust, which will cover the whole atmosphere, thereby blocking the sun’s rays from reaching the earth. This will cause the setting in of a long winter, which is called nuclear winter.

Question 17.
If the earth did not have an atmosphere, would its average surface temperature be higher or lower than what it is now?
Answer:
Due to the Greenhouse effect, the temperature of the earth’s surface is raised in the presence of the atmosphere. In the absence of the atmosphere, the heat received by the earth during the day is completely lost during the night. Hence the average surface temperature will be lower than the preset temperature.

Question 18.
A capacitor of capacitance ‘C is being charged by connecting it across a dc source along with an ammeter. Will the ammeter show a momentary deflection during the process of charging? If so, how would you explain this momentary deflection and the resulting continuity of current in the circuit? Write the expression for the current inside the capacitor. (CBSE AI 2012)
Answer:
Yes, this is due to the rate of change of electric flux inside the capacitor due to the production of displacement current. The expression for the current inside the capacitor is lD = εo \(\frac{d \phi_{E}}{d t}\)

Question 19.
Define displacement current. What role does it play while charging a capacitor by dc source? Is the value of displacement current the same as that of the conduction current? Explain. (CBSE AI 2019)
Answer:

  • Displacement current is the current due to the change of electric flux.
  • It provides continuity of current in circuits containing capacitors.
  • Yes, the value of displacement current is equal to the conduction current.
  • ld = εo \(\frac{d \phi_{e}}{d t}\)

Question 20.
Why is the orientation of the portable radio with respect to the broadcasting station important? (NCERT Exemplar)
Answer:
This is because the electromagnetic waves are plane polarised; hence the receiving antenna should be parallel to the electric/magnetic part of the wave.

Question 21.
(a) Give one use of electromagnetic radiations obtained in nuclear disintegrations.
Answer:
used to destroy cancer cells

(b) Give one example each to illustrate the situation where there is
(i) displacement current but no conduction current and
Answer:
The region, between the plates of a capacitor, connected to a time-varying voltage source, has a displacement current but no conduction current.

(ii) only conduction current but no displacement current. (CBSE Delhi 2018C)
Answer:
The wires, connected to the plates of a capacitor, joined to a time-varying or steady voltage source, carry a conduction current but no displacement current. (Alternatively, A circuit, having no capacitor in it, and carrying a current has conduction current but no displacement current.)

Electromagnetic Waves Important Extra Questions Long Answer Type

Question 1.
Answer the following:
(a) Name the em waves which are used for the treatment of certain forms of cancer. Write their frequency range.
Answer:
Gamma rays.
Frequency range > 3 × 1020 Hz

(b) Thin ozone layer on top of the stratosphere is crucial for human survival. Why?
Answer:
The thin ozone layer on top of the stratosphere is crucial for human survival because it absorbs most of the ultraviolet rays coming from the sun. If the ozone layer had not been there, then ultraviolet rays would have entered the earth and caused danger to the survival of the human race.

(c) An em wave exerts pressure on the surface on which it is incident. Justify. (CBSE Delhi 2014)
Answer:
An em wave carries a linear momentum with it. The linear momentum carried by a portion of a wave having energy U is given by p = U/c.

Thus, if the wave incident on a material surface is completely absorbed, it delivers energy U and momentum p = U/c to the surface. If the wave is totally reflected, the momentum delivered is p = 2U/c because the momentum of the wave changes from p to – p. Therefore, it follows that an em wave incident on a surface exerts a force and hence a pressure on the surface.

Question 2.
Answer the following questions:
(a) Why is the thin ozone layer at the top of the stratosphere crucial for human survival? Identify to which part of the electromagnetic spectrum does this radiation belongs and write one important application of the radiation.
Answer:
The thin ozone layer on top of the stratosphere is crucial for human survival because it absorbs most of the ultraviolet rays coming from the sun. If the ozone layer had not been there, then ultraviolet rays would have entered the earth and caused danger to the survival of the human race. This radiation is UV radiation. It is used in sterilization.

(b) Why are infrared waves referred to as heat rays? How are they produced? What role do they play in maintaining the earth’s warmth through the greenhouse effect? (CBSE Delhi 2015C)
Answer:
Infrared radiations heat up the material on which they fall, hence they are also called heat rays. They are produced by the vibration of atoms and molecules. After falling on the earth, they are reflected back into the earth’s atmosphere. The earth’s atmosphere does not allow these radiations to pass through as such they heat up the earth’s atmosphere.

Question 3.
How are electromagnetic waves produced? What is the source of energy of these waves? Write mathematical expressions for electric and magnetic fields of an electromagnetic wave propagating along the z-axis. Write any two important properties of electromagnetic waves. (CBSE AI 2016)
Answer:
Electromagnetic waves are produced by accelerated charges which produce an oscillating electric field and magnetic field (which regenerate each other).

  • Source of the Energy: Energy of the accelerated charge or the source that accelerates the charges.
  • Expression: Ex = Eo sin (kz – ωt) and By = Bo sin (kz – ωt)
    (a) They are transverse in nature.
    (b) They don’t require a medium to propagate.

Question 4.
How are em waves produced by oscillating charges?
Draw a sketch of linearly polarised em waves propagating in the Z-direction. Indicate the directions of the oscillating electric and magnetic fields. (CBSE Delhi 2016)
Answer:
(a) An oscillating charge produces an oscillating electric field in space, which produces an oscillating magnetic field. The oscillating electric and magnetic fields regenerate each other, and this results in the production of em waves in space.
(b) See Figure.
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 8 Electromagnetic Waves 2
Question 5.
Write Maxwell’s generalization of Ampere’s Circuital Law. Show that in the process of charging a capacitor, the current produced within the plates of the capacitor is i = εo\(\frac{d \phi_{E}}{d t}\) where ΦE is the electric flux produced during charging of the capacitor plates. (CBSE Delhi 2016)
Answer:
The generalized form of Maxwell ampere law is
\(\oint \vec{B} \cdot \overrightarrow{d l}\)= μo(l + lD) where lD = εo\(\frac{d \phi_{E}}{d t}=\frac{d q}{d t}\)

The electric flux Φ between the plates of the parallel plate capacitor through which a time-dependent current flow is given by:
ΦE = E A, but E = σ/εo
Therefore we have
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 8 Electromagnetic Waves 3
Question 6.
(a) Why are Infrared waves often called heatwaves? Explain.
Answer:
Infrared waves have frequencies lower than those of visibLe Light; they have the ability to vibrate not only the electrons but the entire atoms or molecules of a body. This vibration increases the internal energy and temperature of the body. That is why infrared waves are often called heat waves.

(b) What do you understand by the statement, “Electromagnetic waves transport momentum”? (CBSE AI, Delhi 2018)
Answer:
If we consider a plane perpendicular to the direction of propagation of the electromagnetic wave, then electric charges present on the plane will be set and sustained in motion by the electric and magnetic fields of the electromagnetic wave. The charges present on the surface thus acquire energy and momentum from the waves. This just illustrates the fact that an electromagnetic wave (like other waves) transfers energy and momentum.

Question 7.
(a) When the oscillating electric and magnetic fields are along the x- and y-direction respectively
(i) point out the direction of propagation of the electromagnetic wave,
Answer:
Z-axis

(ii) express the velocity of propagation in terms of the amplitudes of the oscillating electric and magnetic fields.
Answer:
c = Eo / Bo

(b) How do you show that the em wave carries energy and momentum? (CBSE A! 2013C)
Answer:
Consider a plane perpendicular to the direction of propagation of the electromagnetic wave. If there are, on this plane, electric charges, they will be set and sustained in motion by the electric and magnetic fields of the electromagnetic wave. The charges thus acquire energy and momentum from the waves. This illustrates the fact that an electromagnetic wave carries energy and momentum.

Question 8.
Answer the following questions:
(a) Show, by giving a simple example, how em waves carry energy and momentum.
Answer:
Consider a plane perpendicular to the direction of propagation of the electromagnetic wave. If there are, on this plane, electric charges, they will be set and sustained in motion by the electric and magnetic fields of the electromagnetic wave. The charges thus acquire energy and momentum from the waves. This just illustrates the fact that an electromagnetic wave (like other waves) carries energy and momentum.

(b) How are microwaves produced? Why is it necessary in microwave ovens to select the frequency of microwaves to match the resonance frequency of water molecules?
Answer:
Microwaves (short-wavelength radio waves), with frequencies in the gigahertz (GHz) range, are produced by special vacuum tubes (called klystrons, magnetrons, and Gunn diodes). In such ovens, the frequency of the microwaves is selected to match the resonant frequency of water molecules so that energy from the waves is transferred efficiently to the kinetic energy of the molecules. This raises the temperature of any food containing water.

(c) Write two important uses of infrared waves. (CBSE Delhi 2014C)
Answer:
Remote control of electronic devices, heating

Question 9.
A parallel plate capacitor is being charged by a time-varying current. Explain briefly how Ampere’s circuital law is generalized to incorporate the effect due to the displacement current. (CBSE AI 2011)
Answer:
Consider the curve C bounding two surfaces S1 and S2. For the bound surface S1; the current passes through it, as such, we can write Ampere’s circuital law as
\(\oint_{s_{1}} \vec{\phi} \cdot \vec{d}\) = μol …(1)

If however, we choose the bound surface S2 that passes through the plates of the capacitor and is not pierced by a current-carrying conductor, then Ampere’s circuital law is written as
\(\oint_{s_{2}} \vec{\phi} \cdot \vec{d}\) = 0 ….(2)
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 8 Electromagnetic Waves 4
The above two equations contradict each other. To resolve this contradiction, Maxwell showed that this inconsistency is due to the assumed discontinuity of the current. According to Maxwell a current called displacement current “flows” between the plates of the capacitor, where there is no conduction current.

Therefore Ampere’s circuital law takes the generalised expression \(\oint \vec{B} \cdot d \vec{l}\) = μo (l + lD),

here l is the conduction current and lD is the displacement current given by
lD = εo \(\frac{d \phi_{E}}{d t}=\frac{d q}{d t}\).

Outside the plates of the capacitor, conduction current flows and displacement current is zero, whereas inside the plates of the capacitor, displacement current exists and there is no conduction current.

Question 10.
(a) Identify the part of the electromagnetic spectrum used in (i) radar and (ii) eye surgery. Write their frequency range.
Answer:
Microwaves:
Frequency range (1010 to 1012 Hz) Ultraviolet rays:
Frequency range (1015 to 1017 Hz)

(b) Prove that the average energy density of the oscillating electric field is equal to that of the oscillating magnetic field. (CBSE Delhi 2019)
Answer:
The average density of the electric field is
uE = \(\frac{1}{2}\)εo E2
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 8 Electromagnetic Waves 5
Question 11.
Answer the following questions:
(a) Long-distance radio broadcasts use short-wave bands. Why?
Answer:
The long-distance radio broadcast is not possible using long or medium wave bands because these waves, traveling as ground waves, can cover a maximum distance of 200 km. When used as sky waves, the short waves pass through the lower portion of the atmosphere but are reflected back from the ionosphere. In this way, short waves can travel very large distances and can even travel around the earth.

(b) It is necessary to use satellites for long-distance TV transmission. Why?
Answer:
TV waves have a frequency range of 47 MHz to 940 MHz. These frequencies are not reflected by the ionosphere. As space waves, they can cover a distance of 50-60 km only. Therefore, for long-distance TV transmission, we make use of satellites that reflect the TV signal wave back towards the earth.

(c) Optical and radio telescopes are built on the ground but X-ray astronomy is possible only from satellites orbiting the earth. Why?
Answer:
In optical and radio-telescopes we use visible light and radio waves, respectively, which can pass through the atmosphere. Hence, such telescopes are built on the ground. However, X-rays have extremely small wavelengths and are absorbed by the atmosphere. Hence, X-ray astronomy is not possible from ground stations. X-ray astronomy is possible only from satellites orbiting the earth at a height of 500 km or more.

(d) The small ozone layer on top of the stratosphere is crucial for human survival. Why?
Answer:
The thin ozone layer on top of the stratosphere is crucial for human survival because it absorbs most of the ultraviolet rays coming from the sun. If the ozone layer had not been there, then ultraviolet rays would have entered the earth and caused danger to the survival of the human race.

(e) If the earth did not have an atmosphere, would its average surface temperature be higher or lower than what it is now?
Answer:
If the earth did not have an atmosphere, then its average surface temperature would be lesser than what it is now because in that case greenhouse effect will be absent.

(f) Some scientists have predicted that a global nuclear war on the earth would be followed by a severe nuclear winter’ with a devastating effect on life on the earth. What might be the basis of this prediction?
Answer:
The prediction is based on the assumption that the large dust clouds produced by global nuclear war would perhaps cover a substantial part of the sky and solar radiations will not be able to reach the earth. It may cause a severe winter on the earth with a devastating effect on life on the earth.

Numerical Problems

Question 1.
The frequency values v1 and v2, for two spectral lines of the e.m. spectrum are found to be 5 × 1020 Hz and 2.5 × 1011 Hz respectively. Find the ratio, λ12 of their wavelengths.
Answer:
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 8 Electromagnetic Waves 6
Question 2.
In a plane electromagnetic wave, the electric field oscillates with a frequency of 2 × 1010 Hz and an amplitude of 40 VM.
(i) What is the wavelength of the wave and
(ii) what is the energy density due to the field?
Answer:
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 8 Electromagnetic Waves 7
Question 3.
A plane electromagnetic wave of frequency 25 MHz travels In free space along the x-direction. At a particular point In space and time, the electric vector is \(\vec{E}\) = 6.3 Vm-1 ĵ. Calculate \(\vec{B}\) at this point. (NCERT)
Answer:
The magnitude of B and E are related as c = \(\frac{E}{B}\), therefore B = \(\frac{E}{c}=\frac{6.3}{3 \times 10^{8}}\) = 2.1 × 10-8. This field is along the z-axis, i.e. perpendicular to both the propagation of the wave and the electric field.

Question 4.
The magnetic field in a plane electromagnetic wave Is given by B = 2 × sin (0.5 × 10-3 x + 1.5 × 1011 t) T
(a) What are the wavelength and frequency of the wave?
Answer:
(a) Comparing the given equation with the equation
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 8 Electromagnetic Waves 8
(b) Write an expression for the electric field. (NCERT)
Answer:
Eo = cBo = 2 × 107 × 3 × 108 = 60 Vm-1

The electric field component is perpendicular to the direction of propagation and the direction of the magnetic field. Therefore, the electric field component aLong the z-axis is obtained as
Ez = 60 sin(0.5 × 103 × + 1.5 × 1011 t)Vm-1

Question 5.
A radio can tune In to any station in the 7.5 MHz to 12 MHz bands. What is the corresponding wavelength band? (NCERT)
Answer:
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 8 Electromagnetic Waves 9
Thus the wavelength band is 40 m to 25m.

Question 6.
Suppose that the electric field amplitude of an electromagnetic wave E0 = 120 N C-1 and that Its frequency is v = 50.0 MHz. (a) Determine, B0, ω k, and λ. (b) Find expressions for E and B. (NCERT)
Answer:
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 8 Electromagnetic Waves 10
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 8 Electromagnetic Waves 11
Question 7.
In a plane electromagnetic wave, the electric field oscillates sinusoidally at a frequency of 2.0 × 1010 Hz and amplitude 48 V m-1.
(a) What is the wavelength of the wave?
(b) What is the amplitude of the oscillating magnetic field?
(c) Show that the average energy density of the E field equals the average energy density of the 8 fields. [c = 3 × 108ms-1.] (NCERT)
Answer:
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 8 Electromagnetic Waves 12
(c) The average density of electric field is
given by Ue = \(\frac{1}{2}\)ε0E2 and the average energy density of the magnetic field is given by UB = \(\frac{B^{2}}{2 \mu_{0}}\). But B = \(\frac{E}{c}\) and C = \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{\mu_{0} \varepsilon_{0}}}\) , hence the above equation becomes UB = \(\frac{B^{2}}{2 \mu_{0}}=\frac{E^{2}}{2 \mu_{0} c^{2}}\),
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 8 Electromagnetic Waves 13
Question 8.
Suppose that the electric field part of an electromagnetic wave in a vacuum is
E = {(3.1 NC-1>)cos(1.8 rad m-1)y + (5.4 × 106 rad s-1)t}î
(a) What is the direction of propagation?
(b) What is the wavelength?
(c) What is the frequency v?
(d) What is the amplitude of the magnetic field part of the wave?
(e) Write an expression for the magnetic field part of the wave. (NCERT)
Answer:
The electric field is of the form
Class 12 Physics Important Questions Chapter 8 Electromagnetic Waves 14
(e) Expression for magnetic field part of the wave
\(\vec{B}\) = Bo cos (ky + ωt) k̂
or
\(\vec{E}\) = {(10.3 n T)cos[(1.8 rad m-1)y + (5.4 × 106 rad s-1)t} î